Conditions: Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
Allocation: RANDOMIZED | Intervention model: PARALLEL
Enrollment: 514
Healthy volunteers: no

Brief summary:
Primary Objective:

To demonstrate the superiority of the insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio combination (FRC) versus GLP-1 receptor agonist (GLP-1 RA) in hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c) change.

Secondary Objectives:

To compare the overall efficacy and safety of the insulin glargine/lixisenatide FRC to GLP-1 RA on top of metformin (with or without pioglitazone, with or without sodium-glucose co-transporter 2 \[SGLT2\] inhibitor) in participants with type 2 diabetes.

To evaluate safety, efficacy and other endpoints of FRC up to the end of the extension period.

Detailed description:
The maximum duration for GLP1-RA participants was approximately 29 weeks: up to 2 week screening period, a 26 week treatment period (either randomized or uncontrolled), and a 3 or 9 day post-treatment safety follow-up period.

Maximum duration for FRC participants was approximately 55 weeks: up to 2-week screening period, a 26-week randomized treatment period, a 26-week extension period and a 3-day post-treatment safety follow-up period.

All primary and secondary efficacy, safety and other outcome measures were assessed at the end of the extension period.

Arms:
arm 1: Core period: FRC injected subcutaneously once daily (QD) for 26 weeks on top of oral anti-diabetic drug (OAD) therapy. Dose individually adjusted.

Single arm extension period: Participants who completed core treatment period and met eligibility criteria entered in extension treatment period and received same treatment (FRC injected subcutaneously QD on top of OAD therapy) for 26 weeks (up to Week 52). Dose individually adjusted. arm 2: Core period: GLP-1 RA receptor agonist (liraglutide QD, exenatide twice daily \[BID\], exenatide extended-release QW, albiglutide QW, or dulaglutide QW) injected subcutaneously for 26 weeks on top of OAD therapy. GLP-1 RAs were administered as per local labeling at the same dose schedule as prior to randomization.

Interventions: intervention 1: Insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio combination intervention 2: liraglutide intervention 3: exenatide intervention 4: exenatide extended-release intervention 5: albiglutide intervention 6: dulaglutide intervention 7: Background therapy: Oral Anti-diabetic Drug (Metformin, Pioglitazone, SGLT2 inhibitor)
Intervention descriptions: intervention 1: Pharmaceutical form: solution for injection

Route of administration: subcutaneous intervention 2: Pharmaceutical form: solution for injection

Route of administration: subcutaneous intervention 3: Pharmaceutical form: solution for injection

Route of administration: subcutaneous intervention 4: Pharmaceutical form: solution for injection

Route of administration: subcutaneous intervention 5: Pharmaceutical form: solution for injection

Route of administration: subcutaneous intervention 6: Pharmaceutical form: solution for injection

Route of administration: subcutaneous intervention 7: Pharmaceutical form: tablet Route of administration: oral If previously taken, doses to remain stable through the study.

Protocol document:
Prot_000.pdf: 
Any and all information presented in this document shall be treated as confidential and shall remain the exclusive property of Sanofi (or any of its 
affiliated companies). The use of such confidential information must be restricted to the recipient for the agreed purpose and must not be 
disclosed, published or otherwise communicated to any unauthorized persons, for any reason, in any form whatsoever without the prior written 
consent of Sanofi (or the concerned affiliated company); ‘affiliated company’ means any corporation, partnership or other entity which at the date 
of communication or afterwards (i) controls directly or indirectly Sanofi, (ii) is directly or indirectly controlled by Sanofi, with ‘control’ meaning 
direct or indirect ownership of more than 50% of the capital stock or the voting rights in such corporation, partnership or other entity 
According to template: QSD-002579 VERSION N°13.0 (17-SEP-2015) 
Page 1 
AMENDED CLINICAL TRIAL PROTOCOL NO. 02 
COMPOUND: HOE901 (insulin glargine) / AVE0010 (lixisenatide) combination 
A 26-week randomized, open-label, active controlled, parallel-group, study 
assessing the efficacy and safety of the insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio 
combination in adults with Type 2 Diabetes inadequately controlled on GLP-1 
receptor agonist and metformin (alone or with pioglitazone and/or SGLT2 
inhibitors), followed by a fixed ratio combination single-arm 26-week extension 
period 
STUDY NUMBER: EFC13794 
STUDY NAME: LixiLan-G 
VERSION DATE / STATUS: Approval date (12-May-2017) / Approved 
Protocol Amendment 02 
Version number: 1 (electronic 1.0) 
Date: 12-May-2017 
Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 01 
Version number: 1 (electronic 1.0) 
Date: 22-Sep-2016 
Protocol Amendment 01 
Version number: 1 (electronic 1.0) 
Date: 22-Sep-2016 
Clinical Trial Protocol 
Version number: 1 (electronic 1.0) 
Date: 11-Feb-2016 
EudraCT
2014-004850-32
IND Number(s) 
105157 
Version Number: 
1  
WHO universal trial number: 
U1111-1168-4639 
Date: 
12-May-2017 
Total number of pages: 
136 
(electronic 2.0)
NCT Number: NCT02787551 


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 2 
NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF 
COORDINATING 
INVESTIGATOR 
Name: 
Address: 
Tel: 
Fax: 
E-mail: 
MONITORING TEAM’S 
REPRESENTATIVE 
Name: 
Address: 
Tel: 
Fax: 
E-mail: 
SPONSOR 
Company:
Address: 
OTHER EMERGENCY 
TELEPHONE NUMBERS 
(electronic 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 3 
CLINICAL TRIAL SUMMARY 
COMPOUND: HOE901 (insulin 
glargine) / AVE0010 
(lixisenatide) combination 
STUDY No: EFC13794  
STUDY NAME: LixiLan-G 
TITLE 
A 26-week, randomized, open-label, active controlled, parallel-group, study 
assessing the efficacy and safety of the insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio 
combination in adults with Type 2 Diabetes inadequately controlled on GLP-1 
receptor agonist and metformin (alone or with pioglitazone and/or SGLT2 
inhibitors) followed by a fixed ratio combination single-arm 26-week extension 
period 
INVESTIGATOR/TRIAL LOCATION 
Multinational 
PHASE OF DEVELOPMENT 
Phase III 
STUDY OBJECTIVE(S) 
Primary objective: 
To demonstrate the superiority of the insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio 
combination (FRC) versus Glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonist  
(GLP-1 RA) in hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c) change from baseline to Week 26. 
Secondary objective(s): 
To assess the effects of the FRC versus GLP-1 receptor agonist over 26 weeks 
on: 
•
Percentage of patients reaching HbA1c targets;
•
Fasting Plasma Glucose (FPG);
•
7-point Self-Monitored Plasma Glucose (SMPG) profile;
•
Glycemic control in relation to a meal as evaluated by 2-hour Post-
prandial Plasma Glucose (PPG) and glucose excursion during a
standardized meal test;
•
Body weight;
•
To assess the safety and tolerability in each treatment group.
Other Objectives 
•
To assess insulin glargine and lixisenatide doses in the combination
group; 
•
To assess the development of anti-insulin and anti-lixisenatide
antibodies (fixed ratio combination group); 
•
To assess the total plasma concentration of lixisenatide before and
following injection (fixed ratio combination group). 
Objectives of the extension period 
•
To evaluate safety, efficacy, other endpoints and PK of FRC up to
Week 52. 
(electronic 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 4 
STUDY DESIGN 
Randomized, open label, 2 treatment-arm, 26-week treatment duration, parallel-
group multinational and multicenter study comparing the FRC to GLP-1 receptor 
agonist, with FRC single-arm extension of 26 weeks. 
The randomization (1:1) will be stratified by values of HbA1c at screening (<8%, 
≥8%) (<64 mmol/mol, ≥64 mmol/mol) and GLP-1 receptor agonist subtype 
(once/twice daily formulations, once weekly formulations). 
The study will comprise 4 periods: 
1- An up-to 2-week screening period; 
2- A 26-week open-label randomized treatment period: at V3, patients will be 
randomized to either receive the FRC plus metformin ± pioglitazone ± SGLT2 
inhibitors or to continue on GLP-1 receptor agonist plus metformin ± 
pioglitazone ± SGLT2 inhibitors;  
3- A 26-week single-arm extension period 
•
For patients treated with the FRC during the randomized period:
After the end of the randomized treatment period (Week 26) patients
will continue to use the FRC during the next  26 weeks of the
extension period. Patients on rescue therapy during the randomized
period and still having their HbA1c >8% at Week 22 will not be invited
to participate in the extension period.
•
For patients treated with GLP1-RA during the randomized period:
Patients will not be invited to participate in the extension period and
will be prescribed the most appropriate antidiabetic treatment at the
Investigator’s discretion.
4- A post-treatment follow-up period: 
•
Patients who will not participate in the extension period will perform
the safety follow up visit 3 days after Week 26, except those who
prematurely and permanently discontinued investigational medicinal
product (IMP) administration during the randomized treatment period
but continued in the study up to the scheduled date of study
completion. Patients receiving weekly GLP-1 RAs will perform the
safety follow-up 9 days after Week 26.
•
Patients who will participate in the extension period will perform the
safety follow up visit 3 days after Week 52, except those who
prematurely and permanently discontinue IMP administration during
the extension period but continued in the study up to the scheduled
date of study completion.
(electronic 2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 5 
STUDY POPULATION  
Main selection criteria for the 
randomized treatment period 
Inclusion criteria: 
•
Patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus diagnosed at least one year
prior to screening visit (V1);
•
Patients who have been treated with one of the following GLP-1
receptor agonists for at least 4 months prior to screening visit (V1),
and with stable dose for at least 3 months prior to screening visit (V1):
- 
Liraglutide (Victoza®) 1.8 mg once daily (QD) or 1.2 mg QD, if
1.8 mg QD is not well tolerated according to Investigator's 
judgment; 
- 
or Exenatide twice daily (BID) (Byetta®) 10 µg BID or of 5 µg 
BID, if 10 µg BID is not well tolerated according to Investigator's 
judgment; 
in combination with metformin (daily dose ≥1500 mg/day or Maximum 
Tolerated Dose (MTD)), with or without pioglitazone, with or without 
SGLT2 inhibitor, all at stable dose for at least 3 months prior to 
screening; 
or 
•
Patients who have been treated with stable dose of one of the
following GLP-1 receptor agonists for at least 6 months prior to
screening visit (V1):
- 
Exenatide extended-release (Bydureon®) 2 mg once weekly
(QW), if well tolerated according to Investigator’s judgment; 
- 
Albiglutide (Tanzeum®50 mg QW or 30 mg QW, if 50 mg QW is 
not well tolerated according to Investigator’s judgment; 
- 
Dulaglutide (Trulicity®) 1.5 mg QW or 0.75 mg QW, if 1.5 mg QW 
is not well tolerated according to Investigator’s judgment. 
in combination with metformin (daily dose ≥1500 mg/day or MTD), 
with or without pioglitazone, with or without SGLT2 inhibitor, all at 
stable dose for at least 3 months prior to screening; 
•
Signed written informed consent.
Exclusion criteria: 
•
At screening visit (V1), age <legal age of adulthood;
•
Screening HbA1c <7% (53 mmol/mol) and >9% (75 mmol/mol);
•
Pregnancy or lactation, women of childbearing potential with no
effective contraceptive method;
•
Any use of anti-diabetic drugs within 3 months prior to the screening
visit (V1), other than those described in the inclusion criteria;
•
Previous treatment with insulin in the year prior to screening visit (V1)
(note: short term treatment with insulin (≤10 days) due to intercurrent
illness including gestational diabetes is allowed at the discretion of the
study physician);
•
Laboratory findings at the time of screening, including:
- 
Fasting Plasma Glucose (FPG) >250 mg/dL (13.9 mmol/L);
- 
Amylase and/or lipase >3 times the upper limit of the normal
laboratory range (ULN); 
- 
Alanine aminotransferase (ALT) or Aspartate aminotransferase 
(AST) >3ULN; 
- 
Calcitonin ≥20 pg/mL (5.9 pmol/L); 
- 
Positive serum pregnancy test. 
(electronic 2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 6 
•
Patient who has a renal function impairment with estimated glomerular
filtration rate (GFR) <30 mL/min/1.73 m2 (using MDRD formula) or
end-stage renal disease;
•
Contraindication to use of insulin glargine, or lixisenatide or GLP-1
receptor agonist (Victoza®, Byetta®, Bydureon®, Tanzeum®/ or
Trulicity®) according to local labeling;
•
Any contraindication to metformin or pioglitazone or SGLT2 inhibitors
(when applicable) use, according to local labeling;
•
History of hypersensitivity to insulin glargine, or to any of the
excipients;
•
History of allergic reaction to any GLP-1 receptor agonist or to
Metacresol;
•
Personal or immediate family history of medullary thyroid cancer
(MTC) or genetic condition that predisposes to MTC (eg, multiple
endocrine neoplasia type 2 syndromes);
•
History of pancreatitis (unless pancreatitis was related to gallstones
and cholecystectomy was already performed), chronic pancreatitis,
pancreatitis during a previous treatment with incretin therapies,
pancreatectomy;
•
Body Mass Index (BMI) ≤20 or >40 kg/m2.
Main selection criteria for the 
extension period 
Inclusion criteria: 
•
Patients treated with FRC during the 26-week randomized treatment
period.
Exclusion criteria: 
•
Patients in the FRC arm receiving rescue therapy and HbA1c >8% at
Week 22;
•
Patients in the FRC arm who discontinued prematurely from FRC
treatment before Week 26;
•
Patients in the GLP-1RA treatment arm after randomization.
Total expected number of patients 
Approximately 500 patients randomized in the study (250 patients per group) 
during the open-label randomized treatment period. 
Approximately 230 patients are estimated to enter the single-arm extension 
period with the treatment of FRC. 
(electronic 2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 7 
STUDY TREATMENT(s) 
Investigational medicinal product(s) 
Formulation: 
Test drug 
Insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio combination (FRC): FRC is supplied as a 
sterile aqueous solution in a pre-filled disposable SoloStar® pen-injector (100 
U/mL insulin glargine with 33 or 50 µg/mL lixisenatide depending on the pen). 
Pen-injector devices 
The combination product will be self-administered with a pre-filled disposable 
SoloStar® pen-injector. 
The dose of the combination is titrated according to the patient’s need for 
insulin. Note that only the dose of insulin glargine appears in the pen dosing 
window. The dose (µg) of lixisenatide does not appear in the dose window even 
though lixisenatide is pre-mixed in the cartridge. The lixisenatide dose is 
increased or decreased along with insulin glargine dose changes and also 
depends on which Pen (peach or olive) is used. 
There are two pens (peach and olive) with different insulin glargine/lixisenatide 
fixed ratios which allow insulin glargine titration from 10 to 60 U while limiting 
lixisenatide dose to a maximum of 20 µg/day: 
Peach Pen: pre-filled disposable SoloStar® pen-injector containing 3 mL of 
sterile solution of 100 U/mL insulin glargine and 50 µg/mL lixisenatide in ratio of 
2:1 (2 units of insulin glargine per 1 µg lixisenatide), glycerol 
, methionine, 
meta-cresol, zinc 
, HCl/NaOH and water for injection. This pen allows 
administration of daily combination doses between 10 U/5 µg and 40 U/20 µg; 
The Peach Pen will be the pen used for starting the combination treatment. 
Olive Pen: pre-filled disposable SoloStar® pen-injector containing 3 mL of 
sterile solution of 100 U/mL insulin glargine and 33 µg/mL lixisenatide in ratio of 
3:1 (3 units of insulin glargine per 1 µg lixisenatide), glycerol 
, methionine, 
meta-cresol, zinc 
, HCl/NaOH and water for injection. This pen allows 
administration of daily combination doses between 30 U/10 µg and 60 U/20 µg. 
Control drugs 
Liraglutide (Victoza®)* is supplied as a pre-filled, multi-dose pen that 
delivers doses of 0.6 mg, 1.2 mg, or 1.8 mg. Each pen is pre-filled with 3 mL of 
a clear colorless solution containing 6 mg/mL of liraglutide (free-base, 
anhydrous) and the following inactive ingredients: disodium phosphate 
dihydrate, 1.42 mg; propylene glycol, 14 mg; phenol, 5.5 mg; and water for 
injection.  
Exenatide (Byetta®)* is supplied for subcutaneous (SC) injection as a 
sterile, preserved isotonic solution in a glass cartridge that has been assembled 
in a pen-injector (prefilled pen). Each milliliter (mL) contains 250 micrograms 
(µg) synthetic exenatide, metacresol, mannitol, and glacial acetic acid and 
sodium acetate trihydrate in water for injection. Two prefilled pens are available 
to deliver unit doses of 5 µg (1.2 mL prefilled pen) or 10 µg (2.4 mL prefilled 
pen). Each prefilled pen will deliver 60 doses to provide 30 days of twice daily 
administration (BID). 
Exenatide extended-release (Bydureon®)* is supplied as a sterile 
powder (already diluted in pens) and administered by subcutaneous injection. A 
prefilled pen contains 2mg exenatide, polylactide-co-glycolide, sucrose, 
carboxymethylcellulose sodium, polysorbate 20, sodium phosphate monobasic 
monohydrate, sodium phosphate dibasic heptahydrate, sodium chloride, water 
for  injection (sodium hydroxide may be added during manufacture of pens for 
(electronic 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 8 
ph adjustment). Each pen is a single dose of 2 mg to be injected once a week. 
Albiglutide (Tanzeum®)* is supplied as a sterile powder diluted in pens 
and administered by subcutaneous injection.   
30-mg Pen for injection (for subcutaneous use) contains 40.3 mg lyophilized 
albiglutide and 0.65 mL Water for Injection diluent designed to deliver a dose of 
30 mg in a volume of 0.5 mL after reconstitution. 
50-mg Pen for injection (for subcutaneous use) contains 67 mg lyophilized 
albiglutide and 0.65 mL Water for Injection diluent designed to deliver a dose of 
50 mg in a volume of 0.5 mL after reconstitution. 
Inactive ingredients include 153 mM mannitol, 0.01% (w/w) polysorbate 80, 
10 mM sodium phosphate, and 117 mM trehalose dihydrate. 
Each pen is a single dose of 30mg or 50mg to be injected once a week. 
Dulaglutide (Trulicity®)* is supplied as a sterile solution in pens or 
syringes and administered by subcutaneous injection 
Each single dose pen contains 0.75 mg dulaglutide/0.5 mL solution or 1.5 mg 
dulaglutide/0.5 mL solution with following excipients: citric acid anhydrous 
(0.07 mg), mannitol (23.2 mg), polysorbate 80 (0.10 mg), trisodium citrate 
dihydrate (1.37 mg), water for injection. 
Each pen is a single dose of 0.75mg or 1.5mg to be injected once a week. 
*If available at country level
Route(s) of administration: 
Subcutaneous for Investigational medicinal product (IMP) 
Dose regimen: 
Insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio combination (FRC) 
Injection time 
FRC: should be self-administered once daily in the morning in the hour (0 to 
60 minutes) before breakfast. 
Starting dose 
FRC: treatment will be initiated with the Peach Pen. The initial daily dose of FRC 
to be administered will be 10 U: this corresponds to an initial associated dose of 
10 U of insulin glargine and lixisenatide of 5 µg according to the 2 U/1 µg fixed 
ratio used in the Peach Pen. 
Dose adjustment 
During the first 8 weeks of treatment, from V3 (Week 0) to V19 (Week 8), the 
dose will be titrated twice a week as far as possible (see below algorithm in 
Table 1.) based on the insulin glargine dose, until the patient reaches a target 
fasting SMPG of 80 to 100 mg/dL (4.4 to 5.6 mmol/L) while avoiding 
hypoglycemia episodes. Titration will be done at the scheduled weekly visits 
(V5, V7, V9, V11, V13, V15, V17, V19) plus at one additional weekly titration 
phone call visit to be scheduled between the weekly visits (V4, V6, V8, V10, 
V12, V14, V16, V18). The additional titration phone call visit should be 
scheduled to allow for at least two days in between successive visits (example: 
weekly visits to occur on Mondays and titration phone calls to occur on 
Thursdays or Fridays). In case the additional phone call is missed during the 
week, the titration should continue as per the originally planned schedule. 
Thereafter from V19 (Week 8) until V28 (Week 26), the dose will be adjusted as 
necessary to maintain this fasting SMPG target, with recommendation to 
evaluate the dose at least once a week. Twice a week titration can be continued 
(electronic 2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 9 
if deemed appropriate by the investigator.  
Dose changes are based on the lowest fasting SMPG value from the last 
3 measurements, which may include the value measured on the day of titration, 
measured by the patient using glucometers and accessories supplied by the 
sponsor. However, sound clinical judgment is to be exercised during 
titration and investigators may decide to further titrate if the lowest value 
from the last 3 measurements is between 80 and 100 mg/dL but the two 
other values are well above 100 mg/dL, if they believe that is an 
appropriate intervention in the best interest of the patient. 
Investigators may adjust or stop titration, or temporarily reduce dose if they 
believe further titration would be hazardous at that time. 
The total daily dose will be capped at 60 U. In case a dose >60 U is needed to 
maintain glucose parameters below the threshold value defined for rescue 
therapy, the dose should be kept at 60 U and a rescue therapy should be 
introduced (see section on rescue therapy). 
Patients continuing in the extension period will continue with their same dose 
and dose adjustment algorithm as during the randomized treatment period.  
Table 1 - Dose adjustment algorithm for  
Insulin glargine/ lixisenatide fixed ratio combination 
The lowest fasting SMPG value from the last 
3 measurements, which may include the value 
measured on the day of titration 
FRC dose 
adjustments 
(U/day) 
>140 mg/dL (>7.8 mmol/L) 
+4 
>100 and ≤140 mg/dL (>5.6 and ≤7.8 mmol/L) 
+2 
Glycemic target: 80 to 100 mg/dL (4.4 and 5.6 mmol/L), 
inclusive 
No change 
≥60 and <80 mg/dL (≥3.3 and <4.4 mmol/L) 
-2 
<60 mg/dL (<3.3 mmol/L) or occurrence of 2 (or more) 
symptomatic hypoglycemic episodes or one severe 
hypoglycemic episode (requiring assistance) documented in 
the preceding week. 
-2 to -4 or at the 
discretion of the 
Investigator or 
designee 
Choice of Peach Pen or Olive Pen  
•
If the patient needs a FRC dose of 10 to 40 U, use the Peach Pen
(insulin glargine/lixisenatide 2:1). 
•
If the patient needs a FRC dose of 41 to 60 U, use the Olive Pen only
(insulin glargine/lixisenatide 3:1).  
•
Daily doses of FRC higher than 60 U must not be administrated.
Liraglutide (Victoza®) or Exenatide (Byetta®) or Exenatide 
extended-release (Bydureon®) or Albiglutide (Tanzeum®) or 
Dulaglutide (Trulicity®) 
Injection time 
Victoza® can be administered once daily at any time of day, independently of 
meals. 
Byetta® can be administrated twice daily at any time within the 60 minute period 
before the morning and evening meal (or two main meals of the day, 
(electronic 2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 10 
approximately 6 hours or more apart). Byetta® should not be administered after 
a meal. 
Bydureon®, Tanzeum®, Trulicity® can be administered once a week at any time 
of day, independently of meals. 
Dosing 
Patients randomized to the GLP-1 receptor agonist group will continue the same 
daily dose and regimen of GLP-1 receptor agonist as prior to randomization. 
Noninvestigational medicinal 
product(s) 
Background therapy  
Background therapy: (commercial metformin tablet ± pioglitazone tablet 
± SGLT2 inhibitors (canagliflozin, dapagliflozin, empagliflozin)) and rescue 
therapy will be considered as non-investigational medicinal products (NIMP(s)). 
Metformin and pioglitazone (if applicable) and SGLT2 inhibitors (if applicable) 
should be administered according to local product labeling.  
For metformin, it should be at a stable dose of at least 1500 mg/day or maximal 
tolerated dose for at least 3 months prior to screening visit (V1). The dose of 
pioglitazone (if applicable) and SGLT2 inhibitors (if applicable) should also be 
stable for at least 3 months prior screening visit (V1).  
The doses of metformin and pioglitazone (if applicable) and SGLT2 inhibitors (if 
applicable) should be continued and should remain stable throughout the study 
unless there is a specific safety issue related to this treatment. 
Noninvestigational medicinal 
product(s) 
Rescue therapy: 
In case HbA1c is above 8% at Week 12 or later on, the Investigator will receive 
an alert issued by the central laboratory and should ensure that no reasonable 
explanation exists for insufficient glucose control and in particular that there is 
no intercurrent disease which may jeopardize glycemic control (eg, infectious 
disease), that the treatments are given at the planned dose and compliance to 
treatment and diet and lifestyle is appropriate. HbA1c assessment should be 
scheduled at next visit (if next visit is a phone call, it should be replaced by an 
unscheduled visit at site) or within 4 weeks. If appropriate corrective action fails 
and if the repeated HbA1c remains above 8%, a rescue therapy should be 
considered according to the Investigator’s judgment. 
For patients in the FRC arm(s): 
•
rescue therapy is recommended only if further dose titration is not
possible, ie, the patient is already at the maximum daily dose of
60 units;
•
rapid acting insulin (insulin- glulisine when available) is suggested and
should be started as a single daily administration to be given at the
main meal of the day (excluding breakfast).
•
basal insulin is not allowed as rescue therapy in the FRC arm.
For patients in the GLP-1 RA arm: 
•
suggested rescue therapy is basal insulin at the investigator’s
discretion.
During the extension period, suggested rescue therapy is rapid acting insulin 
(insulin-glulisine when available) for all patients. 
If the rescue therapy is initiated during the randomized treatment period all 
assessments planned at the end of randomized treatment visit (V28) are to be 
performed before initiating rescue therapy. If the rescue therapy is initiated 
during the extension period all assessments planned at the end of extension 
treatment visit (V35) are to be performed before initiating the rescue therapy. 
After these assessments are completed and rescue therapy initiated, the patient 
will remain in the study and continue to administer the study treatment (including 
(electronic 2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 11 
background therapy). The planned visits and assessments should be performed 
until the last scheduled visit. 
If the patient is eligible for the extension period with rescue therapy initiated 
during the randomized treatment period, the rescue therapy may continue in the 
extension period, as required. 
ENDPOINT(S)
Primary endpoint:
•
Change in HbA1c from baseline to Week 26.
Secondary endpoint(s): 
Efficacy 
•
Percentage of patients reaching HbA1c <7 % (53 mmol/mol) or
≤6.5% (48 mmol/mol) at Week 26; 
•
Change in FPG from baseline to Week 26;
•
Change in 7-point SMPG profiles from baseline to Week 26 (each time
point and average daily value);
•
Change in 2-hour PPG and in blood glucose excursion during
standardized meal test from baseline to Week 26;
•
Percentage of patients requiring rescue therapy during the 26 week
treatment period;
•
Change in body weight from baseline to Week 26.
Other endpoints: 
•
Insulin glargine and lixisenatide doses at Week 26 in the combination
group; 
•
C-peptide evaluation during standardized meal test from baseline to
Week 26; 
•
Percentage of patients reaching HbA1c <7% (53 mmol/mol) with no
body weight gain from baseline to Week 26;  
•
Percentage of patients reaching the fasting SMPG target (≤100 mg/dl)
at Week 26 in the FRC group; 
•
Percentage of patients with no weight gain at Week 26;
•
Pharmacokinetics parameters (FRC group): Total plasma
concentrations of lixisenatide will be assessed in the time frame from
1 to 4 hours post-injection at Day 1 of the treatment phase and prior to
injection as well as in the time frame from 1 to 4 hours post injection at
Week 4, Week 12, Week 26.
Safety endpoints: 
•
Symptomatic hypoglycemia (documented, probable, severe
symptomatic hypoglycemia); 
•
Adverse events (AE), serious adverse events (SAE), adverse event of
special interest (AESI), AEs requiring specific monitoring and reporting 
on specific electronic case report forms (e-CRFs) (suspected allergic 
reactions, patients with increased pancreatic enzymes >2 
ULN/pancreatic events, patients with increased calcitonin ≥20 pg/mL, 
Device-related events (DRE)); 
•
Safety laboratory values;
•
Vital signs;
•
Electrocardiogram (ECG);
•
Immunogenicity (antibody variables, FRC group): anti-insulin and anti-
(electronic 2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 12 
lixisenatide antibodies. 
Endpoints of the extension period 
All primary and secondary efficacy, safety, PK and other endpoints will be also 
assessed at the end of the extension period (Week 52). 
ASSESSMENT SCHEDULE 
Visit schedule 
The schedule of study-related procedures/assessments is detailed in the Study 
Flowchart (Section 1.2).  
Early termination 
Patients who prematurely and permanently discontinue IMP administration 
during the randomized treatment period or during the extension period for any 
reason should have a visit as soon as possible with the assessments normally 
planned for the last dosing day with the IMP, ie, the "final on-treatment 
assessment”. Afterward, these patients should continue in the study up to the 
scheduled date of study completion. They should be followed up according to 
the study procedures as specified in the protocol (except for the safety post-
treatment follow-up). 
STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS 
Sample size determination: 
A sample size of 250 patients per group will provide 90% power to detect a 
difference of 0.4% in the HbA1c change from baseline to Week 26 between the 
FRC and GLP-1 receptor agonist arm. This calculation assumes a common 
standard deviation of 1.1% at the 5% significance level (2-sided) and a common 
drop-out rate of 20% at 26 weeks. It is based on the intent-To-Treat (ITT) 
analysis and also assumes in the conservative manner that the FRC dropped 
patients will respond as the control patients, ie, no treatment difference between 
FRC dropped patients and the control patients. 
Analysis population: 
The primary efficacy population will be the modified Intent-To-Treat (mITT) 
population, which includes all randomized patients who have a baseline 
assessment and at least one post-baseline assessment of any primary or 
secondary efficacy endpoints, irrespective of compliance with the study protocol 
and procedures. Patients will be analyzed in efficacy analyses by the treatment 
regimen allocated by interactive response technology (IRT) according to the 
randomization schedule at randomization visit (as randomized). 
The safety analysis will be conducted on the safety population, defined as all 
randomized patients exposed to at least one dose of investigational medicinal 
product, regardless of the amount of treatment administered. Patients will be 
analyzed according to the treatment regimen actually received. 
Primary efficacy endpoint analysis: 
Analyses of the primary efficacy endpoint (change from baseline to Week 26 in 
HbA1c) will be performed using the mITT population, using HbA1c values 
obtained from the scheduled visits during the 26-week randomized treatment 
period, including those obtained after IMP discontinuation or rescue medication 
use.  
The statistical test will be two-sided at the alpha level of 0.05.  
The primary analysis method for the primary efficacy endpoint will be a mixed-
effect model with repeated measures (MMRM) under the missing at random 
framework. The MMRM model will include the treatment groups, randomization 
(electronic 2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 13 
strata of screening (V 1) HbA1c (<8%, ≥8%), randomization strata of GLP-1 
receptor agonist subtype (once/twice daily formulations, once weekly 
formulations) at screening visit, treatment-by-visit interaction, and world region 
as fixed-effect factors, and the baseline HbA1c-by-visit interaction as covariate. 
The baseline value is defined as the last available value prior to the first dose 
administration of investigational medicinal product or the last available value on 
or before the date of randomization if not treated with open-label IMP. The 
adjusted mean change in HbA1c from baseline to Week 26 for each treatment 
group will be estimated in the framework of this model, as well as the between-
group difference and the 95% confidence interval (CI) for the adjusted mean. 
The MMRM model will be run using Statistical Analysis System (SAS®) (Version 
9.4 or higher) MIXED procedure (PROC MIXED) with an unstructured 
correlation matrix to model the within-patient errors. Parameters will be 
estimated using the restricted maximum likelihood method with the Newton-
Raphson algorithm. Denominator degree of freedom will be estimated using the 
Kenward-Roger approximation by fitting values from post-randomization 
scheduled visits in the 26-week randomized treatment period.  This model will 
use only scheduled HbA1c measurements. 
For the primary efficacy endpoint, sensitivity analyses will be performed as 
necessary to explore different methods for handling missing data.  
Secondary efficacy endpoint analysis: 
The continuous secondary efficacy endpoints will be analyzed using a similar 
MMRM method. Differences between treatment groups and CI will be estimated 
within the framework of MMRM. Categorical efficacy endpoints will be analyzed 
by Cochran Mantel Haenszel method stratified by the randomization strata.  
Other endpoint analysis: 
Descriptive statistics will be summarized by treatment group. For PK 
parameters, lixisenatide total plasma concentrations will be listed and 
summarized by visit and time window and by anti-lixisenatide antibody status in 
the PK population, using descriptive statistics by N, geometric mean, coefficient 
of variation, median, minimum and maximum. 
Descriptive statistics will also be summarized for efficacy endpoints at 
scheduled visit for FRC group for the whole study period including the extension 
period. 
Safety analysis: 
Safety analyses will be descriptive, based on the safety population (randomized 
and exposed). They will be performed for the 26 week randomized treatment 
period and for the whole study period including the extension period (for FRC 
group only) as appropriate. 
Treatment-emergent adverse events (TEAEs) are defined as AEs that 
developed or worsened or became serious during the period from the 
administration of first dose of the study treatments up to 3 days (9 days for the 
weekly GLP1-RA) after the last administration. 
(electronic 2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 14 
DURATION OF STUDY PERIOD (per 
patient)  
Maximum duration for FRC patients of approximately 55 weeks: an up to 2-week 
screening period, a 26-week randomized treatment period, a 26-week extension 
period and a 3-day post-treatment safety follow-up period. 
Maximum duration for GLP1-RA patients of approximately 29 weeks: an up to 2-
week screening period, a 26-week randomized treatment period, and a 3 or 9-
day post-treatment safety follow-up period. 
STUDY COMMITTEES 
Steering Committee:  
 Yes  
The Steering Committee is composed of scientists with clinical and 
methodological expertise in diabetes and conduct of clinical trials. This 
Committee, led by a Chairman, is responsible for producing and conducting a 
scientifically sound study and for ensuring accurate reporting of the study. In 
that capacity, the Steering Committee must address scientific issues 
encountered during the study.  
Allergic Reaction Assessment Committee (ARAC):  
 Yes     
The ARAC is a committee of experts in the field of allergy, independent from the 
Sponsor and the Investigators that will assess all allergic or allergic-like 
reactions occurring during the study. The ARAC reviews the cases in a blinded 
manner with regard to study treatment. 
Pancreatic Safety Assessment Committee (PSAC): 
 Yes 
The PSAC is a committee of experts in the field of pancreatitis and pancreatic 
neoplasm, independent from the Sponsor and the Investigators, implemented to 
assess pancreatic events that may occur during the study. The PSAC will review 
selected pancreatic events, including pancreatitis, pancreatic neoplasms and 
abnormal levels of amylase or lipase. This review will be conducted in a blinded 
manner with regard to study treatment. 
(electronic 2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 15 
1 
FLOW CHARTS 
1.1 
GRAPHICAL STUDY DESIGN 
(electronic 2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 16 
1.2 
STUDY FLOW CHART 
Screeni
ng 
period 
Randomized treatment periodb 
Post-
treatment 
follow-upc 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
28d 
follow-up 
VISITa 



















WEEK
-2 
-1 
0 
0.5
e 
1 
1.5
e 
2 
2.5
e 
3 
3.5
e 
4 
4.5
e 
5 
5.5
e 
6 
6.5
e 
7 
7.5
e 
8 
10 
12 
14 
16 
18 
20 
22 
24 
26 
Informed Consent 
X 
Inclusion/Exclusion Criteria 
X 
 
X 
Medical, surgical, and diabetes 
histories,  
alcohol & smoking habits,  
demography, prior medications 
X 
 
Physical Examination 
X 
 
 
X 
Height 
X 
 
Body weight 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
Vital Signs  
(heart rate, blood pressure) 
X 
X 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
12-lead ECG 
X 
 
 
X 
Diet and Lifestyle counseling 
 
X 
(once at  
V2 or 3) 
 
X 
 
X 
IRT contact 
X 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
X 
Randomization  
X 
Concomitant medication 
recording 
Continuously assessed and recorded all along the study 
AE/SAE/Symptomatic 
Hypoglycemiaf 
Continuously assessed and recorded all along the study 
Glucometer dispensation & 
training (including training on 
glucose measurements)g 
 
X 
Diary dispensation / collection 
(reviewed at each on-site visit) 
 
X 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
(electronic 2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 17 
Screeni
ng 
period 
Randomized treatment periodb 
Post-
treatment 
follow-upc 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
28d 
follow-up 
VISITa 



















WEEK
-2 
-1 
0 
0.5
e 
1 
1.5
e 
2 
2.5
e 
3 
3.5
e 
4 
4.5
e 
5 
5.5
e 
6 
6.5
e 
7 
7.5
e 
8 
10 
12 
14 
16 
18 
20 
22 
24 
26 
Pen-injector and self-injection 
trainingg 
 
 
X 
Fasting SMPG measured every 
day before breakfast 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Fasting SMPG measured  at 
least three times per week 
before breakfast 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Titration phone calls (FRC arm 
only)e  
 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
7-point SMPG profiles (on 2 
different days in the week prior 
to the visit)h  
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
IMPs dispensationi 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
Recording of GLP-1 receptor 
agonist daily/weekly dose (mg 
or µg ) (control arm) 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
Recording of FRC dose (U) 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Count returned pens 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
Compliance check 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
Central laboratory testing
HbA1c
X 
X
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
Fasting Plasma Glucose  
X 
Xj 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
Xj 
2-h standardized meal 
testj 
 
X 
 
X 
Total-; LDL-; HDL-Cholesterol, 
triglyceridesk 
 
 
X 
 
X 
Urinalysisl  
X 
X 
Hepatitis B surface antigen and 
hepatitis C antibody 
X 
 
(electronic 2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 18 
Screeni
ng 
period 
Randomized treatment periodb 
Post-
treatment 
follow-upc 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
28d 
follow-up 
VISITa 



















WEEK
-2 
-1 
0 
0.5
e 
1 
1.5
e 
2 
2.5
e 
3 
3.5
e 
4 
4.5
e 
5 
5.5
e 
6 
6.5
e 
7 
7.5
e 
8 
10 
12 
14 
16 
18 
20 
22 
24 
26 
Women only: FSH (if 
necessary to define 
menopausal status)m  
X 
 
Women only: serum pregnancy 
test  
(if childbearing potential) 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
Safety laboratoryn hematology, 
serum chemistry 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
Amylase, Lipase 
X 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
Serum Calcitonin 
X 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
Anti-lixisenatide and anti-insulin 
antibodies (only in FRC 
group)o  
 
 
X 
Xq  
Xq 
Xr 
Total plasma lixisenatide 
concentration (only in FRC 
group)p 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
(electronic 2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 19 
Extension period 
Post-treatment follow-
up 
28a 
29
30
31
32
33 
34
35
follow-up c
VISITa 





WEEK
26 
30
34
38 
42 
46 
50
52
Inclusion/Exclusion Criteria 
X 
Physical Examination 
X 
X
Body weight 
X 
X
X
X
Vital Signs  
(heart rate, blood pressure) 
X 
X
X
X
12-lead ECG 
X 
X
Diet and Lifestyle counseling 
X 
X
IRT contact 
X 
X
X
X
X 
Concomitant medication recording 
Continuously assessed and recorded all along the study 
AE/SAE/Symptomatic Hypoglycemiaf 
Continuously assessed and recorded all along the study 
Diary dispensation / collection 
(reviewed at each on-site visit) 
X  
X
X
X
Fasting SMPG measured  at least 
three times per week before breakfast 
X 
X
X
X
X
X 
X
X
7-point SMPG profiles (on 2 different 
days in the week prior to the visit)h  
X 
X
IMPs dispensationi
X 
X
X
Recording of FRC dose (U) 
X 
X
X
X
X
X 
X
X
Count returned pens 
X 
X
X
X
Compliance check 
X 
X
X
X
Central laboratory testing
HbA1c
X
X
X
X
Fasting Plasma Glucose  
X 
X
X
Xj 
2-h standardized meal 
testj
X 
X
Total-; LDL; HDL-Cholesterol, 
triglyceridesk
X 
X
Women only: serum pregnancy test (if 
childbearing potential) 
X 
X
X
X
(electronic 2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 20 
Extension period 
Post-treatment follow-
up 
28a 
29
30
31
32
33 
34
35
follow-up c
VISITa 





WEEK
26 
30
34
38 
42 
46 
50
52
Safety laboratoryn hematology, serum 
chemistry 
X 
X
Amylase, lipase 
X 
X
X
X
Serum calcitonin 
X 
X
X
X
Anti-lixisenatide and anti-insulin 
antibodies o 
X 
Xr 
Total plasma lixisenatide concentration 
p 
X 
X
a During the screening period and for randomization visit a visit window of ± 3 days is acceptable, taking V1 as reference until the randomization visit (V3). During the treatment period a visit window of ± 3 days is 
acceptable taking V3 as reference for V5 to V19 (except for additional titration calls for fixed ratio combination treatment arms; please refer to footnote e), and a visit window of ± 5 days is acceptable from V20 to 
V35. A visit window of -1 day or + 3 days for the post-treatment follow-up visit is acceptable using the day of V28 and V35 respectively as reference. For patients receiving weekly GLP1-RA, the post-treatment 
follow-up visit is scheduled 9 days after V28 with the same visit window as for the other patients. If one visit date is changed, the next visit should take place according to the original schedule.  
b Additional phone calls for titration purposes should be scheduled as often as deemed necessary by the Investigator.   
c Post-treatment follow-up visit: This visit can be a phone call visit, or an on-site visit in case of ongoing or new adverse event during the post-treatment period, if necessary. 
d In case of premature permanent IMP discontinuation, patients should have a visit as soon as possible with the assessments normally planned in V28 or V35 for randomized treatment or extension period, 
respectively (the 2-hour standardized meal test is performed only if the patient receives the IMP on the day of the meal test). Afterwards, the patients should continue in the study up to the scheduled date of study 
completion. They should be followed up according to the study procedures as specified in the protocol (except for the 3 day safety post-treatment follow-up).  In case of rescue therapy, all assessments planned 
in V28 or V35 for randomized treatment or extension period, respectively should be performed before starting rescue therapy, patients then continue the study treatment (including metformin ± pioglitazone± 
SGLT2 inhibitor ), and all visits and assessments should be performed as scheduled. 
e These additional titration phone calls are necessary only in the fixed ratio combination (FRC) arms during the first 8 weeks of treatment, from V3 (Week 0) to V19 (Week 8). hereafter, from V19 (Week 8) until V28 
(Week 26), the dose will be adjusted as necessary to maintain this fasting SMPG target, with recommendation to evaluate the dose at least once a week. Please see Section 8.1.4.1 on dose adjustment. 
f 
Whenever the patient feels hypoglycemic symptoms, plasma glucose should be measured by the patient (or others, if applicable), if possible. Patients should be instructed to measure plasma glucose levels prior 
to the administration of glucose or carbohydrate intake whenever symptomatic hypoglycemia is suspected, unless safety considerations necessitate immediate glucose/carbohydrate rescue prior to confirmation. 
g The training can be repeated as often as necessary.  
h The 7-point SMPG profile should be measured at the following 7 points: pre-prandial and 2 hours postprandial for breakfast, lunch, dinner and at bedtime. 
i 
Any patient treated with a once weekly GLP-1 RA upon entering the study who is assigned to receive FRC treatment should not receive their first dose until at least 1 week after their last dose of GLP-1 RA. For 
these patients baseline visit must be scheduled at least 1 week after administering their last dose of GLP1. 
j 
At V2 and V28 and V35, FPG and C-peptide are part of the standardized meal test. The standardized meal contains approximately 600 kcal and is composed of 50 to 55% carbohydrate, 15 to 20% protein and 
25 to 30% fat. The standardized meal for all patients should be consumed within a 15-minute period. 
k LDL = low density lipoprotein, HDL = high density lipoprotein. 
l 
Screening urinalysis at V1: (pH, glucose, ketones, leucocytes, blood/hemoglobin, protein), Urinalysis at V2 (Albumin/creatinine ratio (1st morning urines) 
(electronic 2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 21 
m FSH = follicle stimulating hormone. 
n Safety Laboratory: hematology = White blood cell count (WBC), Red blood cell count (RBC), Hemoglobin, Hematocrit, platelets, differential blood count (Neutrophils, lymphocytes, monocytes, eosinophils, 
basophils). Serum chemistry = total bilirubin, AST, ALT, alkaline phosphatase (ALP), creatinine, uric acid, sodium, potassium, phosphorus, calcium. 
o Samples for antibody assessment to be taken prior to IMP injection. 
p Total plasma concentrations of lixisenatide for patients on FRC will be assessed in the time frame from 1 to 4hours post-injection at Day 1 of the treatment and prior to injection as well as in the time frame from 1 to 
4 hours post-injection at other visits. Samples will also be taken in case of premature discontinuation from IMP or in case of rescue therapy initiation, if possible. In case of premature discontinuation, one PK 
sample is sufficient if the last dose of IMP is not administered at the visit. 
q At V11 and V21, only samples for anti-lixisenatide antibody assessment. 
r 
One additional sample for potential additional assessments of immunogenicity will be taken at Week 26 (if the patient completes the study after Week 26) or Week 52 (if the patient participates in the extension 
period) or in case of premature discontinuation. 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 22 
2 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
AMENDED CLINICAL TRIAL PROTOCOL NO. 02.......................................................................................1 
1 
FLOW CHARTS.............................................................................................................................15 
1.1 
GRAPHICAL STUDY DESIGN ......................................................................................................15 
1.2 
STUDY FLOW CHART ..................................................................................................................16 
2 
TABLE OF CONTENTS ................................................................................................................22 
2.1 
LIST OF TABLES...........................................................................................................................28 
2.2 
LIST OF FIGURES.........................................................................................................................28 
3 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ..........................................................................................................29 
4 
INTRODUCTION AND RATIONALE.............................................................................................31 
5 
STUDY OBJECTIVES ...................................................................................................................37 
5.1 
PRIMARY.......................................................................................................................................37 
5.2 
SECONDARY ................................................................................................................................37 
5.3 
OTHER OBJECTIVES ...................................................................................................................37 
5.4 
OBJECTIVES OF THE EXTENSION PERIOD..............................................................................37 
6 
STUDY DESIGN ............................................................................................................................38 
6.1 
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROTOCOL...........................................................................................38 
6.2 
DURATION OF STUDY PARTICIPATION ....................................................................................39 
6.2.1 
Duration of study participation for each patient .............................................................................39 
6.2.2 
Determination of end of clinical trial (all patients) ..........................................................................39 
6.3 
INTERIM ANALYSIS......................................................................................................................39 
6.4 
STUDY COMMITTEES..................................................................................................................39 
6.4.1 
Steering Committee .......................................................................................................................39 
6.4.2 
Allergic Reaction Assessment Committee (ARAC) .......................................................................40 
6.4.3 
Pancreatic Safety Assessment Committee (PSAC) ......................................................................40 
7 
SELECTION OF PATIENTS..........................................................................................................41 
(electronic 2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 23 
7.1 
INCLUSION CRITERIA..................................................................................................................41 
7.1.1 
Inclusion criteria for the extension phase ......................................................................................41 
7.2 
EXCLUSION CRITERIA ................................................................................................................42 
7.2.1 
Exclusion criteria related to study methodology ............................................................................42 
7.2.2 
Exclusion criteria related to the active comparator and/or mandatory background therapies.......44 
7.2.3 
Exclusion criteria related to the current knowledge of Sanofi compound (insulin 
glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio combination) .................................................................................44 
7.2.4 
Additional exclusion criteria during or at the end of screening phase before randomization ........45 
7.2.5 
Exclusion criteria for the extension period .....................................................................................45 
8 
STUDY TREATMENTS .................................................................................................................46 
8.1 
INVESTIGATIONAL MEDICINAL PRODUCT(S) ..........................................................................46 
8.1.1 
Formulations ..................................................................................................................................46 
8.1.2 
Injection devices and training for insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio combination..................47 
8.1.2.1 
Pen-Injector devices.......................................................................................................................47 
8.1.2.2 
Training for injection devices .........................................................................................................50 
8.1.3 
Dose schedule ...............................................................................................................................50 
8.1.4 
Starting dose and dose adjustment ...............................................................................................52 
8.1.4.1 
Insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio combination (FRC) group..................................................52 
8.2 
NON-INVESTIGATIONAL MEDICINAL PRODUCT(S) .................................................................54 
8.2.1 
Background therapy.......................................................................................................................54 
8.2.2 
Diet and Exercise...........................................................................................................................54 
8.2.3 
Rescue Therapy.............................................................................................................................55 
8.3 
BLINDING PROCEDURES............................................................................................................55 
8.3.1 
Methods of blinding........................................................................................................................55 
8.4 
METHOD OF ASSIGNING PATIENTS TO TREATMENT GROUP ..............................................56 
8.5 
PACKAGING AND LABELING ......................................................................................................57 
8.6 
STORAGE CONDITIONS AND SHELF LIFE................................................................................57 
8.7 
RESPONSIBILITIES ......................................................................................................................59 
8.7.1 
Treatment accountability and compliance......................................................................................59 
8.7.2 
Return and/or destruction of treatments ........................................................................................59 
8.8 
CONCOMITANT MEDICATION.....................................................................................................60 
8.8.1 
Allowed concomitant therapy.........................................................................................................60 
8.8.2 
Concomitant diabetes therapy .......................................................................................................60 
8.8.3 
Prohibited concomitant therapy .....................................................................................................60 
(electronic 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 24 
9 
ASSESSMENT OF INVESTIGATIONAL MEDICINAL PRODUCT ..............................................61 
9.1 
PRIMARY ENDPOINT ...................................................................................................................61 
9.1.1 
Primary efficacy endpoint...............................................................................................................61 
9.2 
SECONDARY ENDPOINTS ..........................................................................................................61 
9.2.1 
Secondary efficacy endpoint(s)......................................................................................................61 
9.2.1.1 
Observation period of efficacy endpoints.......................................................................................61 
9.2.1.2 
Efficacy Assessment Methods .......................................................................................................62 
9.2.2 
Safety endpoints ............................................................................................................................67 
9.2.2.1 
Symptomatic hypoglycemia ...........................................................................................................68 
9.2.2.2 
Adverse events ..............................................................................................................................68 
9.2.2.3 
Laboratory safety variables............................................................................................................68 
9.2.2.4 
Vital signs and physical examination .............................................................................................69 
9.2.2.5 
Electrocardiogram variables ..........................................................................................................69 
9.2.2.6 
Immunogenicity..............................................................................................................................70 
9.3 
OTHER ENDPOINTS.....................................................................................................................70 
9.3.1 
Pharmacokinetics...........................................................................................................................70 
9.3.2 
Other endpoints..............................................................................................................................71 
9.4 
ENDPOINTS OF THE EXTENSION PERIOD ...............................................................................71 
9.5 
FUTURE USE OF SAMPLES ........................................................................................................71 
9.6 
APPROPRIATENESS OF MEASUREMENTS ..............................................................................71 
10 
STUDY PROCEDURES ................................................................................................................73 
10.1 
VISIT SCHEDULE..........................................................................................................................73 
10.1.1 
Screening period (Week -2 up to Week 0).....................................................................................74 
10.1.1.1 On-site visits: V1 (screening visit, Week -2); V2 (Week -1)...........................................................74 
10.1.2 
Open-label randomized treatment period (Week 0 to Week 26) ...................................................75 
10.1.2.1 Baseline visit (V3, Week 0 and Day 1)...........................................................................................76 
10.1.2.2 Phone call visits: V5 (Week 1); V9 (Week 3); V13 (Week 5); V15 (Week 6); V17 (Week 7); 
V20 (Week 10); V22 (Week V14); V23 (Week 16); V25 (Week 20); V27 (Week 24)....................77 
10.1.2.3 On-Site visits: V7 (Week 2); V11 (Week 4); V19 (Week 8); V21 (Week 12); V24 (Week 18); 
V26 (Week 22); V28 (Week 26).....................................................................................................78 
10.1.2.4 Additional titration phone call visits: V4 (Week 0.5), V6 (Week 1.5), V8 (Week 2.5), V10 
(Week 3.5), V12 (Week 4.5), V14 (Week 5.5), V16 (Week 6.5) and V18 (Week 7.5)...................79 
10.1.2.5 Final on-treatment assessment/end of treatment visit for randomized treatment period 
(V28, Week 26) ..............................................................................................................................79 
10.1.2.6 Post-treatment follow-up phone call visit for randomized treatment period...................................80 
10.1.3 
Extension period (Week 26 to Week 52) .......................................................................................80 
10.1.3.1 Baseline visit for the extension period: V28a (Week 26) ...............................................................80 
10.1.3.2 The investigator will contact the IRT in order to allocate the IMP for patients who will 
continue in the extension period. Diary and IMP will be dispensed. Phone call visits: V29 
(Week 30); V31 (Week 38); V33 (Week 46); V34 (Week 50)........................................................81 
(electronic 2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02 
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 25 
10.1.3.3 On-Site visits: 30 (Week 34); V32 (Week 42)................................................................................82 
10.1.3.4 Final on-treatment assessment/end of treatment for the extension period visit (V35, Week 
52) ..................................................................................................................................................82
10.1.3.5 Post-treatment follow-up phone call visit for the extension period visit .........................................83 
10.1.4 
Unscheduled phone call.................................................................................................................83 
10.2 
DEFINITION OF SOURCE DATA..................................................................................................84 
10.2.1 
Source data to be found in the patient's file...................................................................................84 
10.2.2 
Source data verification requirements for patients not randomized ..............................................85 
10.3 
HANDLING OF PATIENT TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT TREATMENT 
DISCONTINUATION AND OF PATIENT STUDY DISCONTINUATION.......................................85 
10.3.1 
Temporary treatment discontinuation with investigational medicinal product(s) ...........................85 
10.3.2 
Permanent treatment discontinuation with investigational medicinal product(s) ...........................86 
10.3.3 
List of criteria for permanent treatment discontinuation.................................................................86 
10.3.4 
Handling of patients after permanent treatment discontinuation ...................................................86 
10.3.5 
Procedure and consequence for patient withdrawal from study....................................................87 
10.4 
OBLIGATION OF THE INVESTIGATOR REGARDING SAFETY REPORTING ..........................88 
10.4.1 
Definitions of adverse events.........................................................................................................88 
10.4.1.1 Adverse event ................................................................................................................................88 
10.4.1.2 Serious adverse event ...................................................................................................................88 
10.4.1.3 Adverse event of special interest...................................................................................................89 
10.4.1.4 AEs requiring specific monitoring and reporting on specific e-CRFs.............................................90 
10.4.2 
General guidelines for reporting adverse events ...........................................................................90 
10.4.3 
Instructions for reporting serious adverse events ..........................................................................91 
10.4.4 
Guidelines for reporting adverse events of special interest...........................................................91 
10.4.5 
Guidelines for management of specific laboratory abnormalities ..................................................91 
10.5 
OBLIGATIONS OF THE SPONSOR .............................................................................................92 
10.6 
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................................93 
10.6.1 
Symptomatic Hypoglycemia...........................................................................................................93 
10.6.2 
Local tolerability at injection site ....................................................................................................94 
10.6.3 
Allergic or allergic-like reaction ......................................................................................................94 
10.6.4 
Monitoring of patients with increased lipase and/or amylase >2x ULN .........................................94 
10.6.5 
Management of patients with increased calcitonin values.............................................................96 
10.6.6 
Monitoring of renal function in case of prolonged and severe nausea and vomiting.....................97 
10.6.7 
Follow-up of laboratory abnormalities............................................................................................97 
10.6.8 
Monitoring of device-related events...............................................................................................97 
10.7 
ADVERSE EVENTS MONITORING..............................................................................................98 
(electronic 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 26 
11 
STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS..............................................................................................99 
11.1 
DETERMINATION OF SAMPLE SIZE...........................................................................................99 
11.2 
DISPOSITION OF PATIENTS .......................................................................................................99 
11.3 
ANALYSIS POPULATIONS.........................................................................................................100 
11.3.1 
Efficacy populations .....................................................................................................................100 
11.3.1.1 Modified intent-to-treat population ...............................................................................................100 
11.3.2 
Safety population .........................................................................................................................100 
11.3.3 
Pharmacokinetic population.........................................................................................................101 
11.4 
STATISTICAL METHODS ...........................................................................................................101 
11.4.1 
Demographic and baseline characteristics ..................................................................................101 
11.4.2 
Prior and concomitant medications..............................................................................................103 
11.4.3 
Extent of study treatment exposure and compliance...................................................................104 
11.4.3.1 Extent of investigational medicinal product exposure..................................................................104 
11.4.3.2 Compliance ..................................................................................................................................105 
11.4.4 
Analyses of efficacy endpoints.....................................................................................................105 
11.4.4.1 Analysis of primary efficacy endpoint...........................................................................................105 
11.4.4.2 Analyses of secondary efficacy endpoints...................................................................................108 
11.4.4.3 Multiplicity considerations ............................................................................................................109 
11.4.5 
Analyses of other endpoints.........................................................................................................110 
11.4.6 
Analyses of safety data................................................................................................................111 
11.4.6.1 Analyses of symptomatic hypoglycemia ......................................................................................111 
11.4.6.2 Analyses of adverse events .........................................................................................................111 
11.4.6.3 Analyses of laboratory variables..................................................................................................114 
11.4.6.4 Analyses of vital sign variables ....................................................................................................115 
11.4.6.5 Analysis of 12 lead ECG status ...................................................................................................115 
11.4.6.6 Analyses of anti-drug antibody variables .....................................................................................115 
11.5 
INTERIM ANALYSIS....................................................................................................................116 
12 
ETHICAL AND REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS.................................................................117 
12.1 
ETHICAL AND REGULATORY STANDARDS ............................................................................117 
12.2 
INFORMED CONSENT ...............................................................................................................117 
12.3 
INSTITUTIONAL REVIEW BOARD/INDEPENDENT ETHICS COMMITTEE (IRB/IEC) ............117 
13 
STUDY MONITORING.................................................................................................................119 
13.1 
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE INVESTIGATOR(S).....................................................................119 
13.2 
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SPONSOR...................................................................................119 
13.3 
SOURCE DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS..................................................................................119 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 27 
13.4 
USE AND COMPLETION OF CASE REPORT FORMS (CRFS) AND ADDITIONAL 
REQUEST....................................................................................................................................120 
13.5 
USE OF COMPUTERIZED SYSTEMS........................................................................................120 
14 
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................121 
14.1 
CURRICULUM VITAE..................................................................................................................121 
14.2 
RECORD RETENTION IN STUDY SITES ..................................................................................121 
14.3 
CONFIDENTIALITY .....................................................................................................................121 
14.4 
PROPERTY RIGHTS...................................................................................................................122 
14.5 
DATA PROTECTION...................................................................................................................122 
14.6 
INSURANCE COMPENSATION..................................................................................................123 
14.7 
SPONSOR AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS BY REGULATORY AGENCIES ...............................123 
14.8 
PREMATURE DISCONTINUATION OF THE STUDY OR PREMATURE CLOSE-OUT OF 
A SITE..........................................................................................................................................123 
14.8.1 
By the Sponsor.............................................................................................................................123 
14.8.2 
By the Investigator .......................................................................................................................124 
14.9 
CLINICAL TRIAL RESULTS ........................................................................................................124 
14.10 
PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS ...............................................................................124 
15 
CLINICAL TRIAL PROTOCOL AMENDMENTS ........................................................................125 
16 
BIBLIOGRAPHIC REFERENCES...............................................................................................126 
17 
APPENDICES..............................................................................................................................129 
APPENDIX A 
MDRD ................................................................................................................................130 
APPENDIX B 
GENERAL GUIDANCE FOR THE FOLLOW-UP OF LABORATORY 
ABNORMALITIES BY SANOFI....................................................................................................131 
APPENDIX C BACK-UP PLAN FOR SAE AND OTHER INVESTIGATOR EXPEDITED EVENTS 
REPORTING PROCESS WHEN THE E-CRF SYSTEM FAILS..................................................136 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 28 
2.1 
LIST OF TABLES 
Table 1 - Dose adjustment algorithm for insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio combination......................53 
Table 2 - Summary of adverse event reporting instructions..........................................................................92 
 
2.2 
LIST OF FIGURES 
Figure 1 - The step-down testing procedure ...............................................................................................110 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 29 
3 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 
 
ADA: 
American Diabetes Association 
AE: 
adverse event 
AESI: 
adverse event of special interest 
ALP: 
alkaline phosphatase 
ALT: 
alanine aminotransferase 
ARAC: 
allergic reaction assessment committee 
AST: 
aspartate aminotransferase 
ATC: 
anatomic or therapeutic category 
BID: 
bis in die = twice daily 
BMI: 
body mass index 
CI: 
confidence interval 
CSR: 
clinical study report 
DRE: 
device-related event 
DREQ: 
device-related event questionnaire 
EASD: 
European Association for the Study of Diabetes 
ECG: 
electrocardiogram 
e-CRF: 
electronic case report form 
FPG: 
fasting plasma glucose 
FRC: 
fixed Ratio Combination 
GCP: 
good clinical practice 
GFR: 
glomerular filtration rate 
GLP-1 RA: 
glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonist 
HbA1c: 
hemoglobin A1c 
HDL: 
high density lipoprotein 
HLGT: 
high level group term 
HLT: 
high level term 
ICH: 
International Council for Harmonization 
IEC: 
independent ethics committee 
IgM: 
immunoglobulin M 
IMP: 
investigational medicinal product 
IRB: 
institutional review board 
IRT: 
Interactive Response Technology 
ITT: 
intent-to-treat 
LDL: 
low density lipoprotein 
mITT: 
modified intent-to-treat 
MMRM: 
mixed-effect model with repeated measures 
MTC: 
medullary thyroid cancer 
MTD: 
maximum tolerated dose 
NIMP: 
noninvestigational medicinal product 
PCSA: 
potentially clinically significant abnormality 
PI: 
prescribing information 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 30 
PPG: 
post-prandial plasma glucose 
PSAC: 
pancreatic safety assessment committee 
PT: 
preferred term 
PTC: 
product technical complaint 
QD: 
quague die = once daily 
QW: 
once weekly 
SAE: 
serious adverse event 
SAS: 
statistical analysis system 
SC: 
subcutaneous 
SD: 
standard deviation 
SmPC: 
summary of product characteristics 
SMPG: 
self-monitored plasma glucose 
SOC: 
system organ class 
TEAE: 
treatment-emergent adverse event 
ULN: 
upper limit of normal range 
WHO-DD: 
World Health Organization - Drug Dictionary 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 31 
4 
INTRODUCTION AND RATIONALE 
Study LixiLan-G (EFC13794) will evaluate the efficacy and safety of the combination of basal 
insulin glargine (Lantus®) and the glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonist (GLP-1 RA) 
lixisenatide in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM) not sufficiently controlled on oral 
anti-diabetic drug (OAD) therapy and GLP-1 receptor agonist therapy (liraglutide (Victoza®), 
exenatide (Byetta®), exenatide extended-release (Bydureon®), albiglutide (Tanzeum®), and 
dulaglutide (Trulicity®). 
Lixisenatide (AVE0010, Lyxumia®) is a polypeptide with pronounced glucagon-like peptide 1 
(GLP-1) agonist activity, approved since 2013 in the European Union (EU), Japan, Mexico, and 
other parts of the world for treatment of adults with T2DM to achieve glycemic control in 
combination with oral glucose-lowering medicinal products and/or basal insulin when these, 
together with diet and exercise, do not provide adequate glycemic control. In the US it is approved 
since 2016 as Adlyxin®. The indication may vary slightly across the countries where lixisenatide 
is approved. Other information concerning lixisenatide is available in the Clinical Investigator’s 
Brochure (1) and in the Lyxumia® Summary of Product Characteristics (SmPC) (2) and 
Adlyxin® Prescribing Information (PI) (3). 
Insulin glargine (HOE901, Lantus®), an analogue of human insulin, provides 24-hour basal 
insulin supply after single dose subcutaneous injection. Lantus® has been marketed since 
June 2000 in Europe and since April 2000 in the USA and other parts of the world. Lantus® is 
indicated for the treatment of adult and pediatric patients with T1DM or adult patients with T2DM 
who require basal (long-acting) insulin for the control of hyperglycemia. Other information 
concerning insulin glargine is available the Lantus® SmPC (4) and Lantus® PI (5). 
Since both lixisenatide and insulin glargine are efficacious when given once daily, and have 
similar physicochemical features such as good solubility at low pH, both components can be 
mixed as a defined fixed ratio formulation to be delivered  in one single injection.  
Several GLP-1 receptor agonists (GLP-1 RA) are approved throughout the world. Liraglutide 
(Victoza®) has been marketed since 2009 in Europe and 2010 in the USA, and is indicated as an 
adjunct to diet and exercise to improve glycemic control in adults with T2DM. The indication 
may vary slightly across the countries where liraglutide is approved. Detailed information 
concerning liraglutide is available in the Victoza® SmPC (6) and Victoza® PI (7). 
Exenatide (Byetta®) has been initially approved in Europe in 2006 and in 2005 in the USA, and is 
indicated as an adjunct to diet and exercise to improve glycemic control in adults with T2DM. 
The indication may vary slightly across the countries where Byetta® is approved. Detailed 
information concerning Byetta® is available in the Byetta® SmPC (8) and Byetta® PI (9). The 
extended-release version of Exenatide (Bydureon®) has been initially approved in Europe in 2011 
and in 2012 in the USA, and is indicated as an adjunct to diet and exercise to improve glycemic 
control in adults with T2DM. The indication may vary slightly across the countries where 
Bydureon® is approved. Other information concerning Bydureon® is available in the Bydureon® 
SmPC (10) and Bydureon® PI (11). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 32 
Albiglutide has been initially approved in 2014 and marketed under the trade name Tanzeum® in 
the USA. It is indicated as an adjunct to diet and exercise to improve glycemic control in adults 
with T2DM. The indication may vary slightly across the countries where Tanzeum® is approved. 
Detailed information concerning albiglutide is available in Tanzeum® PI (12). 
Dulaglutide (Trulicity®) has been initially approved in Europe and in the USA in 2014, and is 
indicated as an adjunct to diet and exercise to improve glycemic control in adults with T2DM. 
The indication may vary slightly across the countries where Trulicity® is approved. Detailed 
information concerning Trulicity® is available in the Trulicity® SmPC (13) and Trulicity® PI 
(14). 
Metformin is generally considered to be the most appropriate first-line therapy for treating T2DM, 
but there is no general agreement on how to advance treatment when metformin and lifestyle 
modification become insufficient. As additional OAD therapy, thiazolidinediones (TZDs), and in 
particular pioglitazone, could be used in addition to metformin, among other OAD therapies. 
Another recently introduced class of OADs, the SGLT2 inhibitors, is steadily becoming a choice 
early in the stepwise advancing to dual and triple combination therapy. The new class of GLP-1 
receptor agonist drugs has become increasingly used by health care professionals and has been 
included as part of both two and three drug therapeutic regimens in the recent American Diabetes 
Association/European association of the study of diabetes (ADA/EASD) treatment algorithm (15). 
However as with most type 2 diabetes drugs, GLP-1 RAs may fail after some time, and 
considering the progressive nature of T2DM, this means that a significant proportion of patients 
will eventually require an insulin-based combination therapy to attain and sustain glycemic 
control.  
The combined treatment of a GLP-1 RA with long acting basal insulin has been tested in many 
studies (16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26). Different study designs have confirmed the 
original findings of Buse et al. (20) that the association of these two biological entities is 
advantageous in patients with T2DM (27). In addition to improving glycemic control, the 
association of the two can maximize other benefits and at the same time minimize some of the 
limitations of the other. While the studies conducted to date are heterogeneous in design, 
generally speaking, the combination promises to increase the number of patients at target with 
minimal weight gain or even weight loss while maintaining a manageable hypoglycemia profile. 
Therefore, the combination of basal insulin with a GLP-1 receptor agonist may provide an 
improved benefit/risk profile compared with each used individually. 
As basal insulin products target primarily, although not exclusively, fasting hyperglycemia, and 
are often given once daily, a desirable combination would be with a GLP-1 receptor agonist such 
as lixisenatide, which, when given once daily, still effectively acts on post-prandial glycemia due 
to slowing down gastric emptying even when the ability to restore glucose sensitive insulin 
secretion is exhausted or limited. 
Given all the above, for patients who are not able to control their type 2 diabetes with OAD 
therapy and a GLP-1 RA, treatment intensification with the insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed 
ratio combination (FRC) as a once daily injection by an easy to-use device could represent a 
valuable option in the management of their disease. The basal insulin Lantus® will provide a 
predictable and timely effect in reducing glycated hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c), and the GLP-1 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 33 
receptor agonist lixisenatide will have additional effect on glycemic control while mitigating body 
weight gain and hypoglycemia that can occur with insulin intensification.  
The safety and efficacy of the FRC has been assessed in 2 phase 3 studies: 
• 
Study EFC12404 (LixiLan-O): A randomized, 30-week, active-controlled, open-label, 
3 treatment arm, parallel-group multicenter study comparing the efficacy and safety of 
insulin glargine/lixisenatide FRC to insulin glargine alone and to Lixisenatide alone on top 
of metformin in 1170 patients with T2DM not sufficiently controlled on metformin with or 
without a second oral antidiabetic drug (OAD). The study met its primary objective 
demonstrating statistically superior reduction in HbA1c of the FRC compared with 
lixisenatide and compared with insulin glargine 100 units/mL. 
Greater reductions in HbA1c from baseline (8.1%) were achieved with the FRC compared 
with insulin glargine and lixisenatide (−1.6%, −1.3%, −0.9%, respectively), reaching mean 
final HbA1c levels of 6.5% for the FRC, versus 6.8% and 7.3% for insulin glargine and 
lixisenatide, respectively (both p<0.0001).The FRC allowed more patients to reach HbA1c 
target <7% (74% versus 59% for insulin glargine and 33% for lixisenatide; p<0.0001 for 
all comparison) while preventing the body weight gain usually observed at initiation of an 
insulin-based therapy, without increasing the hypoglycemia rate compared to insulin 
glargine alone. The safety profile of the FRC generally reflected those of its components. 
Compared to lixisenatide, the FRC had markedly lower rates of nausea and vomiting, 
leading to fewer permanent treatment discontinuations. 
• 
Study EFC12405 (LixiLan-L): A randomized, 30-week, active-controlled, open-label, 
2 treatment arm, parallel-group, multicenter study comparing the efficacy and safety of the 
insulin glargine/lixisenatide FRC to insulin glargine with or without metformin, in 736 
patients with T2DM not sufficiently controlled on basal insulin. The study met its primary 
objective demonstrating statistically superior reduction in HbA1c of the FRC compared 
with insulin glargine 100 units/mL, leading to a value of 6.9% at Week 30 compared to 
7.5% with insulin glargine. It allowed more patients to reach HbA1c target <7% ( 55% 
versus 30% for insulin glargine while preventing or minimizing the body weight gain 
usually observed at intensification of an insulin-based therapy with no additional risk of 
hypoglycemia as compared to insulin glargine. Overall, the FRC had a safety profile 
reflecting those of its components. 
The lixisenatide stand-alone product has been developed and approved at a fixed dose of 20 µg 
once daily (QD) in several countries. The dosing of lixisenatide in the FRC ranges from between 
5 to 20 µg.  
In the two phase 3 studies as well as in the LixiLan-G (EFC13794) phase 3b study, the 
combination of insulin glargine and lixisenatide is provided in two fixed ratio solutions delivered 
by prefilled disposable pen injectors. The dose of the combination is to be titrated according to the 
insulin needs of the patient. These 2 fixed ratios of the components are intended to obtain a good 
pharmacological effect within established tolerability limits. The lower end of the dosing range of 
lixisenatide is defined by the minimum dose for efficacy, the upper end by available safety 
database. Data derived from studies in T2DM patients and healthy subjects demonstrate that doses 
of 5-10 µg lixisenatide could provide sufficient concentrations to stimulate glucose sensitive 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 34 
insulin release and have demonstrated efficacy on HbA1c, while doses of 10 µg have also 
demonstrated a potent effect on inhibition of gastric emptying (1). It is expected that the majority 
of the target patient population for the FRC would require 10 to 60 U of Lantus (28).  
The following two pens with 2 different strengths of the combination will be used in LixiLan-G 
(EFC13794) study:  
• 
The FRC 10 to 40 pen (Peach Pen) will deliver a dose from 10 U insulin glargine/5 µg 
lixisenatide to 40 U insulin glargine/20 µg lixisenatide (2 [units] to 1 [µg] ratio). Each unit 
of the FRC 10 to 40 pen contains 1 unit of insulin glargine and 0.5 µg of lixisenatide; 
• 
The FRC 30 to 60 pen (Olive Pen) will deliver a dose from 30 U insulin glargine/10 µg 
lixisenatide to 60 U insulin glargine/20 µg lixisenatide (3 [units] to 1 [µg] ratio). Each unit 
of the FRC 30 to 60 pen contains 1 unit of insulin glargine and 0.33 µg of lixisenatide. 
The LixiLan-G (EFC13794) study will consist of a randomized comparative 26-week treatment 
period followed by a 26-week single arm extension period for patients randomized to the FRC 
group. The primary objective of the study is to demonstrate the superiority of the FRC to GLP-1 
receptor agonist in HbA1c change from baseline to Week 26 in patients with T2DM not 
sufficiently controlled on GLP-1 receptor agonist and metformin ± pioglitazone± SGLT2 inhibitor 
treatments.  
The secondary objectives of the study are to assess the effects of the FRC versus GLP-1 receptor 
agonist on percentage of patients reaching HbA1c targets, fasting plasma glucose, 7-point Self- 
Monitored Plasma Glucose (SMPG) profile, glycemic control during a standardized meal test and 
body weight. Other parameters will also be assessed: C-peptide during a standardized meal test, 
composite endpoint of percentage of patients reaching HbA1c target (<7%) with no weight gain, 
anti- insulin as well as anti-lixisenatide antibodies and total plasma concentration of lixisenatide 
before and following injection (FRC group). 
Screened patients will enter an up to 2-week screening period. Eligible patients whose HbA1c 
level at screening is ≥7 and ≤9% will enter a 26-week open label randomized treatment period 
comparing the FRC to GLP-1 receptor agonist (Victoza®, Byetta®, Bydureon®, Tanzeum®, or 
Trulicity®). The treatment period duration is considered sufficient to allow an appropriate 
evaluation of the effect on HbA1c, plasma glucose levels, body weight and other secondary 
endpoints.  
Patients in the FRC group will start their treatment with the Peach Pen at a dose of 10 units which 
corresponds to an associated dose of 10 U of insulin glargine and 5 µg of lixisenatide. During the 
first 8 weeks of treatment, the dose will be titrated twice a week as far as possible until the patient 
reaches a glycemic target of fasting SMPG in the range of 80 to 100 mg/dL (4.4 to 5.6 mmol/L) 
while avoiding hypoglycemia. Thereafter, the dose will be adjusted as necessary to maintain this 
fasting SMPG target, with recommendation to evaluate the dose at least once a week. Patients 
needing a daily FRC dose of 41 U or more will switch to the Olive Pen. The maximal daily dose 
in the FRC treatment groups is 60 U, which corresponds to an associated dose of 60 U of insulin 
glargine and 20 µg of lixisenatide. Daily doses of FRC higher than 60 must not be administrated. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 35 
Patients in GLP-1 receptor agonist group (liraglutide [Victoza®], or exenatide [Byetta®], 
exenatide extended-release [Bydureon®], albiglutide [Tanzeum®], and dulaglutide [Trulicity®] 
will continue to receive the same dose they receive at study entry.  
The investigational medicinal products (IMPs) should be administered by deep subcutaneous 
injection, once daily (for details on timing of administration, please see IMPs dose regimen 
section in the tabular summary) for FRC and Victoza®, twice daily (BID) for Byetta®, or once 
weekly for Bydureon®, Tanzeum®, or Trulicity®. 
At the end of the randomized treatment period (Week 26) patients treated with the FRC will 
continue to use the FRC during the next 26 weeks of the extension period. Patients treated with 
the FRC and on rescue therapy during the randomized period and still having their HbA1c >8% at 
Week 26 will not be invited to participate in the extension period.  The 26-week extension period 
aims to collect safety, immunogenicity, descriptive efficacy and PK data beyond 26 weeks of 
treatment with the FRC. Indeed, the pivotal studies with the FRC provided data up to 30 weeks of 
treatment, and with the safety extension for the LixiLan-G study, additional valuable safety and 
efficacy data over one year in patients treated with the fixed ratio combination will be provided 
with the FRC. 
In the post-marketing experience with GLP-1 receptor agonists, spontaneously reported cases of 
pancreatitis raised concerns that drugs in this class could cause pancreatitis. Therefore, patients 
enrolled in this study should be followed for any evidence of suspected pancreatitis, eg, with 
symptoms and/or signs of acute abdominal distress or abnormal levels of pancreatic enzymes. 
Serum amylase and lipase concentrations are to be monitored routinely at screening, baseline and 
periodically during the study treatment period. As this monitoring may be difficult to interpret in 
patients who already have high values of amylase or lipase, patients with values above 3 times the 
upper limit of normal range at screening will not be included in the study. Guidance for 
Investigators on the follow-up of suspected pancreatitis is specified in the protocol. In addition, a 
Pancreatic Safety Assessment Committee (PSAC) has been established. The PSAC is a committee 
of experts in the field of pancreatitis and pancreatic neoplasm, independent from the Sponsor and 
the Investigators, implemented to assess pancreatic events that may occur during the study. 
Information from Victoza® (liraglutide) (6, 7), Bydureon® (exenatide-extended release) (10, 11), 
Tanzeum® (albiglutide) (, 12), and Trulicity® (dulaglutide) (13, 14) pre-clinical carcinogenicity 
studies has raised the issue of a potential increased risk of thyroid C-cell hyperplasia and 
neoplasm. Following a request from the health authorities concerning any clinical study longer 
than 3 months with a GLP-1 receptor agonist, serum calcitonin will be monitored in this study as a 
marker of thyroid C-cell hyperplasia and neoplasm, with specific monitoring implemented for 
patients with value ≥20 pg/mL (5.9 pmol/L). As this monitoring may be difficult to interpret in 
patients who already have high values, those with calcitonin values equal to or above 20 pg/mL 
(5.9 pmol/L) at screening will not be included in the study. 
Like any other peptide product, there is a potential for antibody generation when treated with the 
FRC. Therefore, assessments of the immunogenicity of insulin glargine and lixisenatide will be 
performed. Antibodies against insulin glargine are well characterized. Therefore, assessment of 
anti-insulin antibodies is limited to antibody titers and cross-reactivity to human insulin. For 
lixisenatide, the time course of formation of antibodies and antibody concentrations will be 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 36 
investigated. Furthermore, cross-reactivity to GLP-1 and glucagon as well as neutralizing effects 
against lixisenatide, GLP-1 and glucagon will be assessed. 
In order to gain information about exposure to lixisenatide, blood samples will be collected to 
determine lixisenatide concentrations. 
Conclusion on the benefit risk assessment in this study 
The FRC is the combination of two products with demonstrated glucose-lowering properties and 
which are approved for the treatment of adult patients with T2DM to improve glycemic control 
(insulin glargine was approved in 2000 in Europe and since 2001 in the US as well as many other 
parts of the world, and lixisenatide was approved in 2013 in Europe and other countries). 
The type and incidence of adverse events observed in previous lixisenatide clinical studies 
covering daily doses up to 60 µg, and in the FRC phase 2 study ACT12374 with daily doses up to 
60 U of insulin glargine/30 µg of lixisenatide and the completed phase 3 program did not reveal 
findings or concerns precluding the continuation of clinical development. Given the safety profile 
observed in completed studies, combined treatment of insulin glargine and lixisenatide in a fixed 
ratio solution is considered well tolerated and reflective of the individual components, with no 
new risk identified for the population to be included in study EFC13794. Therefore, the risk for 
patients participating in this study, using daily doses up to 60 U of insulin glargine/20 µg of 
lixisenatide is considered limited.  
All patients entering this study will receive treatment with FRC or GLP-1 receptor agonist both on 
top of OAD therapy (metformin ± pioglitazone ± SGLT2 inhibitors). In addition, all patients will 
benefit from close management of their T2DM. Rescue therapy is planned and described in the 
clinical study protocol for patients whose glycemia remains poorly controlled. 
Given the expected improvement of metabolic control and the additional measures to improve 
diabetes management, these benefits are considered to outweigh the potential risk associated with 
the FRC drug. Therefore the benefit-risk ratio for patients participating in study EFC13794 is 
considered favorable. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 37 
5 
STUDY OBJECTIVES 
5.1 
PRIMARY 
The primary objective of this study is to demonstrate the superiority of the insulin 
glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio combination (FRC) versus GLP-1 receptor agonist in HbA1c 
change from baseline to Week 26. 
5.2 
SECONDARY 
The secondary objectives of the study are to assess the effects of the FRC versus GLP-1 receptor 
agonist over 26 weeks on: 
• 
Percentage of patients reaching HbA1c targets; 
• 
Fasting Plasma Glucose (FPG); 
• 
7-point Self- Monitored Plasma Glucose (SMPG) profile; 
• 
Glycemic control in relation to a meal as evaluated by 2-hour Post-prandial Plasma 
Glucose (PPG) and glucose excursion during a standardized meal test;  
• 
Body weight; 
• 
To assess the safety and tolerability in each treatment group. 
5.3 
OTHER OBJECTIVES 
• 
To assess insulin glargine and lixisenatide doses in the combination group; 
• 
To assess the development of anti-insulin antibodies (FRC group); 
• 
To assess the development of anti- lixisenatide antibodies (FRC group); 
• 
To assess the total plasma concentration of lixisenatide before and following injection 
(FRC group). 
5.4 
OBJECTIVES OF THE EXTENSION PERIOD 
• 
To evaluate safety, efficacy, other endpoints and PK of FRC up to Week 52. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 38 
6 
STUDY DESIGN 
6.1 
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROTOCOL 
The study will be an open label, randomized, active-controlled, 2 treatment-arm, 26-week 
treatment duration, parallel-group, multinational and multicenter phase 3 study comparing the 
FRC to GLP-1 receptor agonist. At the end of the 26-week randomized period, patients from the 
FRC group will be invited to participate in a 26-week single arm extension. The study will recruit 
outpatients with T2DM. At the end of the screening period, eligible patients will be randomized to 
one of two treatment groups: 
• 
FRC group; 
• 
GLP-1 receptor agonist group. 
The randomization (1:1) will be stratified by values of HbA1c at screening (<8%, ≥8%) 
(<64 mmol/mol, ≥64 mmol/mol) and GLP-1 receptor agonist subtype (once/twice daily 
formulations, once weekly formulations).  
The study will comprise 4 periods: 
1. An up-to 2-week screening period; 
- 
Eligible patients continue their GLP-1 RA (Victoza®, Byetta®, Bydureon®, 
Tanzeum®, or Trulicity®) on top of metformin ± pioglitazone ± SGLT2 inhibitors at 
the same doses/dose regimens as before the screening visit. 
2. A 26-week open-label randomized treatment period;  
- 
Eligible patients will be randomized at V3 to either receive the FRC on top of 
metformin ± pioglitazone ± SGLT2 inhibitors or to continue on GLP-1 receptor 
agonist on top of metformin ± pioglitazone ± SGLT2 inhibitors. 
3. A 26-week single-arm extension period  
- 
For patients treated with the FRC during the randomized period; 
After the end of the randomized treatment period (Week 26) patients will continue to 
use the FRC during the next 26 weeks of the extension period. Patients on rescue 
therapy during the randomized period and still having their HbA1c >8% at Week 22 
and the patient who discontinued prematurely from treatment before Week 26 will not 
be invited to participate in the extension period. 
- 
For patients treated with GLP1-RA during the randomized period. 
Patients will not be invited to participate in the extension period and will be prescribed 
the most appropriate antidiabetic treatment at the Investigator’s discretion.   
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 39 
4. A post-treatment follow-up period:  
Patients who will not participate in the extension period will perform the safety follow up 
Visit 3 days after Week 26 except those who prematurely and permanently discontinue 
IMP administration during the randomized treatment period but continue in the study up to 
the scheduled date of study completion. Patients receiving weekly GLP-1 RAs will 
perform the safety follow-up 9 days after Week 26. 
Patients who will participate in the extension period will perform the safety follow up visit 
3 days after Week 52 except those who prematurely and permanently discontinue IMP 
administration during the extension period but continue in the study up to the scheduled 
date of study completion. 
6.2 
DURATION OF STUDY PARTICIPATION 
6.2.1 Duration of study participation for each patient 
The maximum study duration per patient will be approximately 29 weeks for the patients in the 
GLP1-RA arm (2 weeks for the screening period followed by 26 weeks for the randomized 
treatment period and + 3 days post-treatment safety follow up period), and 55 weeks for the 
patients in the FRC arm (including a 26-week extension period) as per description provided in 
Section 6.1. 
6.2.2 Determination of end of clinical trial (all patients) 
The end of the study is defined as Data Base Lock (DBL) instead of the usual “last patient last 
visit” as some delay in data integration into the data base after the “last patient last visit” might be 
anticipated due to the Committees’ reviews. 
6.3 
INTERIM ANALYSIS 
No interim analysis is planned for this study. 
The primary analysis of the efficacy and safety will be performed on the data collected during the 
26-week randomized treatment period. The timing of this analysis is when the last randomized 
patient has completed the 26-week randomized treatment period. The results of the primary 
analysis will not be used to change the conduct of the ongoing study in any aspect. 
6.4 
STUDY COMMITTEES 
6.4.1 Steering Committee 
The Steering Committee is composed of scientists with clinical and methodological expertise in 
diabetes and conduct of clinical trials. This Committee, led by a Chairman, is responsible for 
producing and conducting a scientifically sound study and for ensuring accurate reporting of the 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 40 
study. In that capacity, the Steering Committee must address scientific issues encountered during 
the study. A detailed charter describes the Steering Committee procedures. 
6.4.2 Allergic Reaction Assessment Committee (ARAC) 
Since lixisenatide, liraglutide, exenatide, albiglutide, and dulaglutide are peptides that may 
potentially generate allergic reactions; an Allergic Reaction Assessment Committee (ARAC) has 
been set up. The ARAC is a committee of experts in the field of allergy, independent from the 
Sponsor and the Investigators, implemented to assess allergic reactions or allergic-like reactions 
that may occur during the study. The mission of the ARAC will be to adjudicate, in a timely 
manner, all allergic, or possible allergic events. The ARAC will review the reported cases in a 
blinded manner, and based on the information reported by the Investigator, confirm whether or 
not the event is allergic in nature. A detailed charter describes the ARAC procedures. 
6.4.3 Pancreatic Safety Assessment Committee (PSAC) 
Potential safety signals for acute pancreatitis have been identified in the post-marketing 
experience with other GLP-1 receptor agonists. Specific monitoring for pancreatic events is 
planned in this study (see Section 10.6.4) and a Pancreatic Safety Assessment Committee (PSAC) 
has been set up. This is a committee of experts in the field of pancreatitis and pancreatic 
neoplasm, independent from the Sponsor and the Investigators, implemented to assess pancreatic 
events that may occur during the study. The PSAC will review selected pancreatic events, 
including pancreatitis, pancreatic neoplasms and abnormal levels of amylase or lipase. This 
review will be conducted in a blinded manner with regard to study treatment. A detailed charter 
describes the PSAC procedures. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 41 
7 
SELECTION OF PATIENTS 
7.1 
INCLUSION CRITERIA 
I 01. Patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus diagnosed at least one year prior to screening visit;  
I 02. Patients who have been treated with one of the following GLP-1 receptor agonists for at 
least 4 months prior to screening visit (V1), and with stable dose for at least 3 months prior 
to screening visit (V1):   
- 
Liraglutide (Victoza®) 1.8 mg QD or 1.2 mg QD, if 1.8 mg QD is not well tolerated 
according to Investigator's judgment; 
- 
or Exenatide BID (Byetta®) 10 µg BID or of 5 µg BID, if 10 µg BID is not well 
tolerated according to Investigator's judgment; 
in combination with metformin (daily dose ≥1500 mg/day or Maximum Tolerated Dose 
[MTD]), with or without pioglitazone, with or without SGLT2 inhibitor, all at stable dose 
for at least 3 months prior to screening; 
or 
Patients who have been treated with stable dose of one of the following GLP-1 receptor 
agonists for at least 6 months prior to screening visit (V1): 
- 
Exenatide extended-release (Bydureon®) 2 mg once weekly (QW), if well tolerated 
according to Investigator's judgment; 
- 
Albiglutide (Tanzeum®50 mg QW or 30 mg QW, if 50 mg QW is not well tolerated 
according to Investigator's judgment; 
- 
Dulaglutide (Trulicity®) 1.5 mg QW or 0.75 mg QW, if 1.5 mg QW is not well 
tolerated according to Investigator's judgment; 
in combination with metformin (daily dose ≥1500 mg/day or MTD), with or without 
pioglitazone, with or without SGLT2 inhibitor, all at stable dose for at least 3 months prior 
to screening; 
I 03. Signed written informed consent. 
7.1.1 Inclusion criteria for the extension phase 
I 04. Patients treated with FRC during the 26-week randomized treatment period. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 42 
7.2 
EXCLUSION CRITERIA 
Patients who have met all the above inclusion criteria listed in Section 7.1 will be screened for the 
following exclusion criteria which are sorted and numbered in the following 4 subsections.  
7.2.1 Exclusion criteria related to study methodology 
E 01. At screening visit, age under legal age of adulthood; 
E 02. At screening visit, HbA1c <7% (53 mmol/mol) and >9% (75 mmol/mol); 
E 03. At screening visit, Body Mass Index (BMI) ≤20 or >40 kg/m²; 
E 04. History of hypoglycemia unawareness;  
E 05. History of metabolic acidosis, including diabetic ketoacidosis within 1 year prior to 
screening visit; 
E 06. Any use of  anti-diabetic drugs  within 3 months prior to screening visit (V1) other than 
those described in I 02;  
E 07. Previous treatment with insulin in the year prior to screening visit (V1) (note: short term 
treatment with insulin (≤10 days) due to intercurrent illness including gestational diabetes 
is allowed at the discretion of the study physician); 
E 08. Use of systemic glucocorticoids (excluding topical and inhaled forms) for a total duration 
of 10 days or more within 3 months prior to screening visit; 
E 09. Use of weight loss drugs within 3 months prior to screening visit; or any history of 
bariatric surgery;  
E 10. Use of any investigational drug within 1 month or 5 half-lives, whichever is longer, prior 
to screening visit;  
E 11. Personal or immediate family history of medullary thyroid cancer (MTC) or genetic 
conditions that predispose to MTC (eg, multiple endocrine neoplasia type 2 syndromes);  
E 12. Within the last 6 months prior to screening visit: history of stroke, myocardial infarction, 
unstable angina, or heart failure requiring hospitalization;  
E 13. Planned coronary, carotid or peripheral artery revascularization procedures to be 
performed during the study period;  
E 14. Known history of drug or alcohol abuse within 6 months prior to the time of screening 
visit;  
E 15. Uncontrolled or inadequately controlled hypertension (systolic blood pressure >180 mmHg 
or diastolic blood pressure >95 mmHg) at screening visit (V1); 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 43 
E 16. Conditions/situations such as: 
• 
Patients with conditions/concomitant diseases making them non evaluable for the primary 
efficacy endpoint (eg, hemoglobinopathy or hemolytic anemia, receipt of blood or plasma 
products within the last 3 months prior to the screening visit); 
• 
Patients with conditions/concomitant diseases precluding their safe participation in this 
study (eg, malignant tumor within 5 years prior to screening visit (V1), major systemic 
diseases, presence of clinically significant diabetic retinopathy or presence of macular 
edema likely to require treatment within the study period); 
• 
Impossibility to meet specific protocol requirements (eg, scheduled visits, patients unable 
to fully understand patient's study documents and to complete them); 
• 
Patient is uncooperative or has a condition that could lead to non-compliance with the 
study procedures (eg, patient unable or unwilling to do self-injections or blood glucose 
monitoring using the sponsor-provided blood glucose meter at home); 
• 
Patient is the Investigator or any Sub-Investigator, research assistant, pharmacist, study 
coordinator, other staff or relative thereof directly involved in the conduct of the protocol;  
• 
Patients with short life expectancy; 
• 
Requirement for concomitant treatment that could bias primary evaluation. 
E 17. Laboratory findings at the screening visit: 
• 
Fasting Plasma Glucose (FPG) >250 mg/dL (13.9 mmol/L); 
• 
Amylase and/or lipase: >3 times the upper limit of the normal (ULN) laboratory range, 
• 
Alanine aminotransferase (ALT) or aspartate aminotransferase (AST): >3 ULN; 
• 
Total bilirubin >1.5 ULN (except in case of Gilbert's syndrome); 
• 
Calcitonin ≥20 pg/mL (5.9 pmol/L); 
• 
Hemoglobin <10.5 g/dL or neutrophils <1,500/mm3 or platelets <100,000/mm3;  
• 
Positive test for Hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg) and/or Hepatitis C antibody (HCAb); 
• 
Positive serum pregnancy test in females of childbearing potential. 
E 18. Patient who has renal function impairment with estimated glomerular filtration rate (GFR) 
<30 mL/min/1.73m2 (using the MDRD [Appendix A]) or end-stage renal disease;  
E 19. Any technical/administrative reason that makes it impossible to randomize the patient in 
the study;   
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 44 
7.2.2 Exclusion criteria related to the active comparator and/or mandatory background 
therapies  
E 20. Any contraindication to metformin or pioglitazone or SGLT2 inhibitor (when applicable) 
use, according to local labeling; 
E 21. Any contraindication to liraglutide (Victoza®) use, according to local labeling. History of 
hypersensitivity to liraglutide (Victoza®) or any product components; 
E 22. Any contraindication to exenatide (Byetta®) use, according to local labeling. History of 
hypersensitivity to exenatide (Byetta®) or any product components; 
E 23. Any contraindication to exenatide extended-release (Bydureon®) use, according to local 
labeling. History of hypersensitivity to exenatide extended-release (Bydureon®) or any 
product components; 
E 24. Any contraindication to albiglutide (Tanzeum®) use, according to local labeling. History 
of hypersensitivity to albiglutide (Tanzeum®) or any product components; 
E 25. Any contraindication to dulaglutide (Trulicity®) use, according to local labeling. History 
of hypersensitivity to dulaglutide (Trulicity®) or any product components. 
7.2.3 Exclusion criteria related to the current knowledge of Sanofi compound (insulin 
glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio combination) 
E 26. Pregnant or breastfeeding woman; 
E 27. Woman of childbearing potential not protected by highly-effective method(s) of birth 
control (as defined in a local protocol amendment in case of specific local requirement 
and/or in the Informed Consent Form) and/or who are unwilling or unable to be tested for 
pregnancy; 
E 28. Clinically relevant history of gastrointestinal disease associated with prolonged nausea and 
vomiting, including (but not limited to): gastroparesis, unstable (ie, worsening) or not 
controlled (ie, prolonged nausea and vomiting) gastroesophageal reflux disease requiring 
medical treatment, within 6 months prior to the time of screening visit or history of surgery 
affecting gastric emptying; 
E 29. History of pancreatitis (unless pancreatitis was related to gallstones and cholecystectomy 
has now been performed), pancreatitis during previous treatment with incretin therapies, 
chronic pancreatitis, pancreatectomy;   
E 30. Contraindication to use of insulin glargine or lixisenatide according to local labeling (if 
applicable). History of hypersensitivity to insulin glargine, or to any of the excipients; 
E 31. History of allergic reaction to any GLP-1 receptor agonists in the past or to metacresol. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 45 
7.2.4 Additional exclusion criteria during or at the end of screening phase before 
randomization 
E 32. Patient who has withdrawn consent before enrollment/randomization (starting from signed 
informed consent form); 
E 33. Despite screening of the patient, enrolment/randomization is stopped at the study level. 
7.2.5 Exclusion criteria for the extension period 
E 34. Patients in the FRC arm with a rescue therapy and HbA1c >8% at Week 22; 
E 35. Patients in the FRC arm who discontinued prematurely from FRC treatment before 
Week 26; 
E 36. Patients in the GLP-1RA treatment arm after randomization. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 46 
8 
STUDY TREATMENTS 
8.1 
INVESTIGATIONAL MEDICINAL PRODUCT(S) 
FRC and GLP-1 RA (liraglutide (Victoza®), exenatide [Byetta®], exenatide extended-release 
[Bydureon®], albiglutide [Tanzeum®], or dulaglutide [Trulicity®]) are considered as 
investigational medicinal products (IMPs). 
8.1.1 Formulations 
Insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio combination (FRC) 
FRC is supplied as a sterile aqueous solution for subcutaneous (SC) injection in a pre-filled 
disposable SoloStar® pen injector (100 U/mL insulin glargine with 33 or 50 µg/mL lixisenatide 
depending on the pen). 
Control drugs 
Liraglutide (Victoza®)* is supplied as a pre-filled, multi-dose pen that delivers doses of 0.6 mg, 
1.2 mg, or 1.8 mg. Each pen is pre-filled with 3 mL of a clear colorless solution containing 
6 mg/mL of liragluitde (free-base, anhydrous) and the following inactive ingredients: disodium 
phosphate dihydrate, 1.42 mg; propylene glycol, 14 mg; phenol, 5.5 mg; and water for 
injection (6, 7).  
Exenatide (Byetta®)* is supplied for subcutaneous (SC) injection as a sterile, preserved isotonic 
solution in a glass cartridge that has been assembled in a pen-injector (prefilled pen). Each 
milliliter (mL) contains 250 micrograms (µg) synthetic exenatide, metacresol, mannitol, and 
glacial acetic acid and sodium acetate trihydrate in water for injection. Two prefilled pens are 
available to deliver unit doses of 5 µg (1.2 mL prefilled pen) or 10 µg (2.4 mL prefilled pen). Each 
prefilled pen will deliver 60 doses to provide 30 days of twice daily administration (BID) (8, 9). 
Exenatide extended-release (Bydureon®)* is supplied as a sterile powder (already diluted in 
pens) and administered by subcutaneous injection.  Each vial or a prefilled pen contains 2 mg 
exenatide, polylactide-co-glycolide, sucrose, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, polysorbate 20, 
sodium phosphate monobasic monohydrate, sodium phosphate dibasic heptahydrate, sodium 
chloride, water for infection (sodium hydroxide may be added during manufacture of pens for ph 
adjustment). Each pen is a single dose of 2 mg to be injected once a week (10, 11). 
Albiglutide (Tanzeum®)* is supplied as a sterile powder diluted in pens and administered by 
subcutaneous injection.  30-mg Pen for injection (for subcutaneous use) contains 40.3 mg 
lyophilized albiglutide and 0.65 mL Water for Injection diluent designed to deliver a dose of 
30 mg in a volume of 0.5 mL after reconstitution. 50-mg Pen for injection (for subcutaneous use) 
contains 67 mg lyophilized albiglutide and 0.65 mL Water for Injection diluent designed to 
deliver a dose of 50 mg in a volume of 0.5 mL after reconstitution. Inactive ingredients include 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 47 
153 mM mannitol, 0.01% (w/w) polysorbate 80, 10 mM sodium phosphate, and 117 mM 
trehalose dihydrate. Each pen is a single dose of 30mg or 50mg to be injected once a week (12). 
Dulaglutide (Trulicity®)* is supplied as a sterile solution in pens and administered by 
subcutaneous injection. Each single dose pen contains 0.75 mg dulaglutide/0.5 mL solution or 
1.5 mg dulaglutide/0.5 mL solution with following excipients: citric acid anhydrous (0.07 mg), 
mannitol (23.2 mg), polysorbate 80 (0.10 mg), trisodium citrate dihydrate (1.37 mg), water for 
injection. Each pen is a single dose of 0.75mg or 1.5mg to be injected once a week (13, 14). 
*If available at country level 
8.1.2 Injection devices and training for insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio 
combination 
8.1.2.1 Pen-Injector devices 
The FRC product will be self-administered with a pre-filled disposable SoloStar® pen-injector. 
The dose of the FRC is titrated according to the patient’s need for insulin glargine, while 
respecting the minimum and maximum lixisenatide dose of 5 to 20 µg/day. Note that only the 
dose of insulin glargine appears in the pen dosing window. The dose (µg) of lixisenatide does not 
appear in the dose window even though lixisenatide is pre-mixed in the cartridge. The lixisenatide 
dose is increased or decreased along with the insulin glargine dose changes, and the amount of 
change depends on which Pen (peach yellow or olive green) is used. 
There are two pens (peach and olive) with different insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratios which 
allow insulin glargine titration from 10 to 60 U while limiting lixisenatide dose to a maximum of 
20 µg/day:  
• 
Peach Pen: pre-filled disposable SoloStar® pen injector containing 3 mL of sterile 
solution of 100 U/mL insulin glargine and 50 µg/mL lixisenatide in a ratio of 2:1 (2 units 
of insulin glargine per 1 µg lixisenatide, glycerol 
, methionine, meta-cresol, zinc 
, HCl/NaOH and water for injection). This pen allows administration of daily 
combination doses between 10 U/5 µg and 40 U/20 µg in increments of 1 unit; the Peach 
Pen will be the pen used for starting the combination treatment. 
It is theoretically possible to dial less than 10 U (corresponding to less than 10 U insulin glargine), 
or to deliver more than 40 U (corresponding to more than 40 U of insulin glargine) by splitting the 
dose into 2 separate injections (e.g. giving 2 sequential injections of 25 U each). With the Peach 
Pen, no doses below 10 U or above 40 U should be given. All doses should be given as 1 single 
injection and never split into more than 1 injection per day. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 48 
Each Peach Pen is specifically labeled for use in the study and contains in total 300 units of 
insulin glargine and 150 µg of lixisenatide in 3 mL. 
• 
Olive Pen: pre-filled disposable SoloStar® pen injector containing 3 mL of sterile 
solution of 100 U/mL insulin glargine and 33 µg/mL lixisenatide in ratio of 3:1 (3 units of 
insulin glargine per 1 µg lixisenatide, glycerol 
, methionine, meta-cresol, zinc 
, HCl/NaOH and water for injection). This pen allows administration of daily 
combination doses between 30 U/10 µg and 60 U/20 µg in increments of 1 unit (dose 
step). 
It is theoretically possible to dial less than 30 U (corresponding to less than 30 U insulin glargine), 
or to deliver more than 60 U (corresponding to more than 60 U insulin glargine) by splitting the 
dose into 2 separate injections (e.g. giving 2 sequential injections of 35 U each). With the Olive 
Pen, no doses below 30 U or above 60 U should be given. All doses should be given as 1 single 
injection and never split into more than 1 injection per day. 
Each Olive Pen is specifically labeled for use in the study and contains in total 300 units of insulin 
glargine and 99 µg of lixisenatide in 3 mL. 
The lixisenatide dose is increased or decreased along with insulin glargine dose and also depends 
on which pen (Peach Pen or Olive Pen) is used. For example, when the dose window in the Peach 
Pen (ratio of 2:1) shows 30 U, this is a dose of 30 U of insulin glargine and 15 µg of lixisenatide, 
while for the Olive Pen (ratio of 3:1) when the dose window shows 30 U, this is a dose of 30 U of 
insulin glargine and 10 µg of lixisenatide.  
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 49 
Detailed doses for Peach Pen and Olive Pen are shown in the picture below: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 50 
8.1.2.2 Training for injection devices 
An instruction leaflet will be provided which explains how to use the disposable pen-injectors. All 
patients will be trained by study staff on how to use the pen correctly, how to store it and how to 
change the needle for both the following pen-injector devices: 
At V3, the patients randomized in the FRC treatment group will be trained on using both fixed 
ratio combination pens (peach pen and olive pen). 
Training will be repeated as often as deemed necessary by study site staff during the treatment 
period.   
The pens and leaflet that the patient will need to use during the treatment period will be dispensed 
according to the visit. Each patient is supplied with the appropriate number of pen-injectors 
according to the dispensing scheme indicated in the study flowchart (see Section 1.2). 
The following commercial pen needles will be provided for use with the disposable injection pen 
devices: 
 
Becton, Dickinson and Company 31 G x 8 mm 
Fixed-ratio combination Peach Pen 
Fixed-ratio combination Olive Pen 
Byetta® 
Victoza® 
For Bydureon® and Tanzeum®, the needles are included in the treatment box. For Trulicity®, the 
needle is included in the pen device. 
A Device-Related Event Questionnaire (DREQ) in the electronic case report form (e-CRF) should 
be completed if a Device Related Event (DRE) occurs. For Device Related Events that are not 
resolved by further guidance/review of instructions or troubleshooting with the pen during the 
visit (on site visit or phone visit), a Product Technical Complaint (PTC) form which is described 
in a separate manual must be completed, the pen associated with the event should be retrieved and 
both should be sent to the manufacturing site for technical investigation (Please see details in 
Section 10.6.8). 
8.1.3 Dose schedule 
Insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio combination (FRC) 
The FRC should be self-administered once daily in the morning in the hour (0 to 60 minutes) 
before breakfast, using Peach Pen or Olive Pen depending on the daily dose of insulin glargine. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 51 
Victoza® 
Liraglutide (Victoza®) will be administrated as per local labelling (such as SmPC in the European 
Union or PI in the US), continuing the same dose schedule as before randomization. Victoza® can 
be administered once daily at any time of day, independently of meals. 
Byetta® 
Exenatide BID (Byetta®) will be administrated as per local labelling (such as SmPC in the 
European Union or PI in the US), continuing the same dose schedule as before randomization. 
Byetta® can be administrated twice daily at any time within the 60 minute period before the 
morning and evening meal (or two main meals of the day, approximately 6 hours or more apart). 
Byetta® should not be administered after a meal. 
At days of on-site visits, the IMP which is to be administered before breakfast should be self-
administered at the investigational site under the observation of site staff. 
Bydureon® 
Exenatide extended-release (Bydureon®) will be administrated as per local labelling (such as 
SmPC in the European Union or PI in the US), continuing the same dose schedule as before 
randomization. Bydureon® can be administered once a week at any time of day, independently of 
meals. 
Tanzeum® 
Albiglutide (Tanzeum®) will be administrated as per local labelling (such as SmPC in the 
European Union or PI in the US), continuing the same dose schedule as before randomization. 
Tanzeum® can be administered once a week at any time of day, independently of meals. 
Trulicity® 
Dulaglutide (Trulicity®) will be administrated as per local labelling (such as SmPC in the 
European Union or PI in the US), continuing the same dose schedule as before randomization. 
Trulicity® can be administered once a week at any time of day, independently of meals. 
Injection site 
The IMP should be administered by deep subcutaneous injection, alternating between the left and 
right anterolateral and left and right posterolateral abdominal wall or thighs or upper arms. Within 
a given area, location should be changed (rotated) at each time to prevent injection site skin 
reactions 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 52 
8.1.4 Starting dose and dose adjustment 
8.1.4.1 Insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio combination (FRC) group 
Starting dose 
Treatment will be initiated with the Peach Pen. The initial daily dose of FRC to be administered 
will be 10 U: this corresponds to an initial associated dose of 10 U of insulin glargine and 5 µg of 
lixisenatide according to the 2 U/1 µg fixed ratio used in the Peach Pen. 
Patients who are randomized from once weekly formulations of GLP-1 RA to the FRC group 
must not administer the first dose of FRC until at least 1 week after their last dose of once weekly 
GLP-1 RA. 
Dose adjustment 
During the first 8 weeks of treatment, from V3 (Week 0) to V19 (Week 8), the dose will be 
titrated twice a week as far as possible (see below algorithm in Table 1) based on the insulin 
glargine dose, until the patient reaches a target fasting SMPG of 80 to 100 mg/dL (4.4 to 
5.6 mmol/L) while avoiding hypoglycemia episodes. Titration will be done at the scheduled 
weekly visits (V5, V7, V9, V11, V13, V15, V17, V19) plus at one additional weekly titration 
phone call visit to be scheduled between the weekly visits (V4, V6, V8, V10, V12, V14, V16, 
V18). The additional titration phone call visit should be scheduled to allow for at least two days in 
between successive visits (example: weekly visits to occur on Mondays and titration phone calls 
to occur on Thursdays or Fridays). In case the additional phone call is missed during the week, the 
titration should continue as per the originally planned schedule. Thereafter, from V19 (Week 8) 
until V28 (Week 26), the dose will be adjusted as necessary to maintain this fasting SMPG target, 
with recommendation to evaluate the dose at least once a week. Twice a week titration can be 
continued if deemed appropriate by the investigator. 
During the extension period (Week 26 to Week 52) patients treated with the FRC during the 
randomized period will continue their FRC treatment with the same dose regimen and dose 
adjustment algorithm as during the randomized treatment period. 
Dose changes are based on the lowest fasting SMPG value from the last 3 measurements, which 
may include the value measured on the day of titration, measured by the patient using glucometers 
and accessories supplied by the sponsor. However, sound clinical judgment is to be exercised 
during titration and investigators may decide to further up titrate if the lowest value from 
the last 3 measurements is between 80 and 100 mg/dL but the two other values are well 
above 100 mg/dL, if they believe that is an appropriate intervention in the best interest of 
the patient. 
Investigators may adjust or stop titration, or temporarily reduce dose if they believe further 
titration would be hazardous at that time. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 53 
The total daily dose will be capped at 60 U. In case a dose >60 U is needed to maintain glucose 
parameters below the threshold value defined for rescue therapy, the dose should be kept at 60 U 
and a rescue therapy should be introduced (see Section 8.2.3 on rescue therapy). 
Table 1 - Dose adjustment algorithm for insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio combination  
The lowest fasting SMPG value from the last 
3 measurements, which may include the value measured on 
the day of titration 
FRC dose adjustments (U/day) 
>140 mg/dL (>7.8 mmol/L) 
+4 
>100 and ≤140 mg/dL (>5.6 and ≤7.8 mmol/L) 
+2 
Glycemic target: 80 to 100 mg/dL (4.4 and 5.6 mmol/L), inclusive 
No change 
≥60 and <80 mg/dL (≥3.3 and <4.4 mmol/L) 
-2 
<60 mg/dL (<3.3 mmol/L) or occurrence of 2 (or more) symptomatic 
hypoglycemic episodes or one severe hypoglycemic episode (requiring 
assistance) documented in the preceding week. 
-2 to -4 or at the discretion of the Investigator or 
medically qualified designee 
In the insulin glargine fixed ratio combination group: choice of Peach Pen or Olive Pen  
• 
If the patient needs a FRC dose of 10 to 40 U, use the Peach Pen (insulin 
glargine/lixisenatide 2:1).  
• 
If the patient needs a FRC dose of 41 to 60 U, use the Olive Pen only (insulin glargine 
/lixisenatide 3:1).  
• 
Daily doses of FRC higher than 60 U must not be administrated. 
In case additional therapy (eg, a dose >60 U is needed to maintain HbA1c below the predefined 
threshold value (8% at 12 weeks treatment and thereafter)), the dose should be kept at 60 U and a 
rescue therapy should be introduced (see Section 8.2.3). All assessments planned at the end of 
treatment visit (V28 or V35 for the randomized treatment or extension period, respectively) are to 
be performed before initiating rescue therapy. 
Patients will be educated regarding the titration schedule so that they will be able to monitor the 
titration with the assistance of the Investigator or medically qualified designee. Patients will be 
allowed to increase the dose by themselves if necessary (ie, if the lowest fasting SMPG value 
from the preceding 3 measurements, which may include the value measured on the day of 
titration, is >100 mg/dL), but not more than a maximum dose increase of +2 U and not more often 
than twice a week. All other dose increases must be discussed between the patient and appropriate 
site personnel. All discussions must be properly documented in the patient’s record. If needed, 
additional contacts will be made available for patients to discuss dose adjustments in between the 
scheduled visits. It is at the discretion of the Investigator to allow well-trained patients to make 
their IMP insulin dose adjustments in between the scheduled visits without prior consultation of 
the site personnel. 
Doses may be reduced or modified at any time for hypoglycemia. Patients who experienced mild 
to moderate hypoglycemia as a result of a missed meal, unusual exercise or alcohol use will be 
counseled on the correction of those behaviors and will not necessarily have their insulin dose 
decreased (decision to be based on Investigator's clinical judgment). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 54 
FRC titration monitoring  
Data relevant for the FRC dose titration (eg, fasting SMPG, daily insulin dose, hypoglycemia 
occurrence) will be reviewed by dedicated persons regularly to identify patients whose FRC dose 
was not titrated according to the recommended dose adjustment algorithm. If needed, re-training 
of site staff (including investigator) on titration will be performed. The details on FRC titration 
monitoring will be provided in separate documents. 
8.2 
NON-INVESTIGATIONAL MEDICINAL PRODUCT(S) 
8.2.1 Background therapy 
Background OAD treatment metformin, pioglitazone and SGLT2 inhibitors (canagliflozin, 
dapagliflozin, empagliflozin) are considered as non-investigational medicinal products (NIMPs).  
Patients are enrolled with a background therapy consisting of metformin alone or metformin and 
pioglitazone or metformin and SGLT2 inhibitor combination or triple combination.  Metformin 
and pioglitazone (if applicable) and SGLT2 inhibitors (if applicable) should be administered 
orally according to local product labeling. For metformin, it should be at a stable dose of at least 
1500 mg/day or maximal tolerated dose for at least 3 months prior to screening (V1). The dose of 
pioglitazone (if applicable) and SGLT2 inhibitors (if applicable) should also be stable for at least 
3 months prior screening visit (V1). The doses of background OAD treatment should be continued 
and should remain stable throughout the study unless there is a specific safety issue related to this 
treatment. 
The rescue therapy is also a NIMP and its introduction is described in Section 8.2.3. As per rescue 
therapy criteria rapid acting insulin is suggested (insulin glulisine when available) for patients in 
the FRC arm or basal insulin for patients in the GLP-1 RA arm are suggested. 
Background therapy or rescue therapy are to be reported in the electronic case report form 
(e-CRF). 
The cost of the permitted background OAD treatment and suggested rescue therapy, if not 
covered by health insurance, will be reimbursed where permitted by local regulations. 
8.2.2 Diet and Exercise 
Lifestyle and diet therapy provided before the time of screening is to be continued during the 
study. Dietary and lifestyle counseling will be given by a healthcare professional at V2 or V3, 
V21, V28 and V32 which should be consistent with international or local guidelines for type 2 
diabetic patients (with regard to the distribution of calories among carbohydrates, proteins, and 
fats, exercise, etc). 
Compliance with the diet and lifestyle counseling will be assessed in case of insufficient glucose 
control. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 55 
8.2.3 Rescue Therapy 
In case HbA1c is above 8% at Week 12 or later on, the Investigator will receive an alert issued 
by the central laboratory and should ensure that no reasonable explanation exists for insufficient 
glucose control and in particular that there is no intercurrent disease which may jeopardize 
glycemic control (eg, infectious disease), that the treatments are given at the planned dose and 
compliance to treatment and diet and lifestyle is appropriate. HbA1c assessment should be 
scheduled at next visit (if next visit is a phone call, it should be replaced by an unscheduled visit 
at site) or within 4 weeks. If appropriate corrective action fails and if the repeated HbA1c remain 
above 8%, a rescue therapy should be considered according to the Investigator’s judgment.  
In the FRC arm: 
• 
rescue therapy is recommended only if further dose titration is not possible, ie, the patient 
is already at the maximum daily dose of 60 units; 
• 
rapid acting insulin (insulin- glulisine when available) is suggested and should be started 
as a single daily administration to be given at the main meal of the day (excluding 
breakfast); 
• 
basal insulin is not allowed in the FRC arm. 
In the GLP-1 RA arm: 
• 
suggested rescue therapy is basal insulin at the investigator’s discretion. 
During the extension period, suggested rescue therapy is rapid acting insulin (insulin- glulisine 
when available) for all patients. 
All assessments planned at the end of the randomized treatment visit (V28) are to be performed 
before initiating rescue therapy during the randomized treatment period. All assessments planned 
at the end of extension period treatment visit (V35) are to be performed before initiating rescue 
therapy during the extension period. After these assessments are completed and rescue therapy 
initiated, the patient will remain in the study and continue to administer the study treatment 
(including background therapy). The planned visits and assessments should be performed until the 
last scheduled visit. Patients receiving rescue therapy during the randomized treatment period and 
eligible for the extension period can continue it as required. 
8.3 
BLINDING PROCEDURES 
8.3.1 Methods of blinding 
This study is an open-label design. 
Compensation for lack of blinding: 
The Investigator and the Sponsor will not have access to the data of the primary efficacy endpoint 
(ie, HbA1c) nor to the data of the standardized meal test endpoints obtained after baseline visit 
until the end of the study. However, the study team may review the data for the primary efficacy 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 56 
parameter in descriptive statistics with the name of the IMP treatment masked during data review 
meetings. 
ARAC, and PSAC members will review and adjudicate events in a blinded manner (please also 
refer to Section 6.4). 
Refer to Section 10.5 for suspected unexpected adverse drug reaction unblinding by the Sponsor. 
8.4 
METHOD OF ASSIGNING PATIENTS TO TREATMENT GROUP 
Patients will be randomized to one of the two following treatment arms during the 26-week open-
label treatment period: 
• 
FRC once daily, or 
• 
Victoza® once daily, Byetta® twice daily, Bydureon® once weekly, Tanzeum® once 
weekly, or Trulicity® once weekly (continuing whichever therapy they were taking prior 
to randomization). 
The randomization ratio is 1:1. The randomization is stratified by HbA1c (<8%, ≥8%) at 
screening and GLP-1 receptor agonist subtype at screening (once/twice daily formulations, once 
weekly formulations).  
The randomization and the treatment allocation are performed centrally by an interactive response 
technology (IRT). The randomized treatment kit number list is generated centrally by Sanofi, and 
the Study Biostatistician provides the randomization scheme (including stratification) to the IRT. 
Then, the IRT generates the patient randomization list according to which it allocates treatment 
groups to the patients. 
The IMPs (FRC, or Victoza®, or Byetta®, or Bydureon®, or Tanzeum®, or Trulicity®) will be 
provided starting at V3 in open-label boxes and are identified with treatment kit numbers. 
At the screening visit the Investigator or designee has to contact the IRT center to receive the 
patient number. The patient identification (patient number) is composed of a 12-digit number 
containing the 3-digit country code, the 4-digit center code and the 5-digit patient chronological 
number (which is 00001 for the first patient screened in a center, 00002 for the second patient 
screened in the same center, etc). 
A patient cannot be randomized more than once in the study. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 57 
8.5 
PACKAGING AND LABELING 
Packaging is in accordance with the administration schedule. The content of the labeling is in 
accordance with the local regulatory specifications and requirements. 
The appropriate number of kits will be dispensed to cover up to the next dispensing visit (please 
refer to Section 1.2).  
 
Kits fixed-ratio 
combination  
2 U/1  µg 
1 open label kit contains 3 peach pens prefilled with a solution of 100 U/mL insulin 
glargine and 50 µg/mL lixisenatide labelled in randomized conditions on the box 
only. 
Kits fixed-ratio 
combination  
3 U/1 µg  
1 open label kit contains 3 olive pens prefilled with a solution of 100 U/mL insulin 
glargine and 33 µg/mL lixisenatide labelled in randomized conditions on the box 
only. 
Kits Byetta® 5 µg 
1 open label kit contains 1 pen pre- filled with 1.2 mL of exenatide solution 
labelled in randomized conditions on the box only. 
Kits Byetta® 10 µg 
1 open label kit contains 1 pen pre- filled with 2.4 mL of exenatide solution 
labelled in randomized conditions on the box only. 
Kits Victoza® 
1 open label kit contains 2 pens prefilled with a solution of 6 mg/mL liraglutide 
labelled in randomized conditions on the box only. 
Kits Trulicity®  
0.75 mg/0.5mL 
1 open label kit contains 4 single dose pens prefilled with a solution of 
0.75 mg/0.5mL dulaglutide labelled in randomized conditions on the box only. 
Kits Trulicity®  
1.5 mg/0.5mL 
1 open label kit contains 4 single dose pens prefilled with a solution of 
1.5 mg/0.5mL dulaglutide labelled in randomized conditions on the box only. 
Kits Bydureon®  
2 mg 
1 open label kit contains 4 blisters containing 1 single dose pens with 2 mg of 
exenatide extended release and 1 needle. An extra needle is supply in the kit 
labelled in randomized conditions on the box only. 
Kits Tanzeum®  
30 mg 
1 open label kit contains 4 single dose pens prefilled with 30 mg/ 0.5 mL of 
albiglutide + 4 needles. The kit is labelled in randomized conditions on the box 
only. 
Kits Tanzeum®  
50 mg 
1 open label kit contains 4 single dose pens prefilled with 50 mg/ 0.5 mL of 
albiglutide + 4 needles. The kit is labelled in randomized conditions on the box 
only. 
8.6 
STORAGE CONDITIONS AND SHELF LIFE 
Investigators or other authorized persons (eg, pharmacists) are responsible for storing IMP in a 
secure and safe place in accordance with local regulations, labeling specifications, policies and 
procedures. 
Control of IMP storage conditions, especially control of temperature (eg, refrigerated storage) and 
information on in-use stability and instructions for handling the Sanofi compound should be 
managed according to the rules provided by the Sponsor. 
The expiry date is mentioned on the IMPs labels, and storage conditions are written on the IMPs 
labels and in the instruction leaflet. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 58 
Insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio combination 
Prior to the first use, the FRC cartridges have to be stored between +2°C and +8°C, protected 
from light, and must not be frozen. 
In-use disposable pen-injectors have to be stored below +30°C (not refrigerated) protected from 
light. Each pen should be replaced if not completely used within 14 days. 
Victoza® 
Prior to first use, Victoza® should be stored in the refrigerator at 36°F to 46°F (2°C to 8°C). After 
first use, the Victoza® pen can be kept at controlled room (59°F to 86°F; 15°C to 30°C) or in a 
refrigerator (36°F to 46°F; 2°C to 8°C). 
Victoza® should be protected from light, must not be frozen, and must not be used if it has been 
frozen. The pen should be replaced if not completely used within 30 days. 
Byetta® 
Prior to first use, Byetta® must be stored in the refrigerator at 36°F to 46°F (2°C to 8°C). After 
first use, the Byetta® pen can be kept at a temperature not to exceed 77°F (25°C). 
Byetta® should be protected from light, must not be frozen, and must not be used if it has been 
frozen. The pen should be replaced if not completely used within 30 days. 
Bydureon® 
Bydureon® should be stored in the refrigerator at 36°F to 46°F (2°C to 8°C) and protected from 
light until prepared for use. It must not be frozen and must not be used if it has been frozen. 
If needed, Bydureon® can be kept out of the refrigerator at 68°F to 77°F (20°C to 25°C) for up to 
4 weeks. 
Bydureon® must be administered immediately after the exenatide powder is suspended in the 
diluent. 
Tanzeum® 
Tanzeum® should be stored in the refrigerator at 36°F to 46°F (2°C to 8°C), must not be frozen, 
and must not be used if it has been frozen. 
If needed, Tanzeum® pens can be stored in the box at room temperature below 86°F (30°C) for 
up to 4 weeks prior to use. 
A pen must be used within 8 hours after reconstitution. 
Trulicity® 
Trulicity® should be stored in the refrigerator at 36°F to 46°F (2°C to 8°C), protected from light, 
must not be frozen, and must not be used if it has been frozen. 
If needed, each single-dose pen can be kept at room temperature, not to exceed 86°F (30°C) for a 
total of 14 days. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 59 
8.7 
RESPONSIBILITIES 
The Investigator, the hospital pharmacist, or other personnel allowed to store and dispense the 
IMP will be responsible for ensuring that the IMP used in the clinical trial is securely maintained 
as specified by the Sponsor and in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements. 
All IMP will be dispensed in accordance with the Investigator's prescription and it is the 
Investigator's responsibility to ensure that an accurate record of IMP issued and returned is 
maintained. 
Any quality issue noticed with the receipt or use of an IMP (deficiency in condition, appearance, 
pertaining documentation, labeling, expiration date, etc) should be promptly notified to the 
Sponsor. Some deficiencies may be recorded through a complaint procedure. 
A potential defect in the quality of IMP may be subject to initiation of a recall procedure by the 
Sponsor. In this case, the Investigator will be responsible for promptly addressing any request 
made by the Sponsor, in order to recall IMP and eliminate potential hazards. 
Under no circumstances will the Investigator supply IMP to a third party, allow the IMP to be 
used other than as directed by this clinical trial protocol, or dispose of IMP in any other manner. 
8.7.1 Treatment accountability and compliance 
The Investigator checks the compliance to the study treatments based on the patient diary and by 
visually checking the returned FRC pens, Victoza®, Byetta®, Bydureon®, Tanzeum®, or 
Trulicity® pens and completes the appropriate “Treatment Log Form”. Visual check on return has 
to be performed by site staff. In addition he/she also records the dosing information on the 
appropriate pages of the e-CRF. The monitor in charge of the study then checks the e-CRF data by 
comparing them with the IMP which he/she has retrieved and treatment log forms. 
For background OADs, name, start and end date of treatment, total daily dose, etc, will be 
documented in the source documents. Compliance to background OADs will be checked by 
interviewing the patient and reviewing the diary at each visit and will be documented in the source 
documents and in the e-CRF. 
8.7.2 Return and/or destruction of treatments 
Patients have to return all the used and in-use IMP (and corresponding leaflets if appropriate) at 
each on-site visit. Patients should also return the unused IMP each time a re-supply is planned 
(see Section 1.2). 
Patients have to return all the used, in-use and unused IMP at V28 (or final assessment on 
treatment visit in case of permanent premature discontinuation). 
All used, partially used or unused treatments will be retrieved by the Sponsor. A detailed 
treatment log of the returned IMP will be established with the Investigator (or the pharmacist) and 
countersigned by the Investigator and the Monitoring Team. 
For NIMP not provided by the Sponsor, tracking and reconciliation will be managed according to 
local regulation. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 60 
8.8 
CONCOMITANT MEDICATION 
A concomitant medication is any treatment received by the patient concomitantly to any IMP(s). 
8.8.1 Allowed concomitant therapy 
Any therapies or medications other than prohibited concomitant therapy in addition to the IMP 
should be kept to a minimum during the study. However, if these are considered necessary for the 
patient’s welfare and are unlikely to interfere with the IMP, they may be given at the discretion of 
the Investigator, with a stable dose (when possible). 
In the FRC treatment group, for oral treatments that are dependent on threshold concentrations for 
efficacy, such as oral contraceptives and antibiotics, patients should be advised to take those 
treatments at least 1 hour before study drug injection or about 11 hours after study drug injection. 
Gastro-resistant formulations containing substances sensitive to stomach degradation should also 
be administered 1 hour before or about 11 hours after injection of the FRC. 
Specific treatments, which are ongoing before the study and/or prescribed or changed during the 
study, must be recorded in the e-CRF and Source Data (please refer to Section 10.2.1). 
8.8.2 Concomitant diabetes therapy 
Background OADs (metformin, and pioglitazone and SGLT2 inhibitors) are non-investigational 
background therapies authorized during the study. Please see Section 8.2.1for details. 
Rapid acting insulin (insulin glulisine when available) for patients in the FRC arm or basal insulin 
for patients in the GLP-1 RA arm, are the non-investigational rescue therapies suggested during 
the study. Please see Section 8.2.3 for details. 
No other concomitant antidiabetic treatments except the authorized background and rescue 
therapies described above should be used in this study. 
8.8.3 Prohibited concomitant therapy 
The following drugs are not permitted during the screening period and the treatment periods of the 
study: 
• 
Any glucose-lowering agents other than the IMP, authorized background OADs and 
rescue therapy, if necessary; 
• 
Note: Short-term use (≤10 days) of short/rapid-acting insulin due to acute illness or 
surgery (eg, infectious disease) is allowed;  
• 
Systemic glucocorticoids for more than 10 days (topical or inhaled applications are 
allowed); 
• 
Body weight loss drugs.  
After the last administration of IMP during the study period, any anti-diabetic treatments (other 
than GLP-1 receptor agonists) are permitted, as deemed necessary by the Investigator. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 61 
9 
ASSESSMENT OF INVESTIGATIONAL MEDICINAL PRODUCT 
All biological efficacy and safety analyses will be performed by a Central Laboratory. Detailed 
information on samples drawing, management and analysis will be provided in a specific manual. 
9.1 
PRIMARY ENDPOINT 
9.1.1 Primary efficacy endpoint 
• 
Change in HbA1c from baseline to Week 26. 
9.2 
SECONDARY ENDPOINTS 
9.2.1 Secondary efficacy endpoint(s) 
• 
Percentage of patients reaching HbA1c <7 % (53 mmol/mol) or ≤6.5% (48 mmol/mol) at 
Week 26; 
• 
Change in FPG from baseline to Week 26; 
• 
Change in 7-point SMPG profiles from baseline to Week 26 (each time point and average 
daily value); 
• 
Change in 2-hour PPG and in blood glucose excursion during standardized meal test from 
baseline to Week 26; 
• 
Percentage of patients requiring rescue therapy during the 26 weeks treatment period;  
• 
Change in body weight from baseline to Week 26. 
9.2.1.1 Observation period of efficacy endpoints 
All scheduled measurements collected during the study period will be used in the analysis, 
including those obtained after IMP discontinuation or rescue medication use. 
For sensitivity analyses, the 26-week on-treatment period is defined as follows: 
• 
For patients who are not eligible to enter the extension period, the 26-week on-treatment 
period is defined as:  
- 
For patients receiving daily IMP: the time from the first injection of open-label daily 
IMP up to 14 days for HbA1c; 0 day for standardized meal test parameters, 7-point 
SMPG and insulin glargine dose; 1 day for FPG; and 3 days for body weight after the 
last injection of IMP or up to the introduction of rescue therapy, whichever is the 
earliest.  
- 
For patients receiving weekly IMP: The time from the first injection of open-label 
weekly IMP up to 20 days for HbA1c; 6 day for standardized meal test parameters,  
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 62 
7-point SMPG; 7 day for FPG; and 9 days for body weight after the last injection of 
IMP or up to the introduction of rescue therapy, whichever is the earliest.   
• 
For patients who are eligible to enter the extension period, the 26-week on-treatment 
period is defined as the time from the first injection of open-label IMP up to V28/Week 26 
visit (or Day 183 if V28/Week 26 visit is missing), or up to the introduction of rescue 
therapy, whichever is the earliest.  
The on-treatment period of the whole study including the 26-week single-arm FRC extension 
period for efficacy variables is defined as the time from the first injection of open-label IMP up to 
14 days for HbA1c; 0 day for standardized meal test parameters, 7-point SMPG and insulin 
glargine dose; 1 day for FPG; and 3 days for body weight after the last injection of IMP or up to 
introduction of rescue therapy, whichever is the earliest. 
The baseline value for efficacy endpoints is the last available value prior to the first injection of 
open-label IMP or the last available value on or before the date of randomization if not treated 
with open-label IMP. 
9.2.1.2 Efficacy Assessment Methods 
9.2.1.2.1 HbA1c measurement 
For the eligibility and efficacy assessments of the study, HbA1c is measured by a certified level I 
“National Glycohemoglobin Standardization Program” (NGSP) central laboratory. 
9.2.1.2.2 Standardized meal test 
Patients will undergo a standardized meal challenge to assess fasting and postprandial glucose 
(central laboratory), as well as plasma glucose excursion at V2 (Week -1) and V28 (Week 26), as 
well as V35 (Week 52) for patient continuing in the extension period.  
The standardized meal contains approximately 600 kcal and is composed of 50 to 55% 
carbohydrate, 15 to 20% protein and 25 to 30% fat. The composition and the quantity of the 
standardized meal must be identical throughout the study. 
If the patient needs to receive a rescue antidiabetic medication, the standardized meal test should 
be performed before the introduction of the rescue medication and will not be performed at the 
final on-treatment visit. 
In case of permanent discontinuation of IMP, the standardized meal test should be performed only 
if the patient receives IMP on the day of the visit for daily IMP, or one to three days after the 
injection of the weekly GLP1-RA, and will not be repeated at the final on-treatment visit 
(Week 26 or Week 52).  
On the day of the standardized meal test, the patients will come to the investigational site in the 
morning, in fasting conditions for at least 8 hours (no food or drink during this time except water), 
before the scheduled standardized meal test. At V28 (Week 26) and V35 (Week 52) injection of 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 63 
FRC or Byetta® (patients injecting Byetta® before breakfast) should be done at the 
investigational site 30 minutes before the start of the standardized meal. Patients taking 
Bydureon®, Tanzeum®, or Trulicity® should inject their medication as per their usual weekly 
schedule. The meal test should be preferably performed from one to three days after the injection 
of the weekly GLP1-RA.  
The standardized meal for all patients should be consumed within a 15-minute period. 
Blood for plasma glucose and C–peptide is drawn 6 times: 
• 
30 minutes prior to the start of the meal and before IMP administration if done before 
breakfast; 
• 
Just before the start of the standardized meal (0 minute); 
• 
30 minutes after the start of the standardized meal; 
• 
60 minutes after the start of the standardized meal; 
• 
90 minutes after the start of the standardized meal; 
• 
120 minutes after the start of the standardized meal. 
The exact times of the IMP injection and the standardized meal intake and the blood draws are to 
be documented. 
9.2.1.2.3 Self-monitored plasma glucose profiles (SMPG) and glucometer 
9.2.1.2.3.1 Self-monitored plasma glucose profiles (SMPG) 
SMPG measurements are included the followings and applies for all treatment groups: 
Fasting SMPG 
Fasting SMPG will be used by the Investigator and patients if appropriate to titrate and adjust the 
FRC dose and to monitor glycemic control in all groups. For all patients (FRC arms and GLP-1 
RA control arm), the fasting SMPG should be measured by the patient before taking breakfast and 
administering the glucose-lowering agents: 
• 
once a day from randomization/IMP allocation V3 (Week 0) until V19 (Week 8) inclusive; 
• 
at least three times per week from V19 (Week 8) until the end of the randomized treatment 
visit V28 (Week 26) inclusive for all patients, and from V28 (Week  26) until the end of 
the extension treatment visit V35 (Week 52) inclusive for patients participating in the 
extension period, and  
• 
whenever the patient experiences hypoglycemia signs or symptoms.  
Fasting SMPG values should be recorded in the patient diary.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 64 
The following daily fasting SMPG values in the FRC group will be entered in the e-CRF: 
• 
For the first 8 weeks of the treatment period (from V3 until V19 inclusive): all available 
fasting SMPG values; 
• 
After the first 8 weeks until the end of the treatment period and during extension period: at 
least the last 3 available fasting SMPG values from the week prior to each site or phone 
visit; the last 3 available values leading to IMP dose change. 
The following daily fasting SMPG values in the GLP-1 RA control arm will be entered into the 
e-CRF: 
• 
For the first week of the treatment period (from V3 until V5 inclusive): all available 
fasting SMPG values; 
• 
After the first week until the end of the treatment period: at least the last 3 available 
fasting SMPG values from the week prior to each on site visit (V11, V19, V21, V24, V26, 
V28). 
7-point SMPG Profile 
The 7-point SMPG profile should be measured at the following 7 points: pre-prandial and 2 hours 
postprandial for breakfast, lunch, dinner and at bedtime. Two hours postprandial (breakfast, lunch 
and dinner) is defined as 2 hours after the start of the meal. 
The patients are requested to perform 7-point SMPG profile measurement over a single 24-hour 
period on 2 different days in the week before V3 (Week 0), V21 (Week 12), V28 (Week 26) and 
V35 (Week 52) for FRC patients- end of treatment assessment visit. The SMPG values measured 
for each 7-point SMPG profile will be recorded in the patient diary and transferred into the e-
CRF. 
On the 7-point profile days, information on times of meals and bedtime, injection time and doses 
of IMP should be recorded in the patient’s diary and entered in the e-CRF. 
SMPG during episodes of symptomatic hypoglycemia 
Whenever the patient feels hypoglycemic symptoms, plasma glucose should be measured by the 
patient (or others, if applicable), if possible. Patients should be instructed to measure plasma 
glucose levels prior to the administration of glucose or carbohydrate intake whenever 
symptomatic hypoglycemia is suspected (Section 10.6.1), unless safety considerations necessitate 
immediate glucose/carbohydrate rescue prior to confirmation. 
The SMPG values are to be entered in the patient’s diary and entered in the e-CRF. 
Further SMPG 
The Investigator may decide to request more frequent self-monitoring of plasma glucose if he/she 
considers necessary for the patient. The SMPG values are to be entered in the patient’s diary. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 65 
9.2.1.2.3.2 Glucometer, patient diaries and training 
All patients are supplied with a glucometer, the corresponding supplies (lancets, test strips, etc), 
an instruction leaflet, and with diaries at visit V2 (Week -1) in order to perform self-measurement 
of plasma glucose and its recording. The patients will be instructed to bring their glucometers and 
patient diaries with them to each site visit. 
The glucometers should be calibrated according to instructions given in the package leaflet, and 
the study site should also check the glucose meters regularly using the provided control solutions 
for data validity. 
At visit V2 (Week -1) patients are trained to accurately measure plasma glucose values with the 
glucometer and to correctly record the values and other requested information in the patient’s 
diaries. It is the Investigator’s responsibility to explain the need to measure glucose at the times 
requested and to correctly record all SMPG values in the patient’s diaries to patients. Training is 
repeated as often as necessary at the study visits. 
Instruction on how to complete the patient diary on a daily basis will be done by site staff. At each 
on site visit: 
• 
The study site staff reviews the patient’s diary; 
• 
SMPG values stored in the glucose meter memory will be downloaded, printed out, dated, 
signed and filed into the patient file. This information will help the Investigator to assess 
treatment effects, adjust insulin doses and compliance. 
Note: The SMPG values recorded into the diary, which have to be entered in the e-CRF, have to 
be checked for consistency with the information downloaded from the glucose meter. In case of 
inconsistency, the reason for inconsistency has to be documented. If needed, the resulting action 
(eg, training of the patient on correct documentation of the values) is also to be documented. The 
confirmed values will be entered into e-CRF by the Investigator or designee based on the 
glucometer output values. 
The patient diary includes but is not limited to the following information: 
• 
Time and dose of IMP (insulin glargine/lixisenatide combination or Victoza®, or Byetta® 
or Bydureon®, or Tanzeum®, or Trulicity®) injections; 
• 
Days of no IMP use (including date of starting and ending); 
• 
Time and value of fasting SMPG measurements; 
• 
Time of start of meals and SMPG measurements as well as plasma glucose values the days 
of the 7-point profile; 
• 
Potential changes in background OADs; 
• 
Adverse events, including signs and symptoms suggesting occurrence of hypoglycemia 
and local injection site reactions, if any; 
• 
Any problems with an injection pen. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 66 
9.2.1.2.4 Body weight 
Body weight should be obtained with the patient wearing undergarments or very light clothing 
and no shoes, and with an empty bladder. The same scale should be used throughout the study, 
and calibrated on a regular basis as recommended by the manufacturer. 
The use of balance scales is recommended; if digital scales are used, testing with standard weights 
is of particular importance. The floor surface on which the scale rests must be hard and should not 
be carpeted or covered with other soft material. The scale should be balanced with both weights at 
zero and the balance bar aligned. The patient should stand in the center of the platform as standing 
off-center may affect measurement. The weights are moved until the beam balances (the arrows 
are aligned). The weight is read and recorded in the e-CRF and Source Data. Self-reported 
weights are not acceptable; patients must not read the scales themselves. 
9.2.1.2.5 Dose of IMP 
The patients document daily/weekly their IMP dose(s) or any missed IMP injection(s) in the 
patient diary. 
The following values will be entered in the e-CRF: 
• 
GLP-1 RA (Victoza®, Byetta®, Bydureon®, Tanzeum®, or Trulicity®):  
- 
During the screening period and at randomization (V3): daily/weekly dose(s); 
- 
Throughout the treatment period (after V3 until V28): Any dose change(s). 
• 
FRC: 
- 
From V3 to V19: daily dose and time of injection before breakfast on the day prior to 
each on site or phone visit; 
- 
After V19 and during extension period: daily dose. Time of injection to be recorded in 
case of change of dose; 
- 
Dose and time of injection on the day prior to PK sampling; 
- 
Dose and time of injection for any occurrence of hypoglycemia or allergic reaction; 
- 
Daily dose and time of injection used on the 7-point SMPG days, meal test days, and 
days of first and last injection of IMP. 
• 
Missed IMP injections and overdose (if applicable); 
• 
In case of any change in doses administered or hypoglycemia (if appropriate), the dose and 
injection time should be entered in the e-CRF. 
9.2.1.2.6 Fasting plasma glucose 
FPG is measured at a central laboratory. At V2, V28 and V35, FPG will be part of the 
standardized meal test. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 67 
9.2.2 Safety endpoints 
The safety endpoints are assessed by:  
• 
Symptomatic hypoglycemia (documented, probable, severe symptomatic hypoglycemia); 
• 
Adverse events (AE), serious adverse events (SAE); adverse event of special interest 
(AESI), AEs requiring specific monitoring and reporting on specific electronic case report 
forms (e-CRFs) (suspected allergic reactions, patients with increased pancreatic enzymes 
>2 ULN/pancreatic events, patients with increased calcitonin ≥20 pg/mL, Device-related 
events (DRE)); 
• 
Safety laboratory values; 
• 
Vital signs; 
• 
Electrocardiogram (ECG); 
• 
Immunogenicity (antibody variables, FRC group): anti-insulin and anti-lixisenatide 
antibodies.  
Observation period of safety endpoints 
The observation period of safety data will be divided into 3 segments: 
• 
The pre-treatment period is defined as the time between the date of the informed consent 
and the first injection of open-label IMP; 
• 
The 26-week on-treatment period is defined as follows: 
- 
For patients who are not eligible to enter the extension period, the 26-week on-
treatment period is defined as: 
• 
For patients  receiving daily IMP: time from the first injection of open-label daily 
IMP up to 3 days (1 day for symptomatic hypoglycemia) after the last injection of 
daily IMP, regardless of the introduction of rescue therapy;  
• 
For patients receiving weekly IMP: from the first injection of open-label weekly 
IMP up to 9 days (7 day for symptomatic hypoglycemia) after the last injection of 
weekly IMP, regardless of the introduction of rescue therapy.  
- 
For the patients who are eligible to enter the extension period, on-treatment period is 
defined as time from the first injection of open-label IMP up to V28/Week 26 visit (or 
Day 183 if V28/Week 26 visit is missing).  
• 
The on-treatment period for the whole study (including the 26-week extension period) is 
defined as the time from the first injection of open-label IMP up to 3 days (1 day for 
symptomatic hypoglycemia) after the last injection of IMP, regardless of the introduction 
of rescue therapy. For patients who are not eligible to enter the extension period, the on-
treatment period for the whole study is the 26-week on-treatment period. 
• 
The post-treatment period is defined as the time starting 4 days (2 days for symptomatic 
hypoglycemia) after the last injection of open label daily IMP, or starting 10 days (8 days 
for symptomatic hypoglycemia) after the last injection of open label weekly IMP (after the 
on-treatment period for the whole study). 
The baseline value for safety endpoints will be the last available value prior to the first injection 
of IMP. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 68 
9.2.2.1 Symptomatic hypoglycemia 
Symptomatic hypoglycemia (documented, probable, severe symptomatic hypoglycemia) will be 
assessed. Please refer to Section 10.6.1 for details. 
9.2.2.2 Adverse events 
AE including SAE and adverse events of special interest (AESI) will be assessed. Please refer to 
Section 10.4 to Section 10.7 for details. 
Adverse event collection: Adverse events and serious adverse events will be collected from the 
time of informed consent signature and then at each visit until the end of the study. 
9.2.2.3 Laboratory safety variables 
All laboratory data listed in this section will be measured at a central laboratory. The laboratory 
data will be collected at designated visits in Section 1.2. Clinical laboratory values will be 
analyzed after conversion into standard international units. International units will be used in all 
listings and tables. The conventional unit will be presented if appropriate. 
The following laboratory safety variables will be analyzed: 
• 
Hematology: blood count (erythrocytes, hemoglobin, hematocrit, leukocytes), differential 
blood count (neutrophils, lymphocytes, monocytes, eosinophils, basophils) and platelets; 
• 
Clinical chemistry: total bilirubin (and, in case of values above the normal range, 
differentiation in conjugated and non-conjugated bilirubin), Aspartate aminotransferase 
(AST), Alanine aminotransferase (ALT), Alkaline phosphatase (ALP), creatinine, uric 
acid, sodium, potassium, calcium, phosphorus; 
• 
Lipid parameters (total cholesterol, high density lipoprotein (HDL)-cholesterol, low 
density lipoprotein (LDL)-cholesterol, triglycerides); 
• 
Serum amylase and lipase; 
• 
Serum calcitonin; 
• 
Urine albumin/creatinine ratio assessment (to be done on first morning urine sample). 
In addition, the following laboratory data will also be collected at screening visit, baseline visit 
and at on-site visits depending on the item (see Section 1.2) for identifying patients with exclusion 
criteria, childbearing potential or safety consideration. 
• 
Hepatitis B surface antigen and hepatitis C antibody (only at screening); 
• 
Urinalysis (assayed by the central laboratory): pH, glucose, ketones, leucocytes, 
blood/hemoglobin, protein (only at screening); 
• 
Serum pregnancy test in females of childbearing potential; 
• 
Serum follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) (only in females requiring confirmation of 
postmenopausal status, and only at screening). 
In case of suspected acute pancreatitis, safety laboratory, including amylase and lipase should be 
performed in a timely manner. Please also refer to Section 10.6.4. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 69 
Notes: Any abnormal laboratory value should be immediately rechecked (whenever possible 
using the central laboratory) for confirmation before making a decision of permanent 
discontinuation of IMP for the concerned patient. Please also refer to Section 10.3 and the 
“General Guidelines for reporting AEs” in Section 10.4.2. 
9.2.2.4 Vital signs and physical examination 
Clinical safety will be assessed by: 
• 
Physical examination; 
• 
Vital signs (systolic and diastolic blood pressure, heart rate). 
Blood pressure (mmHg) should be measured when the patient is quiet and seated and with their 
arm outstretched in line with mid-sternum and supported. Measurement should be taken under 
standardized conditions, approximately at the same time of the day, on the same arm, with the 
same device (after the patient has rested comfortably for at least five minutes) and the values are 
to be recorded in the e-CRF. Both systolic blood pressure and diastolic blood pressure should be 
recorded. Devices for blood pressure measurement should be regularly recalibrated according to 
manufacturers´ instructions. 
Determination of the arm for blood pressure measurements: 
At V1 of the screening period, blood pressure has to be measured on both of the arms after 
5 minutes in seated position and then again after two minutes in both arms in seated position. The 
arm with the higher diastolic pressure will be determined at this visit, identifying the reference 
arm for future measurements throughout the study. The highest value will be recorded in the 
e-CRF (all blood pressure values are to be recorded in the source data). 
Heart rate (bpm) will be measured at the time of the measurement of blood pressure. 
9.2.2.5 Electrocardiogram variables 
The ECG assessment of “normal” or “abnormal” will be analyzed. 
Investigators will have 12-lead ECG devices which will automatically assess the ECG as 
“normal” or “abnormal”. ECG status of “normal” or “abnormal” will be reported in the e-CRF as 
determined by the Investigator. 
The 12-lead ECGs should be performed after at least 10 minutes in supine position. The 
electrodes are to be positioned at the same place for each ECG recording throughout the study. 
Each trace is analyzed in comparison with the screening recorded tracing. The original tracing is 
kept as source data. 
Notes: Any abnormal ECG parameter should be immediately rechecked for confirmation before 
making a decision of permanent discontinuation of treatment with IMPs for the concerned patient. 
Please also refer to Section 10.3 and the “General Guidelines for reporting AEs” in 
Section 10.4.2. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 70 
9.2.2.6 Immunogenicity 
Antibody variables in FRC group: 
• 
Anti-insulin glargine antibody: 
- 
Status (Positive, Negative) and titer; 
- 
Cross-reactivity of anti-insulin glargne antibodies with human insulin. 
• 
Anti-lixisenatide antibody: 
- 
Status (Positive, Negative) and concentration;  
- 
Cross-reactivity of anti-lixisenatide antibodies with GLP-1 and glucagon as well as 
neutralizing effects of these antibodies against lixisenatide, GLP-1 and glucagon. 
Sampling time: Blood samples for antibodies will be taken before injection of IMP in the FRC 
patients: for anti-lixisenatide antibody, at baseline (V3, day 1), V11 (Week 4), V21 (Week 12) 
and V28 (Week 26), V35 (Week 52, for patient in extension period); for anti-insulin antibody, at 
baseline (V3, Day 1) and V28 (Week 26), V35 (Week 52, for patient in extension period). 
Samples will also be taken in case of premature discontinuation from IMP, if possible. One 
additional sample for potential additional assessments of immunogenicity will be taken when the 
patients completes the study (either at Week 26, Week 52 or in case of premature 
discontinuation). 
Antibodies handling procedures: Detailed procedures of sample preparation, storage and 
shipment will be described in the specific laboratory manual. 
Bioanalytical method: Antibodies will be determined at centralized laboratories using validated 
assay methodologies.     
9.3 
OTHER ENDPOINTS 
9.3.1 Pharmacokinetics 
Pharmacokinetics parameters: Total plasma concentrations of lixisenatide  
Lixisenatide PK sampling: For total concentrations of lixisenatide, blood samples are to be taken 
for patients from the FRC group as described in the flowchart: 
• 
At Day 1 one sample will be taken in the time period from 1 to 4 hours post injection. 
• 
At the other visits (Week 4, Week 12, Week 26 and Week 52), 1 sample will be taken 
immediately before IMP injection and 1 sample will be taken in the time period from 1 to 
4 hours post injection. 
Samples will also be taken in case of premature discontinuation from IMP or rescue therapy, if 
possible. In case of premature discontinuation, one PK sample is sufficient if the last dose of IMP 
is not administered at this visit. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 71 
PK handling procedure: Detailed procedure of sample preparation, storage and shipment are 
described in the specific lab manual. 
Bioanalytical method: For determination of total concentrations of lixisenatide (bound and 
unbound to anti-lixisenatide antibodies) plasma samples will be analyzed using a validated 
enzyme linked immuno-sorbent assay (ELISA) with a lower limit of quantification of 5.5 pg/mL. 
9.3.2 Other endpoints 
• 
Insulin glargine and lixisenatide doses at Week 26 in the combination group; 
• 
C-peptide evaluation during standardized meal test from baseline to Week 26; 
• 
Percentage of patients reaching HbA1c <7% (53 mmol/mol) with no body weight gain 
from baseline to Week 26; 
• 
Percentage of patients reaching the fasting SMPG target (≤100 mg/dl) at Week 26 in the 
FRC group; 
• 
Percentage of patients with no weight gain at Week 26. 
• 
Pharmacokinetics parameters (FRC group): Total plasma concentrations of lixisenatide 
will be assessed in the time frame from 1 to 4 hours post-injection at Day 1 of the 
treatment phase and prior to injection as well as in the time frame from 1 to 4 hours post 
injection at Week 4, Week 12, Week 26. 
9.4 
ENDPOINTS OF THE EXTENSION PERIOD 
All primary and secondary efficacy, safety, PK and other endpoints will be also assessed at the 
end of the extension period (Week 52). 
9.5 
FUTURE USE OF SAMPLES 
Not applicable. 
9.6 
APPROPRIATENESS OF MEASUREMENTS  
The combination of basal insulin with a GLP-1 receptor agonist (GLP-1 RA) in a single daily 
injection is expected to lower HbA1c, as a result of complementary action on both fasting and 
postprandial glucose, with less or no weight gain compared to insulin alone, and a limited 
increased risk of hypoglycemia. 
The primary efficacy analysis of this study comparing FRC to GLP-1 receptor agonist will be 
based on the primary endpoint: change in HbA1c from baseline to Week 26. 
The concentration of HbA1c reflects the glycemic history of the previous 120 days and is thus an 
index of mean glycemia, documenting glycemic control over the past 2- to 3-months. HbA1c has 
also been shown to correlate with the development of long-term complications of diabetes, and 
reduction of HbA1c is known to reduce the risk of long-term microvascular complications. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 72 
Therefore, HbA1c is considered an appropriate primary endpoint for assessing the effect of a 
treatment on glycemic control. In addition to the analysis of the change from baseline in HbA1c, 
the responder analysis allows the clinical relevance of the reduction observed in HbA1c to be 
demonstrated. The duration of study treatment is considered to be sufficient for achieving stable 
conditions with IMP and for enabling an adequate assessment of time-dependent changes in 
HbA1c and the concomitant risk of hypoglycemia. 
The problem of weight gain in type 2 diabetes is widely recognized. More than 80% of 
individuals with type 2 diabetes are overweight, many at the time of diagnosis. Consequently, 
iatrogenic weight gain is not only unwelcome, but represents an important clinical issue that can 
become a barrier to the successful management of glycemic control. In this LixiLan-G study it is 
postulated that treatment intensification with the combination product will overcome the burden 
of weight gain that is typical when adding or up titrating basal insulin. Taking into account the 
major impact of insulin-related body weight gain, it is appropriate to include body weight change 
as secondary efficacy endpoint. 
Insulin glargine targets primarily, although not exclusively, fasting hyperglycemia, and 
lixisenatide effectively acts on post-prandial glycaemia mainly by slowing down gastric emptying. 
Therefore assessment of both fasting and post-prandial glucose (after a standardized meal) is 
relevant in this study. These 2 parameters are also considered by regulatory agencies to be 
supportive of efficacy of an antidiabetic agent. C-peptide, which is cleaved from insulin in 
secretory granules, is a known as a marker for β-cell function and will therefore be also evaluated.  
Safety will be evaluated by standard clinical and laboratory measurements. Specific safety 
parameters of interest for a glucose lowering injectable peptide, such as symptomatic 
hypoglycemia, injection site reactions and potential allergic reactions, will also be assessed. In 
addition, due to the use of the GLP-1 receptor agonists, pancreatic enzymes (amylase and lipase) 
and serum calcitonin concentration will be monitored and reported over the study course 
according to specific procedures (Section 10.6.4 and Section 10.6.5). Furthermore, assessments of 
the immunogenicity of insulin glargine and lixisenatide will be performed. 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 73 
10 
STUDY PROCEDURES 
This section is to summarize information not presented in the flow chart or in Section 9. 
10.1 
VISIT SCHEDULE 
The visit schedule and procedures/assessments listed in the “Study Flow Chart” in Section 1.2 are 
not repeated in this section. The aim of this section is to provide details on how some of the 
procedures/assessments have to be performed. 
This is an outpatient study. The 26-week randomized period consists of 10 on-site visits, 
8 titration phone calls (only for FRC arm) and 11 phone-call visits. Additional, optional phone 
call visits to monitor insulin glargine/lixisenatide combination dose adjustment should be 
scheduled whenever considered necessary by the Investigator. 
During the single-arm extension period there will be 3 additional on-site visits and 4 phone call 
visits.  
The patient has to be fasting for all on-site visits. For all these visits, the patient should be seen in 
the morning, at approximately the same time, as far as possible. The patient should take 
background OADs and inject the FRC or Victoza® or Byetta® (if injected in the morning) at the 
investigational site after the fasting blood sample has been drawn. Patients taking Bydureon®, 
Tanzeum®, or Trulicity® should follow their usual weekly injection schedule, and therefore do 
not necessarily need to inject at the investigational site on the day of an on-site visit. 
The fasting condition is defined as an overnight fast no less than 8 hours that consisted of no 
food or liquid intake, other than water. IMP (not including the once weekly GLP-1 RAs) and other 
glucose-lowering agents should be administered after the fasting blood sample is drawn for all 
laboratory tests on the study site. 
Note: If the patient is not fasting at the visits specified above, the blood sample will not be 
collected and a new appointment should be given to the patient for the following day if possible, 
with instruction to be fasted. 
Visit window: During the screening period and for randomization visit (V3) a visit window of 
± 3 days is acceptable, taking the date of V1 as reference until the randomization V3. During the 
treatment period a visit window of ± 3 days is acceptable taking V3 as reference, for V5 to V19 
(except for additional titration calls for FRC treatment, see Section 10.1.2.4), and a visit window 
of ± 5 days is acceptable from V20 to V35. A visit window of -1 day or + 3 days for the post-
treatment follow-up visits for the randomized treatment period and extension period is acceptable 
using the day of V28 and V35 respectively as reference. If one visit date is changed, the next visit 
should take place according to the original schedule. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 74 
10.1.1 Screening period (Week -2 up to Week 0) 
The screening period is about 2 weeks ±3 days from screening visit (V1, Week -2) to baseline 
visit (V3, Week 0). The screening period must be a minimum of 1 week duration in order to 
ensure availability of IMP at the site (IMP must be available for the site to conduct the baseline 
visit). It must also be long enough to collect the data to establish if the patient satisfies the 
inclusion/exclusion criteria. 
Only patients who meet the inclusion criteria as noted in Section 7.1 may be screened. It will be 
the Investigator’s responsibility to confirm the diagnosis of T2DM. 
During the screening period the patients should continue their anti-hyperglycemic treatment as 
before the screening visit, ie, their background therapy (please see Section 8.2 for details) as well 
as their GLP-1 RA treatment (Victoza®, Byetta®, Bydureon®, Tanzeum®, or Trulicity®).  
All laboratory tests measured at a central laboratory that are needed for checking the exclusion 
criteria of the patients are performed at the screening visit (V1). After the screening period, 
patients who meet the selection criteria at the end of screening period as noted in Section 7 can 
enter into the open-label randomized treatment period. If any of the laboratory parameters are not 
available at the end of the screening period (eg, sample material damaged during transport…), a 
retest can be performed. Retesting done by the Central Laboratory for quality purposes by the 
reference lab for HbA1c cannot be used for screening purposes. Exceptionally, if justified 
according to the Investigator and after discussion with the medical monitor, this screening period 
can be extended by one additional week. This may occur in, but is not limited to, examples such 
as when source documentation (eg, from patient’s primary physician) needs to be obtained to 
confirm the diagnosis of type 2 diabetes, when screening laboratory results demand further 
clarification, or in cases where there is a delay in IMP supply or when the patient requires 
additional training and time to demonstrate compliance. Randomization V3 (baseline, Day 1) 
cannot be scheduled later than 3 weeks (± 3 days) after the screening visit (V1, Week -2). 
A patient should not be randomized more than once. In case of screen failure due to reasons 
expected to change at rescreening and based upon the Investigator’s clinical judgment, the patient 
can be rescreened one time for this study. 
10.1.1.1 On-site visits: V1 (screening visit, Week -2); V2 (Week -1) 
For the complete list and contents of procedures/assessments scheduled for the screening period, 
please refer to the “Study Flow Chart” in Section 1.2 and for detailed description of assessments 
Section 9 and Section 10.6. 
The details of the procedures/assessments to be performed at on-site visits during the screening 
period and which are not described elsewhere are provided below: 
Informed consent 
The patient will receive verbal information concerning the aims and methods of the study, its 
constraints and risks and the study duration at the screening visit. Written information will be 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 75 
provided to the patient and must be signed by the patient and Investigator prior to any 
investigations. 
Demography, diabetes and medical/surgical history, cardiovascular & allergy history, 
alcohol and smoking habits, and medications 
Demography data such as birth date, gender and race will be collected. Collection of diabetes 
history will include documentation of duration of diabetes, history of microvascular complications 
(retinopathy, neuropathy, and nephropathy), and history of gestational diabetes if applicable. 
Medical/surgical history including patient’s cardiovascular and allergy history, and patient’s 
family diabetes history will be recorded. Data for alcohol habits during the last 12 months before 
screening visit and smoking habits will be collected. 
Check of previous and/or current medication refers to documentation of medication including 
glucose-lowering agents and over-the-counter medications. Indicate specifically if lixisenatide has 
been previously used. In women of child-bearing potential, the contraceptive method(s) have to be 
documented. 
Diet and lifestyle counseling 
Please see Section 8.2.2. 
IRT contact 
IRT will be contacted for notification of screening and patient number allocation (Section 8.4). 
Please note that it is important to have the IRT contact before any blood sample is drawn because 
the patient number is given by IRT and it must be reported on the laboratory requisition forms. 
Glucometer dispensation and training 
Please see Section 9.2.1.2.3.2. 
Central laboratory testing 
Blood sample is drawn for all central laboratory tests needed for checking the exclusion criteria; 
Provide patients with a urine container and instruct them how to collect at home in the morning of 
their first morning urine and to bring the urine sample to the site at planned visit. 
An appointment is given to the patient for the next visit. Patients are instructed to return to the site 
in the morning and to bring the glucose meter and the diary. 
10.1.2 Open-label randomized treatment period (Week 0 to Week 26) 
Patients meeting all inclusion criteria and with no exclusion criteria at the end of the screening 
period are eligible to be enrolled into the open-label randomized treatment period. The duration of 
the open-label treatment period for all patients is 26 weeks ± 5 days from baseline visit (V3, 
Week 0) to the end of treatment visit (V28, Week 26). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 76 
Each patient self-administers IMP once daily from V3 (Week 0) up to the end of the open-label 
treatment period (V28, Week 26) for the patients treated with FRC or Victoza®, twice daily 
within 60 minutes prior to a meal for patients treated with Byetta®, and once weekly for patients 
treated with Bydureon®, Tanzeum®, or Trulicity®. The IMP dose for the patients receiving the 
FRC will be adjusted according to fasting SMPG values documented in the patient diary 
(Section 8.1.4). 
Patients randomized in the GLP-1 RA arm continue their treatment during the open-label 
randomized period as before the randomization. 
10.1.2.1 Baseline visit (V3, Week 0 and Day 1) 
For the complete list and contents of procedures/assessments scheduled for the baseline visit, 
please refer to the “Study Flow Chart” in Section 1.2 and for detailed description of assessments 
to Section 9 and Section 10.6. 
The details of the procedures/assessments to be performed at this visit and which are not 
described elsewhere are provided below: 
At this visit, the patient must return to the investigation site in the morning after 8 hours fasting 
not having administered GLP-1 RA nor background therapy at home. Patients will visit the site 
with their blood glucometer and diary. 
Note: Patients who are taking a once weekly formulation of GLP-1 RA (Bydureon®, Tanzeum®, 
or Trulicity®) must have their baseline visit scheduled at least 1 week after administering their 
last dose. If a patient arrives for their baseline visit and is found to have administered their last 
dose of a once weekly GLP-1 RA less than 1 week prior, the visit should be cancelled and 
rescheduled to occur at least 1 week after their last dose, but within the allowed window of the 
screening period as per Section 10.1.1. 
Compliance check 
Compliance check includes compliance to background OAD treatment and use of glucometer, 
review of fasting SMPG values, and the 7-point SMPG profile and patient diary. If patient is not 
appropriately compliant with the study procedures, the training will be repeated by the site staff. 
IRT contact 
After the baseline assessments are completed and eligibility confirmed, the Investigator contacts 
IRT for randomization to the study.  
The HbA1c will be entered in the IRT (directly by the laboratory or by the Investigator): 
If the patient’s HbA1c at the screening (V1) results are 7% ≤HbA1c ≤9%, the treatment group 
(ie, FRC, GLP-1 RA arm) will be notified by IRT.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 77 
Training on self-injection devices and dispensation of IMP 
Patients randomized to the FRC group are instructed by the study staff how to properly use the 
combination Peach Pen and Olive Pen as well as how to store it. Instructions on self-injection 
technique are also given. Injection pen device with the instruction leaflet is dispensed. Please refer 
to Section 8.1.2.2. 
Patients randomized to the GLP-1 RA group are instructed to continue their treatment as before 
the randomization. Please refer to Section 8.1.3. 
Starting dose and dose adjustment of IMP 
Eligible patients will enter a 26-week open-label randomized treatment period to receive either 
FRC or continue GLP-1 RA (Victoza®, Byetta®, Bydureon®, Tanzeum®, or Trulicity®) (see 
details in Section 8.1.4.  
For patients in the control arm, an appointment for one week later is given to the patient for the 
next phone call visit. For patients in the FRC arms, an appointment is given for 3-4 days later for 
the first titration phone call visit (see Section 10.1.2.4). 
A patient card, including emergency contact details will be provided to every patient who 
participates in the study. 
10.1.2.2 Phone call visits: V5 (Week 1); V9 (Week 3); V13 (Week 5); V15 (Week 6); V17 
(Week 7); V20 (Week 10); V22 (Week V14); V23 (Week 16); V25 (Week 20); V27 
(Week 24) 
The patient is called by the Investigator or qualified designee at a scheduled time. If the call has 
been completed by site staff other than the Investigator, the Investigator has to be consulted if 
AE/SAE is suspected and informed in case AE/SAE occurred. In case of an AE the patient may be 
asked to come to the investigational site, as appropriate. A phone call visit can optionally be 
performed as a clinical visit in case of symptomatic hypoglycemia/AE or other reasons. 
During the phone call, the following questions are to be asked: 
• 
Did you experience any new medical event, disease or symptom since the last visit? 
• 
Did you experience any hypoglycemic events or symptoms? 
• 
Did you experience any possible allergic symptoms, or skin reactions? 
• 
Do you feel comfortable in handling the diary, glucose meter and IMP injection device or 
do you need any more explanation? 
• 
Did you adjust IMP since last visit (if appropriate)? What is your IMP dose? 
• 
Which pen you are using? What is the daily dose you are using? Did you adjust IMP since 
last phone call/visit? In case the patient has used two pens (a peach pen and an olive pen), 
it should be reported and documented in the diary as well as the doses administrated.  
• 
Did you experience any changes in a pre-existing medical condition, disease or symptom 
since the last visit? 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 78 
• 
Did you miss, change, take or add any new medications (including OAD if appropriate) 
since the last visit? 
• 
Did you measure any fasting SMPG value outside of the range 80 to 100 mg/dL (4.4 to 
5.6 mmol/L) (patients in the insulin glargine/lixisenatide combination)? 
The phone visits will also include: 
• 
Asking patient’s fasting pre-breakfast SMPG and the insulin glargine/lixisenatide 
combination dose on the last 3 measurements including day of visit; (patients in the insulin 
glargine/lixisenatide combination); 
• 
Adjustment of the dose of IMP (insulin glargine/lixisenatide combination), to continue 
treatment toward the target fasting SMPG between 80 and 100 mg/dL (4.4 and 
5.6 mmol/L), inclusive; 
• 
Recording of AE and symptomatic hypoglycemia events (if any); 
• 
Recording of the use or change of any concomitant medication. 
The patient will be instructed to: 
• 
Perform required SMPG measurements; 
• 
Complete the diary; 
• 
Self-inject once daily, twice daily (only for Byetta®), or once weekly (for Bydureon®, 
Tanzeum®, and Trulicity®) IMP at the dose prescribed by the Investigator; 
• 
Contact the site in case of occurrence of an adverse event, record the event in the patient’s 
diary and return to the site as deemed appropriate. 
Give an appointment to the patient for subsequent visits (on-site visit or phone call visit) and 
remind them to come fasting if planned at next on-site visit. 
10.1.2.3 On-Site visits: V7 (Week 2); V11 (Week 4); V19 (Week 8); V21 (Week 12); V24 
(Week 18); V26 (Week 22); V28 (Week 26) 
For the complete list and contents of procedures/assessments scheduled for the open-label 
treatment period, please refer to the “Study Flow Chart” in Section 1.2 and for detailed 
description of assessments to Section 9 and Section 10.6. 
For on-site visits, the Investigator or qualified designee contacts IRT treatments in order to 
allocate the IMP for the patient.  
As the patients return their unused kits on these visits, the Investigators or qualified designee will 
enter in the IRT the quantity of kit(s) unused, and the IRT will take in account this data in order to 
define the quantity of kits to be allocated. 
The details of the procedures/assessments to be performed at visits and which are not described 
elsewhere are provided bellow. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 79 
Compliance check 
Compliance check includes compliance to IMP and background OADs treatment and use of 
glucometer, review of fasting SMPG values, and the 7-point SMPG profile and patient diary. 
For all on-site visits patients are instructed to return to the site in the morning in fasting condition 
with the glucose meter, the diary, and the used /in-use pens. For the on-site visits where a resupply 
is planned, patients will also bring the unused pens. If patient is not compliant to the study, the 
training has to be repeated by the site staff. 
Upon completion of each on-site visit, an appointment for the next visit (on-site visit or Phone call 
visit) will be made. 
10.1.2.4 Additional titration phone call visits: V4 (Week 0.5), V6 (Week 1.5), V8 (Week 2.5), 
V10 (Week 3.5), V12 (Week 4.5), V14 (Week 5.5), V16 (Week 6.5) and V18 (Week 7.5)  
Twice weekly titrations are recommended as far as possible during the first 8 weeks of treatment 
in the LixiLan arms (please see Section 8.1.4.1). Titrations will be done at the scheduled weekly 
visits (V5, V7, V9, V11, V13, V15, V17, V19) plus at one additional weekly titration phone call 
visit to be scheduled between the weekly visits (V4, V6, V8, V10, V12, V14, V16, V18). The 
additional titration phone call visit should be scheduled to allow for at least two days in between 
successive visits (example: weekly visits to occur on Mondays and titration phone calls to occur 
on Thursdays or Fridays). In case the additional phone call is missed during the week, the titration 
should continue as per the originally planned schedule. These additional phone calls are only for 
titration purposes, and recommendations should be based on the SMPG measurements and IMP 
dose administrated. 
The following 2 questions will be asked to the patient: 
• 
Did you experience any new medical event, disease, or symptom since the last visit? 
• 
Did you experience any hypoglycemic events or symptoms? 
If the answer is yes to any of these questions, the adverse event or hypoglycemic event is to be 
reported, and it needs to be taken into account for the titration recommendation. 
10.1.2.5 Final on-treatment assessment/end of treatment visit for randomized treatment 
period (V28, Week 26) 
For the complete list and contents of procedures/assessments scheduled for the open-label 
treatment period, please refer to the “Study Flow Chart” in Section 1.2 and for detailed 
description of assessments to Section 9 and Section 10.6. 
The same procedures/assessments including IRT contact as planned at V28 (Week 26) have to be 
performed in case of prematurely permanent treatment discontinuation (Section 10.3.2). The IRT 
has to be contacted in order to register the end of randomized treatment period for patients not 
eligible to the extension period. 
At V28 (Week 26) an appointment for the post-treatment follow-up phone call visit will be made 
for patients not eligible to the extension period. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 80 
10.1.2.6 Post-treatment follow-up phone call visit for randomized treatment period 
Post-treatment follow-up phone call visit is performed 3 (-1/+3) days following the last injection 
of the IMP (or 9 (-1/+3) days for patients receiving weekly GLP-1 RA). The visit is performed 
both for patients who completed the study and patients who withdrew from the study at the time 
of IMP discontinuation. The visit is NOT performed for patients who prematurely discontinued 
the IMP treatment and stay in the study. For patients continuing in the extension period, the visit 
is not performed in the randomized treatment period. This visit can be a phone call visit, or an on-
site visit in case of ongoing or new adverse event during the post-treatment period, if necessary. 
The patient is called by the Investigator or medically qualified designee at a certain, previously 
agreed time point. 
During the phone call, the following questions are to be asked: 
• 
Did you experience any new medical event, disease or symptom since the last visit? 
• 
Did you experience any changes in a pre-existing medical condition, disease or symptom 
since the last visit? 
• 
Did you change, take or add any new medications since the last visit? 
• 
Did you experience any hypoglycemic symptoms or events? 
All reports of hypoglycemic events (if any) or any adverse events are recorded. The use or change 
of any concomitant medications, including rescue therapy, is recorded. 
IRT is contacted for notification of the end of study. 
10.1.3 Extension period (Week 26 to Week 52) 
Patients meeting all inclusion criteria in the FRC treatment group and with no exclusion criteria at 
the end of the randomized treatment period V28 (Week 26) continue into the extension period. 
The duration of the extension period for all patients is 26 weeks ± 5 days from end of the 
randomized treatment period visit (V28, Week 26) to the end of the extension visit (V35, 
Week 52). 
10.1.3.1 Baseline visit for the extension period: V28a (Week 26) 
V28a is performed on the same day as V28, upon completion of V28 procedures for patients 
consenting for the extension period.  
Eligibility for the extension will be assessed for patients treated with the FRC. Eligible patients 
will continue to use the FRC for the next 26 weeks of the extension period.  
The investigator will contact the IRT in order to allocate the IMP for patients who will continue in 
the extension period. Diary and IMP will be dispensed. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 81 
10.1.3.2 The investigator will contact the IRT in order to allocate the IMP for patients who 
will continue in the extension period. Diary and IMP will be dispensed. Phone call 
visits: V29 (Week 30); V31 (Week 38); V33 (Week 46); V34 (Week 50) 
The patient is called by the Investigator or qualified designee at a scheduled time. If the call has 
been completed by site staff other than the Investigator, the Investigator has to be consulted if 
AE/SAE is suspected and informed in case AE/SAE occurred. In case of an AE the patient may be 
asked to come to the investigational site, as appropriate. A phone call visit can optionally be 
performed as a clinical visit in case of symptomatic hypoglycemia/AE or other reasons. 
During the phone call, the following questions are to be asked: 
• 
Did you experience any new medical event, disease or symptom since the last visit? 
• 
Did you experience any hypoglycemic events or symptoms? 
• 
Did you experience any possible allergic symptoms, or skin reactions? 
• 
Do you feel comfortable in handling the diary, glucose meter and IMP injection device or 
do you need any more explanation? 
• 
Did you adjust IMP since last visit (if appropriate)? What is your IMP dose? 
• 
Which pen you are using? What is the daily dose you are using? Did you adjust IMP since 
last phone call/visit? In case the patient has used two pens (a peach pen and an olive pen), 
it should be reported and documented in the diary as well as the doses administrated.  
• 
Did you experience any changes in a pre-existing medical condition, disease or symptom 
since the last visit? 
• 
Did you miss, change, take or add any new medications (including OAD if appropriate) 
since the last visit? 
• 
Did you measure any fasting SMPG value outside of the range 80 to 100 mg/dL (4.4 to 
5.6 mmol/L)? 
The phone visits will also include: 
• 
Asking patient’s fasting pre-breakfast SMPG and the insulin glargine/lixisenatide 
combination dose on the last 3 measurements including day of visit; 
• 
Adjustment of the dose of IMP, to continue treatment toward the target fasting SMPG 
between 80 and 100 mg/dL (4.4 and 5.6 mmol/L), inclusive; 
• 
Recording of AE and symptomatic hypoglycemia events (if any); 
• 
Recording of the use or change of any concomitant medication. 
The patient will be instructed to: 
• 
Perform required SMPG measurements; 
• 
Complete the diary; 
• 
Self-inject once daily IMP at the dose prescribed by the Investigator; 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 82 
• 
Contact the site in case of occurrence of an adverse event, record the event in the patient’s 
diary and return to the site as deemed appropriate; 
• 
Give an appointment to the patient for subsequent visits (on-site visit or phone call visit) 
and remind them to come fasting if planned at next on-site visit. 
10.1.3.3 On-Site visits: 30 (Week 34); V32 (Week 42) 
For the complete list and contents of procedures/assessments scheduled for the open-label 
treatment period, please refer to the “Study Flow Chart” in Section 1.2 and for detailed description 
of assessments to Section 9 and Section 10.6. 
For on-site visits, the Investigator or qualified designee contacts IRT treatments in order to 
allocate the IMP for the patient.  
As the patients return their unused kits on these visits, the Investigators or qualified designee will 
enter in the IRT the quantity of kit(s) unused, and the IRT will take in account this data in order to 
define the quantity of kits to be allocated. 
The details of the procedures/assessments to be performed at visits and which are not described 
elsewhere are provided bellow. 
Compliance check 
Compliance check includes compliance to IMP and background OADs treatment and use of 
glucometer, review of fasting SMPG values, and patient diary. 
For all on-site visits patients are instructed to return to the site in the morning in fasting condition 
with the glucose meter, the diary, and the used /in-use pens. For the on-site visits where a resupply 
is planned, patients will also bring the unused pens. If patient is not compliant to the study, the 
training has to be repeated by the site staff. 
Upon completion of each on-site visit, an appointment for the next visit (on-site visit or Phone call 
visit) will be made. 
10.1.3.4 Final on-treatment assessment/end of treatment for the extension period visit 
(V35, Week 52) 
For the complete list and contents of procedures/assessments scheduled for the open-label 
treatment period, please refer to the “Study Flow Chart” in Section 1.2 and for detailed 
description of assessments to Section 9 and Section 10.6. 
The same procedures/assessments including IRT contact as planned at V28 (Week 26) have to be 
performed either at V35 or in case of prematurely permanent treatment discontinuation 
(Section 10.3.2). The IRT has to be contacted in order to register the end of treatment. 
At V35 (Week 52) an appointment for the post-treatment follow-up phone call visit will be made. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 83 
10.1.3.5 Post-treatment follow-up phone call visit for the extension period visit 
Post-treatment follow-up phone call visit is performed 3 (-1/+3) days following the last injection 
of the IMP. The visit is performed both for patients who completed the extension period and 
patients who withdrew from the extension period at the time of IMP discontinuation. The visit is 
NOT performed for patients who prematurely discontinued the IMP treatment and stay in the 
study.  
This visit can be a phone call visit, or an on-site visit in case of ongoing or new adverse event 
during the post-treatment period, if necessary. 
The patient is called by the Investigator or medically qualified designee at a certain, previously 
agreed time point. 
During the phone call, the following questions are to be asked: 
• 
Did you experience any new medical event, disease or symptom since the last visit? 
• 
Did you experience any changes in a pre-existing medical condition, disease or symptom 
since the last visit? 
• 
Did you change, take or add any new medications since the last visit? 
• 
Did you experience any hypoglycemic symptoms or events? 
All reports of hypoglycemic events (if any) or any adverse events are recorded. The use or change 
of any concomitant medications, including rescue therapy, is recorded. 
IRT is contacted for notification of the end of study. 
10.1.4 Unscheduled phone call  
In case that an unscheduled telephone visit during the treatment period occurs, the following 
information should be asked for:  
• 
During the phone call, ask the patient: 
- 
Did you experience any new medical event, disease or symptom since the last visit? 
(Please pay attention to any possible hypoglycemic event or symptom, possible 
allergic or injection site reactions). 
- 
Did you experience any change in a pre-existing medical event or disease or symptom 
since the last visit? 
- 
Did you change or add any concomitant medication since the last visit? 
- 
Did you have any technical difficulties with use of the glucometer? 
• 
Review with the patient: 
- 
Diet and lifestyle counseling. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 84 
• 
Instruct patients by: 
- 
Providing information on how to adjust dose according to their SMPG values; 
- 
Encourage patients to continue to measure required SMPGs in the Sponsor provided 
glucometer and complete the insulin doses and hypoglycemic form in the diary for all 
hypoglycemic events. 
• 
Record in the clinical database: 
- 
Any changes to concomitant medication; 
- 
AE/SAE, injection site reaction, allergic reaction, and hypoglycemia if any; 
- 
Any fasting SMPG leading to titration of the FRC dose in the interim since the last 
visit (3 fasting SMPG measurements for each dose adjustment), which is entered into 
the clinical database. 
• 
Other SMPG and FRC doses for these telephone visits related to usual care may be 
reviewed in the glucometer and patient diary and are not transferred into the clinical 
database unless there has been titration of basal insulin or hypoglycemia. 
Patient is called by the Investigator or qualified designee at a scheduled time. Patient may at the 
discretion of the Investigator, communicate SMPG and AE/SAE via email or fax, which is then, 
placed into the source documents. 
10.2 
DEFINITION OF SOURCE DATA 
10.2.1 Source data to be found in the patient's file 
Evaluations that are reported in the e-CRF must be supported by appropriately signed identified 
source documentation related but not limited to the following: 
• 
Agreement and signature of informed consent mentioning the study identification; 
• 
Patient identification, last participation in a clinical trial (if any), medical history, 
associated diseases, and data related to the studied pathology; 
• 
Contraception method(s) for women of childbearing potential; 
• 
Reason for lack of childbearing potential for concerned women (eg, postmenopausal, 
history of hysterectomy); 
• 
Previous and concomitant medication (including background OADs and rescue therapy); 
• 
Study identification; 
• 
Treatment kit number, dates of administration and doses of FRC or GLP-1 RA (Peach pen, 
Olive pen, Victoza®, Byetta®, Bydureon®, Tanzeum®, or Trulicity® injectors); 
• 
Compliance to metformin and pioglitazone (if applicable) and SGLT2 inhibitors (if 
applicable) assessed by interview and patient’s diary; 
• 
Dates of visits and assessments including the examination report; 
• 
Vital signs, height, body weight; 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 85 
• 
Printed or faxed central lab reports received at site (dated and signed by the Principal 
Investigator or Sub-Investigator); 
• 
IRT confirmation notifications by fax or e-mail (screening, screen failure, randomization, 
treatment reallocation, treatment/study discontinuation, end of study treatment 
replacement if applicable, etc); 
• 
ECG records signed and dated; 
• 
Adverse events and follow-up; 
• 
In case of SAE or AEs requiring specific monitoring, eg, increased lipase/amylase  
>2 x ULN, increased calcitonin, the site should file in the source document at least copies 
of the hospitalization reports if applicable and any relevant examination reports 
(eg, imaging reports, specialists’ reports…) documenting the follow-up of the SAE or the 
specific AE; 
• 
Date of premature study discontinuation (if any) and reason. 
Source documentation may be found in the following: 
• 
Patient’s identity; 
• 
Medical history; 
• 
Nursing notes; 
• 
Dietician’s notes; 
• 
Physician’s notes; 
• 
Patient’s diaries; 
• 
Dated and signed print-outs with SMPG downloaded from glucose meter. 
10.2.2 Source data verification requirements for patients not randomized 
For patients not randomized, the source data that must be checked include the patient's 
identification details, the informed consent signed by the patient, the study identification, the dates 
of study visits and the main reasons preventing randomization. 
10.3 
HANDLING OF PATIENT TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT TREATMENT 
DISCONTINUATION AND OF PATIENT STUDY DISCONTINUATION  
The IMP should be continued whenever possible. In case the IMP is stopped, it should be 
determined whether the stop can be made temporarily; permanent IMP discontinuation should be 
a last resort. Any IMP discontinuation should be fully documented in the CRF. In any case, the 
patient should remain in the study as long as possible. 
10.3.1 Temporary treatment discontinuation with investigational medicinal product(s) 
Temporary treatment discontinuation may be considered by the Investigator because of suspected 
AEs or for other reasons. In case of treatment interruption due to an AE, reinitiation of treatment 
with the IMP will be done under close and appropriate clinical/and or laboratory monitoring once 
the Investigator will have considered according to his/her best medical judgment that the 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 86 
responsibility of the IMP(s) in the occurrence of the concerned event was unlikely and if the 
selection criteria for the study are still met (refer to Section 7.1 and Section 7.2). 
For all temporary treatment discontinuations, duration should be recorded by the Investigator in 
the appropriate pages of the e-CRF when considered as confirmed.  
10.3.2 Permanent treatment discontinuation with investigational medicinal product(s) 
Permanent treatment discontinuation is any treatment discontinuation associated with the 
definitive decision from the Investigator or the patient not to re-expose the patient to the IMP at 
any time. 
10.3.3 List of criteria for permanent treatment discontinuation 
The patients may withdraw from treatment with the IMP if they decide to do so, at any time and 
irrespective of the reason, or this may be the Investigator’s decision. All efforts should be made to 
document the reasons for treatment discontinuation and this should be documented in the e-CRF. 
Patients may withdraw from treatment with IMP in case of the following reasons: 
• 
At patient’s own request, ie, withdrawal of consent for treatment; 
• 
If, in the Investigator's opinion, continuation with the administration of IMP would be 
detrimental to the patient's well-being; 
• 
At the specific request of the Sponsor. 
A patient must withdraw from treatment with IMP in case of the following: 
• 
Intercurrent condition that requires discontinuation of IMP: eg, laboratory abnormalities 
(see decision tree and general guidance for the follow up of laboratory abnormalities in 
Appendix B), diagnosis of acute pancreatitis confirmed by gastroenterologic evaluation 
and imaging (see Section 10.6.4) calcitonin value ≥50 pg/mL (see Section 10.6.5); 
• 
Pregnancy. 
Any abnormal laboratory value or ECG parameter will be immediately rechecked for 
confirmation (eg, after 24 hours) before making a decision of permanent discontinuation of the 
IMP for the patient concerned. 
10.3.4 Handling of patients after permanent treatment discontinuation 
Patients will be maintained in the study as much as possible and followed-up according to the 
study procedures as specified in this protocol (except for the 3 day safety post-treatment follow-up 
assessment) up to the scheduled date of study completion, or up to recovery or stabilization of any 
AE requiring follow-up as specified in this protocol, whichever comes last.  
If possible, after the permanent discontinuation of treatment regardless of the reason, the patients 
will be assessed as soon as possible using the procedure normally planned for the last dosing day 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 87 
with the IMP (V28/End of randomized treatment visit for patients who discontinued the IMP 
before V28 (Week 26), or V35/end of extension treatment visit for patients who entered the 
extension period and discontinued the FRC before V35 (Week 52)). 
For the meal test, please refer to Section 9.2.1.2.2. 
All cases of permanent treatment discontinuation should be recorded by the Investigator in the 
appropriate pages of the e-CRF and in the patient’s medical records when considered as 
confirmed. IRT should be notified when a patient prematurely discontinues treatment. 
10.3.5 Procedure and consequence for patient withdrawal from study 
The patients may withdraw from the study before study completion if they decide to do so, at any 
time and irrespective of the reason. Withdrawal of consent for treatment should be distinguished 
from withdrawal of consent for follow-up visits and from withdrawal of consent for non-patient 
contact follow-up, eg, medical records check. Patients requesting withdrawal should be informed 
that withdrawal of consent for follow-up may jeopardize the public health value of the study. If 
possible, the patients are assessed using the procedure normally planned for the end-of-study visit. 
Patients who withdraw should be explicitly asked about the contribution of possible AEs to their 
decision to withdraw consent, and any AE information elicited should be documented. Preferably 
the patient should withdraw consent in writing and, if the patient or the patient’s representative 
refuses or is physically unavailable, the site should document and sign the reason for the patient’s 
failure to withdraw consent in writing.  
All cases of study withdrawals should be recorded by the Investigator in the appropriate screens 
of the e-CRF and in the patient’s medical records when considered as confirmed. In the medical 
record, at least the date of the withdrawal and the reason should be documented. IRT should be 
notified when a patient withdraws from the study. 
For patients who fail to return to the site, unless the patient withdraws the consent for follow-up, 
the Investigator should make the best effort to re-contact the patient (eg, contacting patient’s 
family or private physician, reviewing available registries or health care databases), and to 
determine his/her health status, including at least his/her vital status. Attempts to contact such 
patients must be documented in the patient’s records (eg, times and dates of attempted telephone 
contact, receipt for sending a registered letter). 
The statistical analysis plan will specify how these patients lost to follow-up for their primary 
endpoints will be considered. 
Patients who have withdrawn from the study cannot be re-randomized (treated) in the study. Their 
inclusion and treatment numbers must not be reused. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 88 
10.4 
OBLIGATION OF THE INVESTIGATOR REGARDING SAFETY REPORTING 
10.4.1 Definitions of adverse events  
10.4.1.1 Adverse event 
An adverse event (AE) is any untoward medical occurrence in a patient or clinical investigation 
patient administered a pharmaceutical product and which does not necessarily have to have a 
causal relationship with this treatment. 
10.4.1.2 Serious adverse event 
A serious adverse event (SAE) is any untoward medical occurrence that at any dose: 
• 
Results in death, or 
• 
Is life-threatening, or 
 
Note: The term “life-threatening” in the definition of “serious” refers to an event in which 
 
the patient was at risk of death at the time of the event; it does not refer to an event which 
 
hypothetically might have caused death if it were more severe. 
• 
Requires inpatient hospitalization or prolongation of existing hospitalization, or 
• 
Results in persistent or significant disability/incapacity, or 
• 
Is a congenital anomaly/birth defect 
• 
Is a medically important event 
 
Medical and scientific judgment should be exercised in deciding whether expedited 
 
reporting is appropriate in other situations, such as important medical events that may not 
 
be immediately life-threatening or result in death or hospitalization but may jeopardize the 
 
patient or may require medical or surgical intervention (ie, specific measures or corrective 
 
treatment) to prevent one of the other outcomes listed in the definition above. 
Note: The following list of medically important events is intended to serve as a guideline for 
determining which condition has to be considered as a medically important event. The list is 
not intended to be exhaustive: 
- 
Intensive treatment in an emergency room or at home for: 
- 
Allergic bronchospasm, 
- 
Blood dyscrasias (ie, agranulocytosis, aplastic anemia, bone marrow aplasia, 
myelodysplasia, pancytopenia),  
- 
Convulsions (seizures, epilepsy, epileptic fit, absence seizures, etc). 
- 
Development of drug dependence or drug abuse, 
- 
ALT >3 x ULN + total bilirubin >2 x ULN or asymptomatic ALT increase 
>10 x ULN, 
- 
Suicide attempt or any event suggestive of suicidality, 
- 
Syncope, loss of consciousness (except if documented as a consequence of blood 
sampling), 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 89 
- 
Bullous cutaneous eruptions, 
- 
Cancers diagnosed during the study or aggravated during the study, 
- 
Chronic neurodegenerative diseases (newly diagnosed) or aggravated during the study. 
10.4.1.3 Adverse event of special interest 
An adverse event of special interest (AESI) is an AE (serious or non-serious) of scientific and 
medical concern specific to the Sponsor’s product or program, for which ongoing monitoring and 
immediate notification by the Investigator to the Sponsor is required. Such events may require 
further investigation in order to characterize and understand them. Adverse events of special 
interest may be added or removed during a study by protocol amendment. 
All AESI will be reported to the Sponsor in the same timeframe as SAEs, ie within 24 hours as 
detailed in Section 10.4.1.2. 
AESI are listed below: 
• 
Confirmed ALT increase (>3 x ULN) (see Appendix B); 
• 
Pregnancy occurring in a female patient entered in the study as well as pregnancy 
occurring in a female partner of a male patient entered in a study with IMP/NIMP; 
- 
Pregnancy will be recorded as an AESI with immediate notification in all cases. 
- 
It will be qualified as an SAE only if it fulfills one of the seriousness criteria (see 
Section 10.4.1.2); 
- 
In the event of pregnancy in a female participant, IMP should be discontinued;  
- 
Follow-up of the pregnancy in a female participant or in a female partner of a male 
participant is mandatory until the outcome has been determined. 
• 
Symptomatic overdose (serious or non-serious) with IMP/NIMP 
An overdose (accidental or intentional) with the IMP/NIMP is an event suspected by the 
Investigator or spontaneously notified by the patient (not based on systemic pen counts) 
and defined as follows: 
- 
For insulin glargine/lixisenatide combination: any dose corresponding to a lixisenatide 
daily dose greater than 40 µg (ie, >80 U for Peach pen and >120 U for Olive pen); 
- 
For GLP-1 RA: any dose greater than 2-fold above the recommended/planned or 
prescribed dose administrated per day within this Clinical Trial (ie, greater than 3.6 mg 
per day for Victoza®, greater than 40 µg per day for Byetta®, greater than 4 mg per 
week for Bydureon®, greater than 100 mg per week for Tanzeum®, and greater than 
3 mg per week for Trulicity®); 
- 
For background OADs, any dose greater than 2-fold above the recommended/planned 
or prescribed dose administrated per day within this Clinical trial. 
The circumstances of the overdose (ie, accidental or intentional) should be clearly specified in the 
verbatim and symptoms, if any, entered on separate AE forms. 
Note: Asymptomatic overdose with IMP does not need immediate notification, and thus is to be 
reported in the standard AE pages in the e-CRF. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 90 
10.4.1.4 AEs requiring specific monitoring and reporting on specific e-CRFs 
The following AEs require specific monitoring and should be reported on the specific e-CRF for 
completion. These AEs will only qualify for expedited reporting when Serious (fulfilling SAE 
criteria). 
• 
Suspected allergic reactions (please refer to Section 10.6.3); 
• 
Monitoring of patients with increased pancreatic enzymes >2 x ULN/pancreatic events 
(please refer to Section 10.6.4); 
• 
Monitoring of patients with increased calcitonin ≥20 pg/ mL (please refer to 
Section 10.6.5); 
• 
Monitoring of device-related events (please refer to Section 10.6.8). 
10.4.2 General guidelines for reporting adverse events 
• 
All AEs, regardless of seriousness or relationship to IMP/NIMP, spanning from the 
signature of the informed consent form until the end of the study as defined by the 
protocol for that patient, are to be recorded on the corresponding screen(s) of the e-CRF. 
• 
Whenever possible, diagnosis or single syndrome should be reported instead of symptoms. 
The Investigator should specify the date of onset, intensity, action taken with respect to 
IMP, corrective treatment/therapy given, additional investigations performed, outcome, 
and his/her opinion as to whether there is a reasonable possibility that the AE was caused 
by the IMP or by the study procedure(s).  
• 
The Investigator should take appropriate measures to follow all AEs until clinical recovery 
is complete and laboratory results have returned to normal, or until progression has been 
stabilized, or until death, in order to ensure the safety of the patients. This may imply that 
observations will continue beyond the last planned visit per protocol, and that additional 
investigations may be requested by the monitoring team up to as noticed by the Sponsor.  
• 
When treatment is prematurely discontinued, the patient’s observations will continue until 
the end of the study as defined by the protocol for that patient. 
• 
Laboratory, vital signs or ECG abnormalities are to be recorded as AEs only if:  
- 
Symptomatic and/or; 
- 
Requiring either corrective treatment or consultation, and/or; 
- 
Leading to IMP discontinuation or modification of dosing, and/or; 
- 
Fulfilling a seriousness criterion, and/or; 
- 
Defined as an AESI or event requiring specific monitoring. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 91 
10.4.3 Instructions for reporting serious adverse events 
In the case of occurrence of an SAE, the Investigator or any designees must immediately: 
• 
ENTER (within 24 hours) the information related to the SAE in the appropriate screens of 
the e-CRF; the system will automatically send a notification to the monitoring team after 
approval of the Investigator within the e-CRF or after a standard delay. 
• 
SEND (preferably by fax or e-mail) a photocopy of all examinations carried out and the 
dates on which these examinations were performed, to the representative of the monitoring 
team whose name, fax number, and email address appear on the clinical trial protocol. 
Care should be taken to ensure that the patient's identity is protected and the patient's 
identifiers in the clinical trial are properly mentioned on any copy of a source document 
provided to the Sponsor. For laboratory results, include the laboratory normal ranges. 
• 
All further data updates should be recorded in the e-CRF as appropriate, and further 
documentation as well as additional information (for laboratory data, concomitant 
medications, patient status, etc) should be sent (by fax or e-mail) to the monitoring team 
within 24 hours of knowledge of the SAE. In addition, every effort should be made to 
further document any SAE that is fatal or life threatening within a week (7 days) of the 
initial notification. 
• 
A back-up plan (using a paper CRF process) is available and should be used when the 
e-CRF system does not work (please see Appendix C). 
Any SAE brought to the attention of the Investigator at any time after the end of the study for the 
patient and considered by him/her to be caused by the IMP with a reasonable possibility, should 
be reported to the monitoring team. 
10.4.4 Guidelines for reporting adverse events of special interest   
For AESIs, the Sponsor must be informed immediately (ie, within 24 hours), as per SAE 
notification guidelines described in Section 10.4.1.3, even if not fulfilling a seriousness criterion, 
using the corresponding pages of the CRF (to be sent) or screens in the e-CRF. 
Instructions for AE reporting are summarized in Table 2. 
10.4.5 Guidelines for management of specific laboratory abnormalities 
Decision trees for the management of certain laboratory abnormalities by Sanofi are provided in 
Appendix B.  
The following laboratory abnormalities should be monitored, documented, and managed 
according to the related flow chart in protocol appendices.  
• 
Neutropenia; 
• 
Thrombocytopenia; 
• 
Increase in ALT; 
• 
Acute renal insufficiency; 
• 
Suspicion of rhabdomyolysis. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 92 
Table 2 - Summary of adverse event reporting instructions 
Case Report Form completion
Event category 
Reporting 
timeframe 
Specific events in this category 
AE 
form 
Safety 
complementary 
form 
Other 
specific 
forms 
Adverse Event 
(non-SAE, non-AESI) 
Routine 
Any AE that is not SAE or AESI 
Yes 
No 
No 
Serious Adverse Event 
(non-AESI or AESI) 
Expedited (within 
24 hours) 
Any AE meeting seriousness criterion per 
Section 10.4.1.2 
Yes 
Yes 
No 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adverse Event of Special 
Interest  
Expedited (within 
24 hours) 
Pregnancy of female patient 
Yes 
No 
Yes  
 
 
Pregnancy of female partner of male 
patient 
Yes 
No 
Yes  
 
 
Symptomatic overdose* with IMP/NIMP 
Yes 
Yes 
No 
 
 
Confirmed increase in ALT >3x ULN 
Yes 
No 
Yes 
AEs requiring specific 
monitoring (non-SAEs) 
Routine 
Suspected allergic reactions 
Yes 
No 
Yes 
 
 
Confirmed increase amylase/lipase >2x 
ULN 
Yes 
No 
Yes 
 
 
Confirmed Iincreased calcitonin ≥20 pg/mL Yes 
No 
Yes 
 
 
Device-related events# 
Yes 
No 
Yes 
Laboratory, vital signs, ECG 
abnormality asymptomatic 
overdose recorded as AE 
(non-SAE, non-AESI) 
Routine 
Neutropenia 
Yes 
No 
No 
 
 
Thrombocytopenia 
Yes 
No 
No  
 
 
Acute renal insufficiency 
Yes 
No 
No 
 
 
Suspicion of rhabdomyolysis 
Yes 
No 
No 
 
 
Other (eg, leading to IMP discontinuation) Yes 
No 
No 
Symptomatic hypoglycemia will be reported on the dedicated hypoglycemia event page. 
*: Asymptomatic overdose is reported in the AE form and does not require expedited reporting. 
#: Only device-related events associated with clinical adverse events will be reported as AE. Please refer to Section 10.6.8. 
10.5 
OBLIGATIONS OF THE SPONSOR 
During the course of the study, the Sponsor will report in an expedited manner: 
• 
All SAEs that are both unexpected and at least reasonably related to the IMP (SUSAR), to 
the regulatory authorities, Independent Ethics Committees (IECs)/Institutional Review 
Boards (IRBs) as appropriate and to the Investigators.    
• 
All SAEs that are expected and at least reasonably related to the IMPs to the regulatory 
authorities, according to local regulations. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 93 
Any other AE not listed as an expected event in the lixisenatide/insulin glargine combination 
product Investigator's Brochure (IB) or the approved labelling referenced in Section 16, 
ie, EU SmPCfor Victoza®, Byetta®, Bydureon®, or Trulicity®  or US Prescribing Information 
for Tanzeum® will be considered as an unexpected event. 
In this study, some AEs considered related to the underlying condition (eg, blood glucose 
increased) will not be considered unexpected as given in the IB or the approved labelling 
referenced in the protocol. 
The Sponsor will report all safety observations made during the conduct of the trial in the clinical 
study report (CSR). 
10.6 
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 
10.6.1 Symptomatic Hypoglycemia 
Symptomatic hypoglycemia events will be categorized as follows: 
Severe symptomatic hypoglycemia 
Severe symptomatic hypoglycemia is an event requiring assistance of another person to actively 
administer carbohydrate, glucagon, or other resuscitative actions. These episodes may be 
associated with sufficient neuroglycopenia to induce seizure, unconsciousness or coma. Plasma 
glucose measurements may not be available during such an event, but neurological recovery 
attributable to the restoration of plasma glucose to normal is considered sufficient evidence that 
the event was induced by a low plasma glucose concentration. 
The definition of severe symptomatic hypoglycemia includes all episodes in which neurological 
impairment was severe enough to prevent self-treatment and which were thus thought to place 
patients at risk for injury to themselves or others. 
Note that “requires assistance” means that the patient could not help himself or herself. Assisting 
a patient out of kindness, when assistance is not required, should not be considered a “requires 
assistance” incident. 
Severe symptomatic hypoglycemia will be qualified as an SAE only if it fulfills SAE criteria. All 
events of seizure, unconsciousness or coma must be reported as SAEs. 
Documented symptomatic hypoglycemia 
Documented symptomatic hypoglycemia is an event during which typical symptoms of 
hypoglycemia are accompanied by a measured plasma glucose concentration of ≤70 mg/dL 
(3.9 mmol/L). 
Clinical symptoms that are considered to result from a hypoglycemic episode can include (but are 
not limited to): increased sweating, nervousness, asthenia, tremor, dizziness, increased appetite, 
palpitations, headache, sleep disorder, confusion, seizures, unconsciousness, and coma. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 94 
Probable symptomatic hypoglycemia 
Probable symptomatic hypoglycemia is an event during which symptoms of hypoglycemia are not 
accompanied by a plasma glucose determination, but was presumably caused by a plasma glucose 
concentration less than or equal to 70 mg/dL (3.9 mmol/L); symptoms improved with oral 
carbohydrate, or Intravenous glucose or glucagon injection without a test of plasma glucose.  
Patients will be instructed to measure finger-stick plasma glucose levels prior to the 
administration of carbohydrates whenever symptomatic hypoglycemia is suspected, unless safety 
considerations necessitate immediate glucose administration prior to confirmation, and then a 
glucose measurement should be performed as soon as safe, with appropriate diary documentation. 
Details on hypoglycemia episodes will be captured in the patient diaries, and patients will contact 
the sites as soon as possible following severe events to review the details and decide on any 
necessary measures to be taken. 
Symptomatic hypoglycemia episodes will be documented on the dedicated hypoglycemia event 
page in the e-CRF. Symptomatic hypoglycemia events fulfilling the criteria of a SAE will also be 
documented on AE and SAE forms in the e-CRF. 
10.6.2 Local tolerability at injection site 
In case the Investigator or the patient recognizes any signs of local intolerability at injection site 
this should be recorded on the standard AE page in the e-CRF. 
10.6.3 Allergic or allergic-like reaction 
In case a patient experiences an allergic reaction or an allergic-like reaction this has to be reported 
as an adverse event and recorded in the e-CRF on the specific AE form for suspected allergic 
event. Additional information is collected on specific allergic reaction complementary form. 
Allergic reaction or possible allergic reaction will be adjudicated by the ARAC (Section 6.4.2). 
Virtually all symptoms listed on the allergic reaction complementary form are possible adverse 
reactions that may be allergic in nature and may need to be addressed after medical judgment, 
excluding another etiology than allergy. 
Sometimes transient injection site reactions, irritant in nature, may occur requiring no intervention 
and are of dubious significance. These reactions would not be considered to be allergic reactions. 
Adverse events that are obviously not of allergic origin (eg, local injection site reactions) should 
not be recorded on the Allergic Event page or Allergic Reaction Complementary Form. 
10.6.4 Monitoring of patients with increased lipase and/or amylase >2x ULN 
Potential safety signals for acute pancreatitis have been identified in the post-marketing 
experience of other GLP-1 receptor agonists. Therefore, patients enrolled in this study should be 
followed for any suspected pancreatitis, eg, with symptoms and/or signs of acute abdominal 
distress or abnormal levels of pancreatic enzymes. Serum amylase and lipase concentrations are 
monitored routinely at screening, baseline and periodically during the study treatment period. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 95 
In the presence of clinical signs and/or symptoms evocative of pancreatitis, eg, persistent 
abdominal pain, which can radiate to the back, often with characteristic positional features, with 
possible occurrence of nausea, vomiting, fever and leukocytosis, further measurement of amylase 
and lipase should be performed. The clinical signs and/or symptoms should be documented in the 
source data. 
(1) Elevation of Amylase and/or Lipase >2x ULN without clinical signs and/or symptoms 
In any case where amylase and/or lipase are >2x ULN, a retest (centrally assessed as far as 
possible) must be performed as follows: 
• 
If value(s) is/are >2-3x ULN: retest within 7 days; 
• 
If value(s) is/are >3x ULN: retest within 48 hours; 
• 
If the value(s) remain(s) >2x ULN upon retesting: amylase and/or lipase levels should be 
retested weekly until values are <2x ULN. 
In case a retest is >2x ULN a gastroenterological evaluation and imaging (ultrasound and/or CT or 
MRI with contrast, as appropriate) must be performed. Please document in the source data the 
absence of clinical signs and/or symptoms (if clinical signs and/or symptoms develop, please see 
part (2) below). 
Best clinical judgment is to be used when interpreting elevated serum amylase and lipase levels in 
asymptomatic patients. Temporary discontinuation of the IMP may be considered in these cases if 
deemed necessary by the Investigator. 
(2) Elevation of Amylase and/or Lipase >2 x ULN with clinical signs and/or symptoms 
In the presence of clinical signs and/or symptoms evocative of pancreatitis (as described above) 
associated with elevated amylase and/or lipase, treatment with the IMP should be promptly and at 
least temporarily discontinued pending further clinical evaluation and diagnosis confirmation. 
Clinical signs and/or symptoms are to be documented in the source data. A laboratory 
determination of amylase and lipase has to be obtained at the time of the event and again within 
48 hours or earlier as clinically indicated. If the value(s) remain(s) >2x ULN, then amylase and/or 
lipase levels should be retested as described in (1) above, or more often if clinically indicated. 
A gastroenterologic evaluation and imaging (ultrasound and/or CT or MRI with contrast, as 
appropriate) must be performed. If a diagnosis of pancreatitis is confirmed, IMP should not be 
restarted and should be permanently discontinued. 
In both cases as described above under (1) and (2), all laboratory or clinical documentations are to 
be collected. If the retest confirms lipase and/or amylase values are >2x ULN , the event must be 
reported in the e-CRF on the specific AE form for “Increased Lipase and/or Amylase >2x ULN” 
and the specific forms, using the appropriate verbatim: eg, “increased amylase and/or lipase” in 
case of isolated enzyme elevation, “suspected pancreatitis” in the presence of clinical signs 
evocative of pancreatitis if the diagnosis is suspected but cannot be confirmed or excluded, and 
“pancreatitis” if the diagnosis has been confirmed. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 96 
The PSAC will review selected pancreatic events, including pancreatitis, pancreatic neoplasms 
and abnormal levels of amylase or lipase. 
10.6.5 Management of patients with increased calcitonin values 
During the course of the study, if a calcitonin value is found ≥20 pg/mL (5.9 pmol/L): 
• 
A retest should be performed by the central laboratory within 7 days. In addition, blood 
should be collected and sent to the central laboratory for measurement of: calcium, 
phosphorus, gastrin, Thyroid Stimulating Hormone (TSH), and anti-thyroid peroxidase 
(anti-TPO) antibodies; 
• 
The clinical and laboratory documentations listed below are to be collected and recorded 
in source documents as soon as possible: 
- 
Potential false positive circumstances: smoking status, proton-pump inhibitor 
treatments (eg, omeprazole), autoimmune thyroid diseases (Hashimoto’s thyroiditis or 
Graves’ disease), differentiated thyroid cancer, hypercalcemia, hypergastrinemia, 
chronic renal insufficiency (not on dialysis), other neuro-endocrine tumors (small cell 
lung cancer, intestinal carcinoid), acute pulmonary inflammatory conditions, or sepsis. 
- 
Specific personal and/or familial medical history in relation to thyroid or other 
endocrine diseases; 
- 
Specific physical examination (neck, thyroid gland). 
If the retest confirms that the calcitonin value is ≥20 pg/mL: 
• 
The event must be reported in the e-CRF on the specific AE form and specific 
complementary form for “increased calcitonin ≥20 pg/mL” with all appropriate clinical 
and laboratory documentation. 
• 
An ultrasound scan of the thyroid should be performed and the patient may be referred to a 
thyroid specialist if judged necessary. 
• 
The patient should continue to be followed according to protocol schedule (including 
planned calcitonin measurements). The specific AE form “increased calcitonin ≥20 pg/mL 
(5.9 pmol/L)” should be updated with any new information collected during the follow up. 
• 
If a calcitonin value ≥50 pg/mL (14.75 pmol/L) is found at any time during further follow 
up, the patient should be permanently discontinued from IMP (see Section 10.3.4) and 
referred to a specialist. As far as possible, blood should be collected 1 to 2 weeks after 
IMP discontinuation and sent to the central laboratory for calcitonin measurement. 
• 
If at any time during follow-up a calcitonin value ≥20 pg/mL increases by 20% or more 
between 2 assessments (while remaining below 50 pg/mL), a repeated measurement 
should be performed earlier than scheduled in the protocol, ie, 1 month later. Once results 
are available, discussion with Sponsor should be initiated without delay for further 
guidance. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 97 
10.6.6 Monitoring of renal function in case of prolonged and severe nausea and vomiting 
In case of prolonged or severe nausea and vomiting, if clinically indicated, serum creatinine 
measurement has to be centrally performed. If there is an acute increase of serum creatinine, 
metformin has to be discontinued until resolution of renal dysfunction. 
10.6.7 Follow-up of laboratory abnormalities 
Decision trees for the management of certain laboratory abnormalities are provided in 
Appendix B. 
10.6.8 Monitoring of device-related events 
A device-related event (DRE) includes any suspected problem with the injection device(s) used in 
the study which has or may lead to a health hazard (eg, adverse event). Typical problems include 
pen performance failure, patient (or caregiver) having difficulty understanding the instructions or 
using the pen or auto-injector, use error, etc. 
Examples of device-related events include but are not limited to: 
• 
Dosing problems: jamming, inability to inject, partial injection, need to repeat injection, 
dosage knob stuck; 
• 
Needle issues: difficulty attaching the needle; 
• 
Breakage of the pen; 
• 
Mix-up of pens/devices (patient injects using a pen/device different than the intended one); 
• 
Difficulty to understand the instructions in the product instructions leaflet; 
• 
Use error: Incorrect use of the pen/device by the patient/caregiver/healthcare provider. 
Device-related events will be pro-actively monitored during the study by asking at each study visit 
whether the patient/caregiver experienced any DRE. If answer is yes, the specific e-CRF Device-
Related Event Questionnaire (DREQ) will be completed. 
If the device-related event is associated with a symptomatic hypoglycemic event, a hyperglycemic 
adverse event or another adverse event, the corresponding symptomatic hypoglycemic forms or 
adverse event forms must also be completed. This associated adverse event will be qualified as a 
serious adverse event only if it fulfills seriousness criteria, and in this case, the SAE reporting 
procedure (see Section 10.4.3, Instructions for reporting serious adverse events) should be 
followed. 
As needed, further instruction and troubleshooting guidance should be provided to the patient by 
the study site according to the instructional materials/troubleshooting guide provided by the 
Sponsor. 
For device-related events, related to Solostar Pen for patients on FRC, that are not resolved by 
further guidance/review of instructions or troubleshooting with the pen during the visit (on site 
visit or phone visit), a PTC form must be completed, the pen associated with the event should be 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 98 
retrieved, and both should be sent to the manufacturing site for technical investigation and 
determination of the root cause. 
10.7 
ADVERSE EVENTS MONITORING 
All events will be managed and reported in compliance with all applicable regulations, and 
included in the final clinical study report. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 99 
11 
STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS 
11.1 
DETERMINATION OF SAMPLE SIZE 
The sample size calculations are based on the primary efficacy variable change in HbA1c from 
baseline to Week 26 and intent-to-treat (ITT) analysis, with the following assumptions: 
• 
A common standard deviation of 1.1%; 
• 
A 0.4% mean difference between FRC and GLP-1 receptor agonist in change in HbA1c 
from baseline to Week 26; 
• 
A drop-out rate of 20%; The FRC dropped patients are assumed to respond the same as the 
control patients, ie, no treatment difference between the FRC dropped patients and the 
control patients; 
• 
A t-test at a 2-sided 5% significance level with at least 90% power. 
Based on the above assumptions, 500 patients (250 per group) are needed for this study. 
Calculations were made using nQuery Advisor® 7.0. 
11.2 
DISPOSITION OF PATIENTS 
The total number of patients for each of the following categories will be presented in the CSR: 
• 
Screened patients: patients who have signed the informed consent; 
• 
Randomized patients: patients with a treatment kit number allocated and recorded in IRT 
database, and regardless of whether the treatment kit was used or not; 
• 
The modified intent-to-treat (mITT) population (as defined in Section 11.3.1.1 and 
analyzed as randomized); 
• 
The safety population (ie, randomized and treated patients); 
• 
The pharmacokinetic (PK) population (as defined in Section 11.3.3); 
• 
The randomization strata [HbA1c at visit 1 (<8%, ≥8%) and GLP-1 receptor agonist 
subtype (once/twice daily formulations, once weekly formulations) at screening assigned 
by IRT will be summarized. The discrepancy between the strata assigned by IRT and the 
information reported on electronic Case Report Form (e-CRF) will be listed for all 
randomized patients;  
• 
Patients who have completed the 26-week randomized treatment period; 
• 
Patients who have completed the whole study treatment period including 26-week 
extension period; 
• 
Patients who discontinued the IMP during the 26-week randomized treatment period, and 
the reasons for treatment discontinuation. 
• 
Patients who discontinued the IMP during the whole study treatment period, and the 
reasons for treatment discontinuation. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 100 
For all categories of patients except screened patients, percentages will be calculated using the 
number of randomized patients as denominator for each treatment group. 
A list of patients prematurely discontinued from the treatment, along with reasons for 
discontinuation, will be provided. 
Patients treated but not randomized, patients randomized but not treated and patients randomized 
but not treated as randomized will be identified and described in separate listings. Only the 
patients of the third category (randomized and not treated as randomized) will be part of efficacy 
and safety analyses.  
For any patient randomized more than once, only the data associated with the first randomization 
will be used in any analysis population. The safety experience associated with any later 
randomization will be assessed separately. 
The safety experience of patients treated and not randomized will be reported separately, and 
these patients will not be in the safety population. 
11.3 
ANALYSIS POPULATIONS 
11.3.1 Efficacy populations 
Efficacy analyses will be based on the treatment group allocated by the IRT according to the 
randomization schedule at randomization visit (as randomized), irrespective of the treatment 
actually received. 
11.3.1.1 Modified intent-to-treat population 
Efficacy analyses will be based on the mITT population, defined as all randomized patients who 
have both a baseline assessment and at least one post-baseline assessment of any primary or 
secondary efficacy variables, irrespective of compliance with the study protocol and procedures. 
Patients will be analyzed for efficacy analyses according to the treatment group to which they are 
randomized. 
11.3.2 Safety population 
Safety analyses will be based on the safety population, defined as all randomized patients who 
receive at least one dose of open-label IMP (regardless of the amount of treatment administered). 
Patients will be analyzed for safety analyses according to the treatment actually received. 
In addition: 
• 
Nonrandomized but treated patients will not be part of the safety population, but their 
safety data will be presented separately; 
• 
Randomized patients for whom it is unclear whether they took the study medication will 
be included in the safety population as randomized; 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 101 
• 
When a patient is exposed to both FRC and GLP-1 receptor agonist, the patient will be 
analyzed in the treatment group (FRC or GLP-1 receptor agonist) in which he/she was 
treated longer; 
• 
Patients will be excluded from the safety population only if there is documented evidence 
(ie, all study dates recorded as no medication taken) that patients have not taken the study 
medication. 
11.3.3 Pharmacokinetic population 
For pharmacokinetic (PK) analyses, the PK population is defined as all randomized and treated 
patients who contribute with at least one valid plasma analysis of lixisenatide. 
11.4 
STATISTICAL METHODS 
Continuous data will be summarized by treatment group using the number of observations 
available (N), mean, standard deviation (SD), minimum, median, and maximum. 
Categorical data will be summarized by treatment group using count and percentage.  
In general, descriptive statistics of quantitative efficacy and safety parameters (result and change 
from baseline) by scheduled visits will be provided on observed cases (OC), ie, inclusion of only 
patients having non-missing assessments at a specific visit. 
11.4.1 Demographic and baseline characteristics 
The baseline value is defined as the last available value before the first dose of open-label 
Investigational Medicinal Product (IMP). Derived parameters will be computed by the sponsor. 
Demographic characteristics to be summarized are: 
• 
Age (years) derived as: (Date of informed consent - Date of birth)/365.25; 
• 
Age categories (<50, ≥50 to <65, ≥65 to <75,  ≥75 years of age); 
• 
Gender (Male, Female); 
• 
Race; 
• 
Ethnicity (Hispanic, Not Hispanic);  
• 
HbA1c (%) at V1(Week -2); 
• 
Baseline BMI (kg/m2) derived as: (Weight in kg)/(Height in meters)2; 
• 
Baseline BMI level (<30, ≥30 kg/m2); 
• 
Randomization strata of HbA1c (<8, ≥8%) at screening visit 1 (V1, Week -2); 
• 
Randomization strata of GLP-1 receptor agonist subtype (once/twice daily formulations, 
once weekly formulations) at screening; 
• 
Country. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 102 
Disease history includes: 
• 
Duration of diabetes (years) derived as: (Date of informed consent – Date of diagnosis of 
diabetes + 1)/365.25; 
• 
Age at onset of diabetes (years) derived as: (Date of diagnosis of diabetes – Date of birth 
+ 1)/365.25; 
• 
Duration of GLP-1 receptor agonist treatment (years) derived as: (Date of informed 
consent – Date of first dose of GLP-1 receptor agonist + 1)/365.25; 
• 
Percentage of patients with GLP-1 receptor agonist use by type [once/twice daily 
formulations (Victoza® or Byetta®), once weekly formulations (Bydureon®, Tanzeum®, 
or Trulicity®)] at screening; 
• 
Daily dose of GLP-1 receptor agonist (Victoza® or Byetta®) at baseline, or weekly dose 
of GLP-1 receptor agonist (Bydureon®, Tanzeum®, or Trulicity®) at baseline; 
• 
Percentage of patients who used pioglitazone at screening (data from e-CRF); 
• 
Duration of metformin treatment (years) derived as: (Date of informed consent – Date of 
first dose of metformin + 1)/365.25; 
• 
Daily dose of metformin (mg) at baseline; 
• 
Daily dose of pioglitazone (mg) at baseline (if used); 
• 
Percentage of patients who used SGLT2 inhibitor at screening (data from e-CRF); 
• 
Daily dose of SGLT2 inhibitor (canagliflozin, empagliflozin or dapagliflozin) at baseline 
(if used); 
• 
Categorized daily dose of metformin at baseline (<1500, ≥1500 to <2500, ≥2500 to <3000, 
≥3000 mg); 
• 
Baseline diabetic microvascular complications (Yes, No) (ie, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic 
sensory or motor neuropathy, diabetic autonomic neuropathy, and diabetic nephropathy); 
• 
Baseline urine albumin/creatinine ratio categories (<30 mg/g [Normal], ≥30 to <300 mg/g 
[Microalbuminuria], and ≥300 mg/g [Macroalbuminuria]); 
• 
Estimated Glomerular Filtration Rate (eGFR) at screening (mL/min) /1.73m2; 
• 
eGFR categories at screening (<15 mL/min/1.73m2 [End stage renal disease], ≥15 to 
<30 mL/min/1.73m2 [Severe decrease in GFR], ≥30 to <60 mL/min/1.73m2 [Moderate 
decrease in GFR], ≥60 to <90 mL/min/1.73m2 [Mild decrease in GFR], and ≥90 
mL/min/1.73m2 [Normal]).  
The baseline efficacy variables include: 
• 
HbA1c;  
• 
During standardized meal test: 
- 
2-hour postprandial plasma glucose (PPG) and glucose excursion; 
- 
C-peptide under fasting (30 minutes prior to the meal test before IMP administration if 
IMP is injected before breakfast) and 2-hour postprandial conditions; 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 103 
Note: 2-hour plasma glucose excursion= 2-hour post prandial plasma glucose value – 
plasma glucose value obtained 30 minutes prior to the start of meal and before IMP 
administration if IMP is injected before breakfast. 
• 
7-point (average and each time point) SMPG; 
• 
Body weight; 
• 
Fasting plasma glucose (by central laboratory). 
Medical history and medical findings include: 
• 
Medical or surgical history (including physical examination abnormalities); 
• 
Medical history of cardiovascular and cerebrovascular events; 
• 
Medical history of allergies; 
• 
Subject family allergy history; 
• 
Alcohol habits within the last 12 months; 
• 
Smoking habits.  
Medical and surgical history will be coded using the version of Medical Dictionary for Regulatory 
Activities (MedDRA) currently in effect at Sanofi at the time of database lock. Medical history of 
cardiovascular and cerebrovascular events and medical history of allergies will be summarized by 
searching for relevant “preferred term (PT)” identified by medical and coding teams. 
No statistical test will be performed for the between-group difference on demographic and 
baseline characteristics (including medical history and baseline efficacy data). 
Demographic and baseline disease characteristics, baseline efficacy variables and medical history 
and medical findings will be summarized with appropriate descriptive statistics. Pathologies 
associated with past medical or surgical history will be summarized by primary system organ 
class (SOC) and high level term (HLT). These summaries will be provided on randomized 
patients for each treatment group (and overall). 
11.4.2 Prior and concomitant medications 
All medications will be coded using the version of World Health Organization-Drug Dictionary 
(WHO-DD) currently in effect at Sanofi at the time of database lock. 
Medications will be classified into the following three groups: 
• 
Prior medications are those the patient took prior to the first injection of open-label IMP; 
• 
Concomitant medications are those the patient continued or started on or after the first 
dose of open-label IMP up to 3 days after the last injection of daily IMP or 9 days after the 
last injection of weekly IMP); 
• 
Post-treatment medications are those the patient continued or started on or after 4 days 
after the last injection of daily IMP or 10 days after the last injection of weekly IMP.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 104 
A given medication can be classified in several groups. Medications will be summarized 
according to the WHO-DD, considering the first digit of the ATC class (anatomic category) and 
the first three digits of the ATC class (therapeutic category). All ATC codes corresponding to a 
medication will be summarized, patients will be counted once in each ATC categories (anatomic 
or therapeutic) linked to the medication, therefore patients may be counted several time for the 
same medication. 
Summaries of prior, concomitant and post-treatment medications will be presented on randomized 
patients for each treatment group (and overall for the summary of prior medications) using counts 
and percentages. No statistical test for the between-group difference will be performed. 
11.4.3 Extent of study treatment exposure and compliance 
The extent of study treatment exposure and compliance will be assessed and summarized by 
actual treatment received in the safety population. 
11.4.3.1 Extent of investigational medicinal product exposure 
The extent of study treatment exposure will be assessed by the duration of treatment exposure 
during the study. 
The duration of treatment exposure will be the total number of days of administration of the open-
label investigational medicinal product, regardless of unplanned intermittent discontinuations. 
The duration of daily IMP exposure will be calculated as: 
(Date of the last open-label IMP injection – Date of the first open-label IMP injection) + 1. 
The duration of weekly IMP exposure will be calculated as: 
(Date of the last open-label IMP injection – Date of the first open-label IMP injection) + 7. 
The number (%) of patients randomized and exposed to the open-label IMP will be presented by 
specific time periods for each treatment group in the safety population. The time periods of 
interest are grouped as follows: 
• 
1 to 14 days; 
• 
15 to 28 days; 
• 
29 to 56 days; 
• 
57 to 84 days; 
• 
85 to 126 days; 
• 
127 to 168 days; 
• 
169 to 182 days; 
• 
183 to 210 days; 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 105 
• 
211 to 238 days; 
• 
239 to 294 days; 
• 
295 to 364 days 
• 
>364 days. 
Descriptive statistics of duration of treatment exposure (number, mean, SD, minimum, median, 
and maximum) and cumulative exposure in patient year will also be presented by treatment group 
in the safety population. 
11.4.3.2 Compliance 
Overall treatment compliance is defined as the actual number of days with IMP injection 
compared to the planned number of days with IMP injection during the open-label treatment 
period, up to treatment discontinuation. It is calculated according to the following formula: 
For once/twice daily formulation 
Compliance rate (%) = 
100
injection
 
IMP
 with 
days
 
of
number 
 
Planned
injection
 
IMP
 with 
days
 
of
number 
 
Total
×
⎥⎦
⎤
⎢⎣
⎡
. 
For once weekly formulations, 
Compliance rate (%) = 
100
injection
 
IMP
 with 
 weeks
of
number 
 
Planned
injection
 
IMP
 with 
 weeks
of
number 
 
Total
×
⎥⎦
⎤
⎢⎣
⎡
 
11.4.4 Analyses of efficacy endpoints 
Efficacy analyses will be performed on the mITT population using efficacy assessment obtained 
during the study, including those obtained after IMP discontinuation or introduction of rescue 
therapy, unless otherwise specified. 
For a patient to be included in a change from baseline analysis (endpoint – baseline) or a baseline 
adjusted analysis of an endpoint, the patient must have both a baseline and a post-baseline 
measurement for that endpoint. 
11.4.4.1 Analysis of primary efficacy endpoint 
See Section 9.1.1. 
Primary analysis 
The statistical test will be two-sided tests at a nominal 5% significance level. 
The primary efficacy endpoint (change in HbA1c from baseline to Week 26) will be analyzed 
using a mixed-effect model with repeated measures (MMRM) under the missing at random 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 106 
framework. The MMRM model will include treatment group (FRC or GLP-1 receptor agonist), 
randomization strata of HbA1c (<8%, ≥8%) at V1 (Week -2), randomization strata of GLP-1 
receptor agonist subtype (once/twice daily formulations, once weekly formulations) at screening, 
visit (Week 8, Week 12, Week 18, Week 22 and Week 26), treatment-by-visit interaction and 
world region as fixed effects, and baseline HbA1c value-by-visit interaction as the covariates. The 
adjusted mean change in HbA1c from baseline to Week 26 for each treatment group will be 
estimated in the framework of this model, as well as the between group difference and the 95% 
confidence interval (CI) for the adjusted mean.  
The MMRM model will be implemented using Statistical analysis system (SAS®) (Version 9.4 or 
higher) MIXED procedure (PROC MIXED) with an unstructured correlation matrix to model the 
within-patient errors. Parameters will be estimated using the restricted maximum likelihood 
method with the Newton-Raphson algorithm. Denominator degree of freedom will be estimated 
using the Kenward-Roger approximation by fitting values from post-randomization scheduled 
visits in the 26-week randomized treatment period. This model will use only scheduled HbA1c 
measurements. 
Sensitivity analyses 
The following sensitivity analyses will be performed for the primary endpoint: 
• 
The same MMRM model as described in the primary analysis will also be performed by 
including only the scheduled HbA1c measurements collected during the 26-week on-
treatment period (see Section 9.2). 
• 
A sensitivity analysis will also be conducted on the 26-week completers in mITT 
population (ie, all mITT patients who completed the 26-week open-label randomized 
treatment period and did not start any rescue therapy before the end of the 26 week 
randomized treatment period) using the observed Week 26 values and the same MMRM 
model as described above. 
• 
To investigate the impact of rescue medication, the same MMRM model as described in 
the primary analysis will be performed by excluding the measurements after receiving the 
rescue medication. 
• 
In order for patients with missing data to be adequately represented by the patients with 
data, a sensitivity analysis using multiple imputations with respect to jump to control 
under the MNAR assumption will be performed. In particular,  
- 
For patients in the GLP1-RA group who have no HbA1c values at Week 26, the 
missing data will be considered as missing at random. Missing HbA1c values in this 
situation will be imputed by the regression method using the observed data from  
GLP-1 RA group. The regression imputation model will include baseline HbA1c 
values and randomization strata.  
- 
For patients in the FRC group who have no HbA1c value at Week 26, the missing 
HbA1c values will be imputed using baseline HbA1c values, randomization strata and 
coefficients generated from the regression model in the GLP-1 RA group plus an error. 
The error term will be randomly drawn from normal distribution with mean zero and a 
standard deviation. The standard deviation of the normal distribution will be calculated 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 107 
from pooled standard error of the regression model in the GLP-1 RA group and the 
standard error of the regression model in the FRC group.  The regression model in the 
FRC group will be generated using the observed data from FRC group and will include 
baseline HbA1c values and randomization strata.  
- 
Missing HbA1c values at Week 26 will be imputed 100 times to generate 100 data sets 
with complete HbA1c values at Week 26. The change from baseline to Week 26 will 
be derived from observed and imputed HbA1c values at this time point. The completed 
data sets will be analyzed using an Analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) model with 
treatment groups, randomization strata, and world region as factors and the baseline 
HbA1c value as a covariate. The results from the 100 analyses will be combined using 
SAS PROC MIANALYZE. 
Assessment of treatment effect by subgroup 
Descriptive analyses will be performed on the primary endpoint to summarize the treatment 
effects across subgroups defined by the following baseline or screening factors: 
• 
Race; 
• 
Ethnicity (Hispanic, Not Hispanic); 
• 
Age group (<50, ≥50 to <65, ≥65 to <75, ≥75 years of age); 
• 
Gender; 
• 
Baseline BMI level (<30, ≥30 kg/m2); 
• 
Baseline GLP-1 receptor agonist subtype (once/twice daily formulations, once weekly 
formulations); 
• 
Baseline HbA1c (<8%, ≥8%); 
• 
Pioglitazone use (Yes, No) at screening; 
• 
World region; 
• 
Country. 
The treatment effects across the subgroups defined for each of these factors will be estimated for 
the change from baseline to Week 26 in HbA1c in the mITT population, and using the MMRM 
approach with treatment group (FRC or GLP-1 receptor agonist), randomization strata of HbA1c 
(<8%, ≥8%) at V1 (Week -2), randomization strata of GLP-1 receptor agonist subtype (once/twice 
daily formulations, once weekly formulations) at screening visit, subgroup factor, treatment-by-
visit, treatment-by-subgroup factor, visit-by-subgroup factor, treatment-by-visit-by-subgroup 
factor, and world region as fixed effects, and using the baseline HbA1c value-by-visit interaction 
as a covariate. The adjusted estimates of treatment mean differences (FRC versus GLP-1 receptor 
agonist) with standard errors and 95% CIs will be provided as appropriate across the subgroups. 
In case that the subgroup factor is identical or similar to a randomization strata factor (eg, baseline 
HbA1c category and GLP-1 RA category), only the subgroup factor will be included in the model 
in order to avoid collinearity issue in the analysis. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 108 
In case that the subgroup factor is country, the world region will not be included in the model. 
A similar MMRM model will also be used to estimate the within-group treatment effect for the 
change from baseline to Week 26 in HbA1c for the following subgroups: 
• 
Anti-lixisenatide antibody status (positive, negative) at the end of 26-week treatment; 
• 
Anti-insulin glargine antibody status (positive, negative) at the end of 26-week treatment;  
• 
Anti-lixisenatide antibody concentration at the end of 26-week treatment: <lower limit of 
quantification (LLOQ), ≥ LLOQ to 100 nmol/L, >100 nmol/L. 
The adjusted means for each treatment group will be provided across the subgroups as 
appropriate, as well as the associated standard errors and 95% confidence intervals. 
The change of HbA1c from baseline over time by visit will be evaluated by descriptive statistics 
(mean, SD, median and ranges) by treatment for the 26-week randomized treatment period and for 
FRC group for the whole study period including the extension period. 
11.4.4.2 Analyses of secondary efficacy endpoints 
Descriptive statistics (number, mean, standard deviation, median, minimum, and maximum) will 
be provided by treatment for all continuous secondary variables defined in Section 9.2.1 at the 
scheduled visits for the 26-week randomized treatment period. For continuous variables in the 
extension period defined in Section 9.2.1, descriptive statistics will be provided for FRC group at 
the scheduled visits for the whole study period including the extension period. 
Except for 2-hour PPG and glucose excursion, all continuous secondary efficacy endpoints at 
Week 26 defined in Section 9.2.1 will be analyzed using the same MMRM approach as described 
in Section 11.4.4.1 to compare FRC with GLP-1 receptor agonist. This model will include fixed 
effect terms including treatment group (FRC or GLP-1 receptor agonist), randomization strata of 
HbA1c (<8%, ≥8%) at V1 (Week -2), randomization strata of GLP-1 receptor agonist subtype 
(once/twice daily formulations, once weekly formulations) at screening, scheduled visit, 
treatment-by-visit interaction, and world region, and the covariate of baseline value-by-visit 
interaction. Means and adjusted means of each treatment group will be provided, as well as 
adjusted mean and associated two-sided 95% CI of the differences between treatment groups. The 
statistical tests for between-group differences will be two-sided at the alpha level of 0.05. The 
analyses include all scheduled measurements collected during the 26-week randomized treatment 
period including those obtained after IMP discontinuation or rescue medication use. 
2-hour PPG and glucose excursion, for which only one post baseline measurement is scheduled, 
will be analyzed using the similar ANCOVAwith the missing data at Week 26 imputed by LOCF 
as described in Section 11.4.4.1 to compare FRC with GLP-1 receptor agonist. This model will 
include fixed effect terms including treatment group (FRC or GLP-1 receptor agonist), 
randomization strata of HbA1c (<8%, ≥8%) at V1 (Week -2), randomization strata of GLP-1 
receptor agonist subtype (once/twice daily formulations, once weekly formulations) at screening, 
and world region, and a covariate using the corresponding baseline value. Means and adjust 
means of each treatment group will be provided, as well as adjusted mean and associated two-
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 109 
sided 95% CI of the difference between treatment groups. The LOCF procedure will be used by 
taking the last available post-baseline collected during the 26-week randomized treatment period 
as the value at Week 26. 
All categorical secondary efficacy endpoints defined for the 26-week randomized treatment 
period in Section 9.2.1 will be analyzed using a Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel (CMH) method 
stratified on randomization strata of HbA1c (<8%, ≥8%) and randomization strata of GLP-1 
receptor agonist subtype (once/twice daily formulations, once weekly formulations) at screening 
visit (V1, Week -2). The proportion in each treatment group will be provided, as well as the 
difference of proportions between groups with associated 2-sided 95% CI. For the categorical 
secondary endpoints in which HbA1c is assessed at Week 26, all values at Week 26 will be used 
to determine whether a patient is a responder or not, even if they are measured after IMP 
discontinuation or introduction or rescue therapy. If no assessment is available at Week 26 at all, 
patients will be treated as failures (non-responders).  For the categorical secondary endpoints 
defined for the extension period in Section 9.2.1, counts and percentages will be summarized 
using all data available at Week 52, with patients having data missing at Week 52 treated as non-
responders. 
11.4.4.3 Multiplicity considerations 
To control the type I error, a step-down testing procedure (please see Figure 1) will be applied.  
For the primary efficacy endpoint (change from baseline to Week 26 in HbA1c), no multiplicity 
adjustment is needed to control the Type I error since only one comparison of FRC versus GLP-1 
receptor agonist will be performed. 
If the primary variable is statistically significant at the 5% level, a hierarchical testing procedure 
will be performed to test the following secondary efficacy variables in the following prioritized 
order. Testing will stop when an endpoint is found not to be statistically significant at the 5% 
level: 
1. Percentage of patients reaching HbA1c <7% at Week 26. 
2. Change in FPG from baseline to Week 26. 
3. Change in the daily average of the 7-point SMPG from baseline to Week 26. 
4. Change in 2-hour Post Prandial Glucose (PPG) and/or glucose excursion during the 
standardized meal test from baseline to Week 26. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 110 
Figure 1 - The step-down testing procedure 
 
 
11.4.5 Analyses of other endpoints 
Analyses of other endpoints defined in Section 9.3 will be performed on the mITT population 
using all assessments obtained during the 26-week randomized treatment period, including those 
obtained after IMP discontinuation or introduction of rescue therapy. The similar analyses will 
also be performed using assessment obtained during 26-week on-treatment period (see 
Section 9.2), unless otherwise specified. Descriptive statistics will be summarized by treatment 
group. For selected other endpoints defined in Section 9.3.2, descriptive statistics will also be 
summarized for FRC group for the whole study period including the extension period. 
For PK parameters, lixisenatide total plasma concentrations will be listed and summarized by visit 
and time window and by anti-lixisenatide antibody status in the PK population, using descriptive 
statistics by N, geometric mean, coefficient of variation, median, minimum and maximum. The 
results of the PK evaluation and the immunogenicity assessments will be issued separately from 
the study report. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 111 
11.4.6 Analyses of safety data 
See Section 9.2.2. 
The summary of safety results will be presented by treatment group for the 26-week randomized 
treatment period, unless specified otherwise. Similar summary of safety results will also be 
presented for FRC group for the whole study period including the extension period, as 
appropriate. 
All safety analyses will be performed on the safety population as defined in Section 11.3.2 using 
the following common rules: 
The baseline value is defined as the last available value prior to the first injection of open-label 
IMP. 
The following definitions will be applied to laboratory parameters and vital signs. 
• 
The potentially clinically significant abnormality (PCSA) values for clinical laboratory 
tests and vital signs are defined as abnormal values considered medically important by 
Sponsor’s Global Pharmacovigilance and Epidemiology department and in effect at the 
time of the final SAP approval. PCSA criteria for parameters not cited in the protocol as 
safety parameters will not be analyzed; 
• 
PCSA criteria will determine which patients had at least 1 PCSA during the on-treatment 
period, taking into account all evaluations performed during the on-treatment period, 
including unscheduled or repeated evaluations. The number of all such patients will be the 
numerator for the on-treatment PCSA percentage. 
The “observation period” defined in Section 9.2.1.1 are applicable for classification of 
symptomatic hypoglycemia, AEs, determination of on-treatment PCSA values and the last on-
treatment value for the laboratory, vital sign and ECG parameters. 
11.4.6.1 Analyses of symptomatic hypoglycemia 
See Section 10.6.1. 
The number (%) of patients and event rate in patient years (2 types: the number of patients with 
events or the total number of events per 100 patient-year) of each type of symptomatic 
hypoglycemia (severe, documented and probable symptomatic hypoglycemia) will be summarized 
by treatment group. The pattern of symptomatic hypoglycemia occurrence over time will also be 
assessed, as appropriate. 
11.4.6.2 Analyses of adverse events 
Pre-treatment AEs are AEs that developed or worsened or became serious pre-treatment period. 
Treatment-emergent AEs (TEAEs) are AEs that developed or worsened (according to the 
Investigator’s opinion) or became serious during the period from the administration of first dose 
of the study treatments up to 3 days (9 days for the weekly GLP1) after the last administration.. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 112 
Post-treatment AEs are AEs that developed or worsened or became serious during the post-
treatment period. 
The primary focus of AE reporting in the CSR will be on TEAEs. Pre- and post-treatment AEs 
will be described separately. 
All adverse events 
Adverse event incidence tables will present by system organ class (SOC) (sorted by 
internationally agreed order), high-level group term (HLGT), high level term (HLT) and preferred 
term (PT) sorted in alphabetical order for each treatment group, the number (n) and percentage 
(%) of patients experiencing an AE. Multiple occurrences of the same event in the same patient 
will be counted only once in the tables within a treatment phase. The denominator for 
computation of percentages is the safety population within each treatment group. 
Summaries of all TEAEs in each treatment group will include: 
• 
The overview of AEs, summarizing number (%) of patients with any  
- 
TEAE; 
- 
serious TEAE; 
- 
TEAE leading to death; 
- 
TEAE leading to permanent treatment discontinuation; 
• 
The number (n) and percentage (%) of patients with at least one AE by primary SOC, 
HLGT, HLT and PT; 
• 
Summary of TEAEs by maximal severity (severe, moderate, mild), presented by primary 
SOC and PT; 
• 
Summary of TEAEs possibly related to open-label IMP, presented by primary SOC and 
PT. 
A detailed listing of TEAE summaries will be provided in the statistical analysis plan. 
Death and serious adverse events 
Death and treatment-emergent SAEs will be summarized and presented as number and percent of 
patients in each treatment group. 
The following deaths summaries will be generated: 
• 
Number (%) of patients who died by study period (TEAE, on-study) summarized on the 
safety population by treatment received; 
• 
Death in nonrandomized or randomized and not treated patients; 
• 
TEAE leading to death (death as an outcome on the AE e-CRF page as reported by the 
Investigator) by primary SOC, HLGT, HLT and PT showing number (%) of patients 
sorted by internationally agreed order of SOC and alphabetic order of HLGT, HLT, and 
PT.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 113 
Adverse events leading to permanent treatment discontinuation 
TEAEs leading to permanent treatment discontinuation will be summarized and presented as 
number and percent of patients in each treatment group. 
Local tolerability at injection site 
AEs related to local intolerability at the injection site will be identified by searching the term 
“injection site” in either the PTs coded from the Investigator reported terms or the PTs coded from 
the ARAC diagnosis terms. The number (%) of patients with related events will be summarized 
by treatment group. 
Allergic reactions 
The number (%) of patients with events adjudicated as allergic reactions by ARAC and with 
events adjudicated by ARAC as possibly related to the IMP will be summarized by treatment 
group. All the allergic events reported by the Investigators on the AE form for suspected allergic 
event and its associated complementary forms (confirmed or not confirmed by ARAC) will be 
listed. 
Pancreatic-related events 
• 
Increased pancreatic enzymes >2 times ULN  
- 
The number (%) of patients with events reported on the AE form for increased lipase 
and/or amylase >2 times ULN and its associated complementary forms will be 
summarized by PTs for each treatment group, sorted by decreasing incidence of PT. 
- 
The number (%) of patients with events positively adjudicated as pancreatitis by the 
PSAC will be summarized by type: 1) acute pancreatitis, 2) acute exacerbation of 
chronic pancreatitis, 3) chronic pancreatitis, 4) unknown pancreatitis. All events sent to 
PSAC for adjudication of pancreatitis (ie, events reported on the AE form for increased 
lipase and/or amylase>2 times ULN) will be listed along with the adjudication 
outcome. 
• 
Pancreatic neoplasm  
- 
All the events sent to PSAC for adjudication for pancreatic neoplasm will be listed 
along with the adjudication outcome including PSAC diagnosis, type of neoplasm 
(malignant, benign, not determined), cancer stage and causal relationship to the study 
drug (related, possibly related, unlikely related, not related), etc. 
Increased calcitonin 
The number (%) of patients with events reported on the AE form for increased calcitonin 
≥20 pg/mL and its associated complementary forms will be summarized by PTs for each 
treatment group. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 114 
ALT increase 
The number (%) of patients with events reported on the AE form for ALT increase and its 
associated complementary forms will be summarized by PT for each treatment group. 
Device-related events 
The number (%) of patients with events reported on Device-related event questionnaire will be 
summarized for each treatment group along with 2 subcategories, events associated with a clinical 
event (either symptomatic hypoglycemic event or adverse event) and events not associated with 
clinical event. The number of events and rates in patient year will also be summarized as 
appropriate. In addition, a listing of patients with those events will be provided. 
11.4.6.3 Analyses of laboratory variables 
See Section 9.2.2.3. 
The number (%) of patients with PCSA at any evaluation during the on-treatment period will be 
summarized for each clinical laboratory test within each treatment group. The summaries will 
include patients in the safety population who have at least one laboratory test performed during 
the on-treatment period and, when required by the definition of the abnormality, with an available 
baseline value and available laboratory normal range. 
Descriptive statistics will be used to summarize the laboratory test results and the changes from 
baseline by visit and for the last on-treatment value within each treatment group. 
Shift tables and other tabular and graphical methods may be used to present the results for 
laboratory tests of interest. 
Listing will be provided with flags indicating the out of laboratory range values as well as the 
PCSA values. 
Drug-Induced Liver Injury 
The liver function tests, namely AST, ALT, alkaline phosphatase and total bilirubin are used to 
assess possible drug induced liver toxicity. The proportion of patients with PCSA values at any 
post baseline visit by baseline status will be displayed by treatment group for each parameter. The 
proportion of patients with PCSA values at any post baseline visit will also be displayed by 
duration of exposure for each treatment group only if a tabulation summary is necessary. 
A listing will be provided of possible Hy’s Law cases identified by treatment group (eg, patients 
with any elevated ALT >3 x ULN, and associated with an increase in total bilirubin >2 x ULN) 
with liver-related TEAEs, ALT, AST, ALP , total bilirubin  and the following complementary 
parameters, if available: Conjugated Bilirubin and Prothrombin Time/International normalized 
ratio (INR), creatine phosphokinase, serum creatinine, complete blood count, Immunoglobin M 
(IgM) antibodies to Hepatitis A virus, IgM antibodies to Hepatitis B core antigen, antibodies to 
Hepatitis C Virus, and Hepatitis C ribonucleic acid, IgM antibodies to Cytomegalovirus, and IgM 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 115 
antibodies to Hepatitis E virus, Auto-antibodies: anti-nuclear, anti-deoxyribonucleic acid, anti-
smooth muscle, Epstein-Barr virus, Herpes viruses and anti-liver/kidney microsomes. 
11.4.6.4 Analyses of vital sign variables 
See Section 9.2.2.4. 
The number and percentage of patients with PCSA at any evaluation during the on-treatment 
period will be summarized for each vital sign parameter within each treatment group. The 
summaries will include patients in the safety population who have at least one parameter to be 
analyzed during the on-treatment period. When the PCSA definition involves the change from the 
baseline value, patients need also to have a baseline value to be included in the summaries.  
Descriptive statistics will be used to summarize the results for systolic and diastolic blood 
pressure and heart rate, and the changes from baseline by visit and for the last on-treatment value 
within each treatment group.  
Tabular and graphical methods may be used to present the results for parameters of interest. 
Listings will be provided with flags indicating the PCSA values. 
11.4.6.5 Analysis of 12 lead ECG status 
See Section 9.2.2.5. 
A shift table will be provided to present the ECG on-treatment status according to the baseline 
status within each treatment group. 
11.4.6.6 Analyses of anti-drug antibody variables 
Analyses of antibody variables will be performed on the safety population (only in patients from 
the FRC group). 
The number and percentage of patients by antibody status will be listed and summarized by visit, 
as well as the percentage of conversion from negative to positive status from baseline to Week 26 
and Week 52.  For anti-insulin antibodies, the number and percentage of patients with cross-
reactivity to human insulin will also be summarized by visit in anti-insulin glargine positive 
patients. For anti-lixisenatide antibodies, the number and percentage of patients with cross-
reactivity to GLP-1 and glucagon will be summarized by visit in anti-lixisenatide antibody 
positive patients.  
Antibody levels (titer or concentration), as well as respective percentage changes from baseline 
for anti-insulin antibodies, will be listed and summarized by visit using descriptive statistics by N, 
geometric mean, coefficient of variation, median, minimum and maximum. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 116 
11.5 
INTERIM ANALYSIS 
No formal interim analysis for efficacy is planned for this study. 
The primary analysis of the efficacy and safety will be performed on the data collected during the 
26-week randomized treatment period. The timing of this analysis is when the last randomized 
patient has completed the 26-week randomized treatment period. The results of the primary 
analysis will not be used to change the conduct of the ongoing study in any aspect. 
It is planned to lock the database approximately 4 weeks after Last Patient Last Visit of the 
randomized treatment period (26 weeks). It is further planned to lock the database approximately 
4 weeks after Last Patient Last Visit of the single-arm extension period (extension by further 
26 weeks). 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 117 
12 
ETHICAL AND REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS 
12.1 
ETHICAL AND REGULATORY STANDARDS 
This clinical trial will be conducted by the Sponsor, the Investigator, delegated Investigator staff 
and Subinvestigator, in accordance with the principles laid down by the 18th World Medical 
Association Assembly (Helsinki, 1964) and all applicable amendments laid down by the World 
Medical Association Assemblies, and the International Council for Harmonization (ICH) 
guidelines for good clinical practice (GCP), all applicable laws, rules and regulations. 
This clinical trial will be recorded in a free, publicly accessible, internet-based registry, no later 
than 21 days after the first patient enrollment, in compliance with applicable regulatory 
requirements and with Sanofi public disclosure commitments.  
12.2 
INFORMED CONSENT 
The Investigator (according to applicable regulatory requirements), or a person designated by the 
Investigator, and under the Investigator's responsibility, should fully inform the patient of all 
pertinent aspects of the clinical trial including the written information giving approval/favorable 
opinion by the Ethics Committee (IRB/IEC). All participants should be informed to the fullest 
extent possible about the study, in language and terms they are able to understand. 
Prior to a patient’s participation in the clinical trial, the written informed consent form should be 
signed, name filled in and personally dated by the patient or by the patient’s legally acceptable 
representative, and by the person who conducted the informed consent discussion. A copy of the 
signed and dated written informed consent form will be provided to the patient.  
The informed consent form used by the Investigator for obtaining the patient's informed consent 
must be reviewed and approved by the Sponsor prior to submission to the appropriate Ethics 
Committee (IRB/IEC) for approval/favorable opinion. 
12.3 
INSTITUTIONAL REVIEW BOARD/INDEPENDENT ETHICS COMMITTEE (IRB/IEC) 
As required by local regulation, the Investigator or the Sponsor must submit this clinical trial 
protocol to the appropriate IRB/IEC, and is required to forward to the respective other party  a 
copy of the written and dated approval/favorable opinion signed by the Chairman with  IRB/IEC 
composition. 
The clinical trial (study number, clinical trial protocol title and version number), the documents 
reviewed (clinical trial protocol, informed consent form, Investigator’s Brochure, Investigator’s 
curriculum vitae [CV], etc) and the date of the review should be clearly stated on the written 
(IRB/IEC) approval/favorable opinion. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 118 
IMP will not be released at the study site and the Investigator will not start the study before the 
written and dated approval/favorable opinion is received by the Investigator and the Sponsor. 
During the clinical trial, any amendment or modification to the clinical trial protocol should be 
submitted to the IRB/IEC before implementation, unless the change is necessary to eliminate an 
immediate hazard to the patients, in which case the IRB/IEC should be informed as soon as 
possible. It should also be informed of any event likely to affect the safety of patients or the 
continued conduct of the clinical trial, in particular any change in safety. All updates to the 
Investigator’s Brochure will be sent to the IRB/IEC. 
A progress report is sent to the IRB/IEC at least annually and a summary of the clinical trial’s 
outcome at the end of the clinical trial.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 119 
13 
STUDY MONITORING 
13.1 
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE INVESTIGATOR(S) 
The Investigator is required to ensure compliance with all procedures required by the clinical trial 
protocol and with all study procedures provided by the Sponsor (including security rules). The 
Investigator agrees to provide reliable data and all information requested by the clinical trial 
protocol (with the help of the CRF, Discrepancy Resolution Form [DRF] or other appropriate 
instrument) in an accurate and legible manner according to the instructions provided and to ensure 
direct access to source documents by Sponsor representatives. 
If any circuit includes transfer of data particular attention should be paid to the confidentiality of 
the patient's data to be transferred. 
The Investigator may appoint such other individuals as he/she may deem appropriate as 
Subinvestigators to assist in the conduct of the clinical trial in accordance with the clinical trial 
protocol. All Subinvestigators shall be appointed and listed in a timely manner. The 
Subinvestigators will be supervised by and work under the responsibility of the Investigator. The 
Investigator will provide them with a copy of the clinical trial protocol and all necessary 
information. 
13.2 
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SPONSOR 
The Sponsor of this clinical trial is responsible to regulatory authorities for taking all reasonable 
steps to ensure the proper conduct of the clinical trial as regards ethics, clinical trial protocol 
compliance, and integrity and validity of the data recorded on the CRFs. Thus, the main duty of 
the monitoring team is to help the Investigator and the Sponsor maintain a high level of ethical, 
scientific, technical and regulatory quality in all aspects of the clinical trial. 
At regular intervals during the clinical trial, the site will be contacted, through monitoring visits, 
letters or telephone calls, by a representative of the monitoring team to review study progress, 
Investigator and patient compliance with clinical trial protocol requirements and any emergent 
problems. These monitoring visits will include but not be limited to review of the following 
aspects: patient informed consent, patient recruitment and follow-up, SAE documentation and 
reporting, AESI documentation and reporting, AE documentation, IMP allocation, patient 
compliance with the IMP regimen, IMP accountability, concomitant therapy use and quality of 
data. 
13.3 
SOURCE DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS 
According to the ICH GCP, the monitoring team must check the CRF entries against the source 
documents, except for the pre-identified source data directly recorded in the CRF. The informed 
consent form will include a statement by which the patient allows the Sponsor’s duly authorized 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 120 
personnel, the Ethics Committee (IRB/IEC), and the regulatory authorities to have direct access to 
original medical records  which support the data on the CRFs (eg, patient's medical file, 
appointment books, original laboratory records). These personnel, bound by professional secrecy, 
must maintain the confidentiality of all personal identity or personal medical information 
(according to confidentiality and personal data protection rules). 
13.4 
USE AND COMPLETION OF CASE REPORT FORMS (CRFS) AND ADDITIONAL 
REQUEST 
It is the responsibility of the Investigator to maintain adequate and accurate CRFs (according to 
the technology used) designed by the Sponsor to record (according to Sponsor instructions) all 
observations and other data pertinent to the clinical investigation in a timely manner. All CRFs 
should be completed in their entirety in a neat, legible manner to ensure accurate interpretation of 
data. 
Should a correction be made, the corrected information will be entered in the e-CRF overwriting 
the initial information. An audit trail allows identifying the modification.  
Data are available within the system to the Sponsor as soon as they are entered in the e-CRF. 
The computerized handling of the data by the Sponsor may generate additional requests (DRF) to 
which the Investigator is obliged to respond by confirming or modifying the data questioned. The 
requests with their responses will be managed through the e-CRF. 
13.5 
USE OF COMPUTERIZED SYSTEMS 
The complete list of computerized systems used for the study is provided in a separate document 
which is maintained in the Sponsor and Investigator study files. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 121 
14 
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 
14.1 
CURRICULUM VITAE 
A current copy of the curriculum vitae describing the experience, qualification and training of 
each Investigator and Subinvestigator will be signed, dated and provided to the Sponsor prior to 
the beginning of the clinical trial. 
14.2 
RECORD RETENTION IN STUDY SITES 
The Investigator must maintain confidential all study documentation, and take measures to 
prevent accidental or premature destruction of these documents. 
The Investigator should retain the study documents at least 15 years after the completion or 
discontinuation of the clinical trial. 
However, applicable regulatory requirements should be taken into account in the event that a 
longer period is required. 
The Investigator must notify the Sponsor prior to destroying any study essential documents 
following the clinical trial completion or discontinuation. 
If the Investigator's personal situation is such that archiving can no longer be ensured by him/her, 
the Investigator shall inform the Sponsor and the relevant records shall be transferred to a 
mutually agreed upon designee.  
14.3 
CONFIDENTIALITY 
All information disclosed or provided by the Sponsor (or any company/institution acting on their 
behalf), or produced during the clinical trial, including, but not limited to, the clinical trial 
protocol, personal data in relation to the patients, the CRFs, the Investigator's Brochure and the 
results obtained during the course of the clinical trial, is confidential, prior to the publication of 
results. The Investigator and any person under his/her authority agree to undertake to keep 
confidential and not to disclose the information to any third party without the prior written 
approval of the Sponsor. 
However, the submission of this clinical trial protocol and other necessary documentation to the 
Ethics committee (IRB/IEC) is expressly permitted, the IRB/IEC members having the same 
obligation of confidentiality. 
The Subinvestigators shall be bound by the same obligation as the Investigator. The Investigator 
shall inform the Subinvestigators of the confidential nature of the clinical trial. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 122 
The Investigator and the Subinvestigators shall use the information solely for the purposes of the 
clinical trial, to the exclusion of any use for their own or for a third party's account. 
14.4 
PROPERTY RIGHTS 
All information, documents and IMP provided by the Sponsor or its designee are and remain the 
sole property of the Sponsor. 
The Investigator shall not and shall cause the delegated Investigator staff /Subinvestigator not to 
mention any information or the Product in any application for a patent or for any other intellectual 
property rights. 
All the results, data, documents and inventions, which arise directly or indirectly from the clinical 
trial in any form, shall be the immediate and exclusive property of the Sponsor. 
The Sponsor may use or exploit all the results at its own discretion, without any limitation to its 
property right (territory, field, continuance). The Sponsor shall be under no obligation to patent, 
develop, market or otherwise use the results of the clinical trial. 
As the case may be, the Investigator and/or the Subinvestigators shall provide all assistance 
required by the Sponsor, at the Sponsor's expense, for obtaining and defending any patent, 
including signature of legal documents. 
14.5 
DATA PROTECTION 
• 
The patient's personal data, which are included in the Sponsor database shall be treated in 
compliance with all applicable laws and regulations; 
• 
When archiving or processing personal data pertaining to the Investigator and/or to the 
patients, the Sponsor shall take all appropriate measures to safeguard and prevent access to 
this data by any unauthorized third party. 
• 
The Sponsor also collects specific data regarding Investigator as well as personal data 
from any person involved in the study which may be included in the Sponsor’s databases, 
shall be treated by both the Sponsor and the Investigator in compliance with all applicable 
laws and regulations. 
Subject race or ethnicity will be collected in this study because these data are required by several 
regulatory authorities (eg, on afro American population for FDA) (29). 
The data collected in this study will only be used for the purpose(s) of the study and to document 
the evaluation of the benefit/ risk ratio, efficacy and safety of the product(s). They may be further 
processed if they have been anonymized. 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 123 
14.6 
INSURANCE COMPENSATION 
The Sponsor certifies that it has taken out a liability insurance policy covering all clinical trials 
under its sponsorship.  This insurance policy is in accordance with local laws and requirements. 
The insurance of the Sponsor does not relieve the Investigator and the collaborators from any 
obligation to maintain their own liability insurance policy. An insurance certificate will be 
provided to the IECs/IRBs or regulatory authorities in countries requiring this document.  
14.7 
SPONSOR AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS BY REGULATORY AGENCIES 
For the purpose of ensuring compliance with the clinical trial protocol, Good Clinical Practice and 
applicable regulatory requirements, the Investigator should permit auditing by or on the behalf of 
the Sponsor and inspection by regulatory authorities. 
The Investigator agrees to allow the auditors/inspectors to have direct access to his/her study 
records for review, being understood that these personnel is bound by professional secrecy, and as 
such will not disclose any personal identity or personal medical information. 
The Investigator will make every effort to help with the performance of the audits and inspections, 
giving access to all necessary facilities, data, and documents. 
As soon as the Investigator is notified of a planned inspection by the authorities, he will inform 
the Sponsor and authorize the Sponsor to participate in this inspection. 
The confidentiality of the data verified and the protection of the patients should be respected 
during these inspections. 
Any result and information arising from the inspections by the regulatory authorities will be 
immediately communicated by the Investigator to the Sponsor. 
The Investigator shall take appropriate measures required by the Sponsor to take corrective 
actions for all problems found during the audit or inspections. 
14.8 
PREMATURE DISCONTINUATION OF THE STUDY OR PREMATURE CLOSE-OUT OF 
A SITE 
14.8.1 By the Sponsor  
The Sponsor has the right to terminate the participation of either an individual site or the study at 
any time, for any reason, including but not limited to the following:  
• 
The information on the product leads to doubt as to the benefit/risk ratio; 
• 
Patient enrollment is unsatisfactory; 
• 
The Investigator has received from the Sponsor all IMP, means and information necessary 
to perform the clinical trial and has not included any patient after a reasonable period of 
time mutually agreed upon; 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 124 
• 
Non-compliance of the Investigator or Subinvestigator, delegated staff with any provision 
of the clinical trial protocol, and breach of the applicable laws and regulations or breach of 
the ICH GCP; 
• 
The total number of patients are included earlier than expected; 
In any case the Sponsor will notify the Investigator of its decision by written notice. 
14.8.2 By the Investigator 
The Investigator may terminate his/her participation upon thirty (30) days' prior written notice if 
the study site or the Investigator for any reason becomes unable to perform or complete the 
clinical trial.  
In the event of premature discontinuation of the study or premature close-out of a site, for any 
reason whatsoever, the appropriate IRB/IEC and regulatory authorities should be informed 
according to applicable regulatory requirements. 
14.9 
CLINICAL TRIAL RESULTS 
The Sponsor will be responsible for preparing a clinical study report and to provide a summary of 
study results to the Investigator. 
14.10 PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS 
The Investigator undertakes not to make any publication or release pertaining to the study and/or 
results of the study prior to the Sponsor’s written consent, being understood that the Sponsor will 
not unreasonably withhold its approval. 
As the study is being conducted at multiple sites, the Sponsor agrees that, consistent with 
scientific standards, a primary presentation or publication of the study results based on global 
study outcomes shall be sought. However, if no multicenter publication is submitted, underway or 
planned within twelve (12) months of the completion of this study at all sites, the Investigator 
shall have the right to publish or present independently the results of this study in agreement with 
other Investigators and stakeholders. The Investigator shall provide the Sponsor with a copy of 
any such presentation or publication for review and comment at least 30 days in advance of any 
presentation or submission for publication.  In addition, if requested by the Sponsor, any 
presentation or submission for publication shall be delayed for a limited time, not to exceed 
90 days, to allow for filing of a patent application or such other justified measures as the Sponsor 
deems appropriate to establish and preserve its proprietary rights.  
The Investigator shall not use the name(s) of the Sponsor and/or its employees in advertising or 
promotional material or publication without the prior written consent of the Sponsor. The Sponsor 
shall not use the name(s) of the Investigator and/or the collaborators in advertising or promotional 
material or publication without having received his/her and/or their prior written consent(s). 
The Sponsor has the right at any time to publish the results of the study. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 125 
15 
CLINICAL TRIAL PROTOCOL AMENDMENTS 
All appendices attached hereto and referred to herein are made part of this clinical trial protocol. 
The Investigator should not implement any deviation from, or changes of the clinical trial protocol 
without agreement by the Sponsor and prior review and documented approval/favorable opinion 
from the IRB/IEC of an amendment, except where necessary to eliminate an immediate hazard(s) 
to clinical trial patients, or when the change(s) involves only logistical or administrative aspects of 
the trial. Any change agreed upon will be recorded in writing, the written amendment will be 
signed by the Investigator and by the Sponsor and the signed amendment will be filed with this 
clinical trial protocol.  
Any amendment to the clinical trial protocol requires written approval/favorable opinion by the 
IRB/IEC prior to its implementation, unless there are overriding safety reasons. 
In some instances, an amendment may require a change to the informed consent form. The 
Investigator must receive an IRB/IEC approval/favorable opinion concerning the revised informed 
consent form prior to implementation of the change and patient signature should be re-collected if 
necessary. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 126 
16 
BIBLIOGRAPHIC REFERENCES 
1. Lixisenatide Investigator's Brochure, Edition number 12 (30 March 2015), Sanofi-aventis, 
France  
2. European Medicines Agency. Lyxumia summary of product characteristics 
(EMEA/H/C/0002445). Last updated 6 November 2015 [accessed 5 January 2016]. Available 
from: 
http://www.ema.europa.eu/ema/index.jsp?curl=pages/medicines/human/medicines/002445/hu
man_med_001615.jsp&mid=WC0b01ac058001d124 
3. Adlyxin® Prescribing Information  
4. European Medicines Agency. Lantus summary of product characteristics (EMEA/H/C/000284 
-II/0098). Last updated 25 September 2015 [accessed 5 January 2016]. Available from: 
http://www.ema.europa.eu/ema/index.jsp?curl=pages/medicines/human/medicines/000284/hu
man_med_000882.jsp&mid=WC0b01ac058001d124 
5. Lantus U.S. Prescribing Information (NDA no. 021081). Revised Aug 2015 [accessed 26 Jan 
2016]. Available from: http://dailymed.nlm.nih.gov/dailymed/lookup.cfm?setid=d5e07a0c-
7e14-4756-9152-9fea485d654a 
6. European Medicines Agency. Victoza® summary of product characteristics 
(EMEA/H/C/001026). Last updated 12 July 2016 [accessed 5 September 2016]. Available 
from: http://www.ema.europa.eu/docs/en_GB/document_library/EPAR_-
_Product_Information/human/001026/WC500050017.pdf 
7. Victoza® Prescribing Information (NDA no 206321). Revised April 2016 [accessed 5 
September 2016]. Available from: 
https://dailymed.nlm.nih.gov/dailymed/drugInfo.cfm?setid=5a9ef4ea-c76a-4d34-a604-
27c5b505f5a4 
8. European Medicines Agency. Byetta® summary of product characteristics 
(EMEA/H/C/000698). Last updated 15 August 2016 [accessed 05 September 2016]. Available 
from: 
http://www.ema.europa.eu/ema/index.jsp?curl=pages/medicines/human/medicines/000698/hu
man_med_000682.jsp&mid=WC0b01ac058001d124 
9. Byetta® Prescribing Information (NDA no 021919). Revised March 2012. Available from: 
http://www.ema.europa.eu/ema/index.jsp?curl=pages/medicines/human/medicines/000698/hu
man_med_000682.jsp&mid=WC0b01ac058001d124 
10. European Medicines Agency. Bydureon® summary of product characteristics 
(EMEA/H/C/002020). Last updated 18 March 2016 [accessed 5 September 2016]. Available 
from: 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 127 
http://www.ema.europa.eu/ema/index.jsp?curl=pages/medicines/human/medicines/002020/hu
man_med_001457.jsp&mid=WC0b01ac058001d124 
11. Bydureon® Prescribing Information (NDA no 22200). Revised September 2015 [accessed 5 
September 2016]. Available from: 
https://dailymed.nlm.nih.gov/dailymed/drugInfo.cfm?setid=71fe88be-b4e6-4c2d-9cc3-
8b1864467776 
12. Tanzeum® Prescribing Information (NDA no 125431). Revised May 2015 [accessed 2 
February 2016). Available from: 
https://www.gsksource.com/pharma/content/dam/GlaxoSmithKline/US/en/Prescribing_Inform
ation/Tanzeum/pdf/TANZEUM-PI-MG-IFU-COMBINED.PDF 
13. European Medicines Agency. Trulicity® Summary of Product Characteristics 
(EMEA/H/C/002825). Last updated 31 March 2016 [accessed 5 September 2016]. Available 
from: 
http://www.ema.europa.eu/ema/index.jsp?curl=/pages/medicines/human/medicines/002825/hu
man_med_001821.jsp 
14. Trulicity® Prescribing Information (BLA no 125469). Revised October 2015 [accessed 2 
February 2016). Available from: 
http://www.drugs.com/search.php?searchterm=trulicity+prescribing+information 
15. Inzucchi SE, Bergenstal RM, Buse JB, Diamant M, Ferrannini E, Nauck M, et al. 
Management of hyperglycemia in type 2 diabetes, 2015: a patient-centered approach: update 
to a position statement of the American Diabetes Association and the European Association 
for the Study of Diabetes. Diabetes Care. 2015 Jan;38(1):140-9. 
16. Levin P, Wei W, Wang L, Pan C, Douglas D, Baser O. Combination therapy with insulin 
glargine and exenatide: real-world outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes. Current Medical 
Research & Opinion. 2012;28(3):439-46. 
17. Holst JJ, Vilsbøll T. Combining GLP-1 receptor agonists with insulin: therapeutic rationales 
and clinical findings [review article]. Diabetes, Obesity and Metabolism 2012;15(1):3-14. 
18. Perfetti R. Combining basal insulin analogs with glucagon-like peptide-1 mimetics. Diabetes 
Technology & Therapeutics. 2011;13(9):873-81. 
19. Thong KY, Jose B, Sukumar N, Cull ML, Mills AP, Sathyapalan T, et al. Safety, efficacy and 
tolerability of exenatide in combination with insulin in the Association of British Clinical 
Diabetologists nationwide exenatide audit. Diabetes, Obesity and Metabolism. 
2011;13(8):703-10. 
20. Buse JB, Bergenstal RM, Glass LC, Heilmann CR, Lewis MS, Kwan AY, et al. Use of twice-
daily exenatide in basal insulin treated patients with type 2 diabetes - a randomized, controlled 
trial. Annals of Internal Medicine. 2011;154(2):103-12. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 02  
12-May-2017 
EFC13794 - HOE901/AVE0010 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 128 
21. Jendle J, Martin SA, Milicevic Z. Insulin and GLP-1 analog combinations in type 2 diabetes 
mellitus: a critical review. Expert Opin. Investig. Drugs. 2012;21(10): 1463-74. Posted online 
on July 16, 2012. 
22. Berlie H, Hurren KM, Pinelli NR. Glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonists as add-on 
therapy to basal insulin in patients with type 2 diabetes: a systematic review. Diabetes, 
Metabolic Syndrome and Obesity. Targets and Therapy. 2012:5;165-74. 
23. De Vries JH, Bain SC, Rodbard HW, Seufert J, D’Alessio D, Thomsen AB, et al. Sequential 
intensification of metformin treatment in type 2 diabetes with liraglutide followed by 
randomized addition of basal insulin prompted by A1C targets. Diabetes Care. 
2012;35(7):1446-54. 
24. Riddle MC, Aronson R, Home P, Marre M, Niemoeller E, Miossec P, et al. Adding once-daily 
Lixisenatide for Type 2 Diabetes inadequately controlled by established basal insulin. a 24-
week, randomized, placebo-controlled comparison (GetGoal-L). Diabetes Care. 
2013;36(9):2489-96. 
25. Seino Y,  Min KW, Niemoeller  E, Takami A.  On behalf of the EFC10887 GETGOAL-L 
Asia Study Investigators. Randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of the once-daily 
GLP-1 receptor agonist lixisenatide in Asian patients with type 2 diabetes insufficiently 
controlled on basal insulin with or without a sulfonylurea (GetGoal-L-Asia). Diabetes, Obesity 
and Metabolism. 2012;14(10):910-7. 
26. Riddle MC, Forst T, Aronson R, Sauque-Reyna L, Souhami E, Silvestre L, et al. Adding once-
daily Lixisenatide for Type 2 Diabetes inadequately controlled with newly initiated and 
continuously titrated basal insulin glargine. A 24-week, randomized, placebo-controlled study 
(GETGOAL-DUO-1).  Diabetes Care. 2013;36(9):2497–503. 
27. Vora J, Bain SC, Damci T, Dzida G, Hollander P, Meneghini LF, et al. Incretin-based therapy 
in combination with basal insulin: a promising tactic for the treatment of type 2 diabetes. 
Diabetes Metab. 2013;39(1):6-15. 
28. HOE901/AVE0010-Insulin glargine/Lixisenatide Clinical Investigator's Brochure, latest 
version. 
29. Guidance for Industry. Collection of race and ethnicity data in clinical trials. 
FDA/CDER/CBER/CDRH/OC. Clinical Medical. September 2005:1-18.  
 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)

SAP_001.pdf: 
Any and all information presented in this document shall be treated as confidential and shall remain the exclusive property of Sanofi (or any of its 
affiliated companies). The use of such confidential information must be restricted to the recipient for the agreed purpose and must not be 
disclosed, published or otherwise communicated to any unauthorized persons, for any reason, in any form whatsoever without the prior written 
consent of Sanofi (or the concerned affiliated company); ‘affiliated company’ means any corporation, partnership or other entity which at the date 
of communication or afterwards (i) controls directly or indirectly Sanofi, (ii) is directly or indirectly controlled by Sanofi, with ‘control’ meaning direct 
or indirect ownership of more than 50% of the capital stock or the voting rights in such corporation, partnership or other entity 
According to template: QSD-002643 VERSION 6.0 (06-JUL-2016) 
Page 1
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN 
A 26-week randomized, open-label, active controlled, parallel-group, study 
assessing the efficacy and safety of the insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio 
combination in adults with Type 2 Diabetes inadequately controlled on GLP-1 
receptor agonist and metformin (alone or with pioglitazone and/or SGLT2 
inhibitors), followed by a fixed ratio combination single-arm 26-week extension 
period  
STATISTICIAN:
DATE OF ISSUE: 07-Sep-2017 
Total number of pages: 
90 
(electronic 3.0)
NCT Number:  NCT02787551


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 2 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN....................................................................................................................1 
TABLE OF CONTENTS..................................................................................................................................2 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITION OF TERMS ..........................................................................5 
1 
OVERVIEW AND INVESTIGATIONAL PLAN.................................................................................7 
1.1 
STUDY DESIGN AND RANDOMIZATION ......................................................................................7 
1.2 
OBJECTIVES...................................................................................................................................7 
1.2.1 
Primary objectives............................................................................................................................7 
1.2.2 
Secondary objectives .......................................................................................................................7 
1.2.3 
Other objectives ...............................................................................................................................8 
1.2.4 
Objectives of the extension period...................................................................................................8 
1.3 
DETERMINATION OF SAMPLE SIZE.............................................................................................8 
1.4 
STUDY PLAN...................................................................................................................................9 
1.5 
MODIFICATIONS TO THE STATISTICAL SECTION OF THE PROTOCOL................................10 
1.6 
STATISTICAL MODIFICATIONS MADE IN THE STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN......................14 
2 
STATISTICAL AND ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES .....................................................................21 
2.1 
ANALYSIS ENDPOINTS................................................................................................................21 
2.1.1 
Demographic and baseline characteristics ....................................................................................21 
2.1.2 
Prior or concomitant medications...................................................................................................23 
2.1.2.1 
Concomitant diabetes therapy........................................................................................................24 
2.1.2.2 
Prohibited concomitant therapy......................................................................................................24 
2.1.3 
Efficacy endpoints ..........................................................................................................................25 
2.1.3.1 
Primary efficacy endpoint(s)...........................................................................................................26 
2.1.3.2 
Secondary efficacy endpoint(s)......................................................................................................26 
2.1.3.3 
Other endpoint(s) ...........................................................................................................................26 
2.1.4 
Safety endpoints.............................................................................................................................27 
2.1.4.1 
Symptomatic hypoglycemia............................................................................................................28 
2.1.4.2 
Adverse events variables ...............................................................................................................30 
2.1.4.3 
Deaths............................................................................................................................................31 
2.1.4.4 
Laboratory safety variables ............................................................................................................31 
2.1.4.5 
Vital signs variables........................................................................................................................32 
2.1.4.6 
Physical examination......................................................................................................................32 
2.1.4.7 
Electrocardiogram variables...........................................................................................................32 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 3 
2.1.4.8 
Immunogenicity variables...............................................................................................................32 
2.1.5 
Pharmacokinetic variables .............................................................................................................33 
2.2 
DISPOSITION OF PATIENTS .......................................................................................................33 
2.2.1 
Randomization and drug dispensing irregularities .........................................................................35 
2.3 
ANALYSIS POPULATIONS ...........................................................................................................35 
2.3.1 
Efficacy populations .......................................................................................................................35 
2.3.1.1 
Modified intent-to-treat population..................................................................................................36 
2.3.2 
Safety population............................................................................................................................36 
2.3.3 
Pharmacokinetic population...........................................................................................................36 
2.4 
STATISTICAL METHODS .............................................................................................................36 
2.4.1 
Demographics and baseline characteristics ..................................................................................37 
2.4.2 
Prior or concomitant medications...................................................................................................37 
2.4.3 
Extent of investigational medicinal product exposure and compliance..........................................37 
2.4.3.1 
Extent of investigational medicinal product exposure ....................................................................37 
2.4.3.2 
Compliance ....................................................................................................................................38 
2.4.4 
Analyses of efficacy endpoints.......................................................................................................39 
2.4.4.1 
Analysis of primary efficacy endpoint(s).........................................................................................39 
2.4.4.2 
Analyses of secondary efficacy endpoints .....................................................................................43 
2.4.4.3 
Multiplicity issues............................................................................................................................45 
2.4.4.4 
Additional efficacy analysis(es) ......................................................................................................47 
2.4.5 
Analyses of safety data ..................................................................................................................48 
2.4.5.1 
Analyses of symptomatic hypoglycemia.........................................................................................49 
2.4.5.2 
Analyses of adverse events ...........................................................................................................50 
2.4.5.3 
Deaths............................................................................................................................................56 
2.4.5.4 
Analyses of laboratory variables ....................................................................................................56 
2.4.5.5 
Analyses of vital sign variables ......................................................................................................58 
2.4.5.6 
Analyses of electrocardiogram variables .......................................................................................59 
2.4.5.7 
Analyses of anti-drug antibody variables........................................................................................59 
2.4.6 
Analyses of pharmacokinetic variables..........................................................................................59 
2.5 
DATA HANDLING CONVENTIONS...............................................................................................59 
2.5.1 
General conventions ......................................................................................................................59 
2.5.2 
Data handling conventions for secondary efficacy variables..........................................................60 
2.5.3 
Missing data ...................................................................................................................................60 
2.5.4 
Windows for time points.................................................................................................................63 
2.5.5 
Unscheduled visits .........................................................................................................................65 
2.5.6 
Pooling of centers for statistical analyses ......................................................................................66 
2.5.7 
Statistical technical issues .............................................................................................................66 
2.5.8 
Rescued patient data .....................................................................................................................66 
(electronic 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 4 
3 
INTERIM ANALYSIS .....................................................................................................................67 
4 
DATABASE LOCK ........................................................................................................................68 
5 
SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION..................................................................................................69 
6 
REFERENCES...............................................................................................................................70 
7 
LIST OF APPENDICES .................................................................................................................71 
APPENDIX A 
POTENTIALLY CLINICALLY SIGNIFICANT ABNORMALITIES CRITERIA .......................72 
APPENDIX B 
DEFINITION AND MEDICAL ALGORITHM FOR “RESCUED PATIENTS”/RESCUE 
MEDICATION USE ........................................................................................................................77 
APPENDIX C 
SUMMARY OF STATISTICAL ANALYSES.........................................................................78 
APPENDIX D 
STUDY FLOWCHART.........................................................................................................85 
(electronic 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 5 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITION OF TERMS 
AE:
adverse event
AESI: 
adverse event of special interest 
ALP:
alkaline phosphatase
ALT:
alanine aminotransferases
ANCOVA: 
analysis of covariance 
ARAC: 
Allergic Reaction Assessment Committe 
AST:
aspartate aminotransferases
ATC: 
anatomical therapeudic chemical 
BID:
twice daily
BMI: 
body mass index 
CI:
confidence interval
CMH:
Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel
CSR: 
clinical study report 
ECG:
electrocardiogram
e-CRF: 
electronic case report form 
eGFR: 
estimated glomerular filtration rate 
FDA: 
Food and Drug Administration 
FPG: 
fasting plasma glucose 
FRC: 
fixed ratio combination 
FSH:
follicle-stimulating hormone
GLP-1: 
glucagon-like peptide 1 
GLP-1 RA: 
glucagon-like peptide 1 receptor agonist 
HbA1c: 
glycosylated hemoglobin A1c 
HDL:
high-density lipoprotein
HLGT: 
high level group term 
HLT: 
high level term 
IMP:
investigational medicinal product 
IRT: 
interactive response technology 
ITT:
intent-to-treat
KM:
Kaplan-Meier
LDL:
low-density lipoprotein
LLN: 
lower limit of normal 
LLOQ: 
lower limit of quantification 
LLT: 
lower level term 
LOCF: 
last observation carried forward 
LPLV: 
Last Patient Last Visit 
MedDRA: 
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
mITT:
modified intent-to-treat
MMRM: 
mixed-effects model with repeated measures 
N: 
number of availabe observations 
NIMP:
non-investigational medicinal product 
(electronic 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 6 
OAD: 
oral anti-diabetic drug 
OC:
observed cases
PCSA:
potentially clinically significant abnormality 
PK:
pharmacokinetic
PPG: 
post-prandial plasma glucose 
PSAC: 
Pancreatic Safety Assessment Committe 
PT:
preferred term
QD:
once daily
QW:
once weekly
SAE: 
serious adverse event 
SAP: 
statistical analysis plan 
SD:
standard deviation
SE:
standard error
SGLT2: 
sodium-glucose co-transporter-2 
SMPG: 
self - monitored plasma glucose 
SOC: 
systerm organ class 
TEAE: 
treatment-emergent adverse event 
ULN: 
upper limit of normal 
WHO-DD: 
World Health Organization-Drug Dictionary 
(electronic 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 7 
1 
OVERVIEW AND INVESTIGATIONAL PLAN   
1.1 
STUDY DESIGN AND RANDOMIZATION 
The study is an open-label, 1:1 randomized, active-controlled, 2-arm, 26-week treatment duration, 
parallel group multinational and multicenter Phase 3b study comparing 
• Insulin glargine/lixisenatide fixed ratio combination (FRC) group; 
• Glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) receptor agonist group. 
At the end of the 26-week randomized treatment period, patients from the FRC group will be 
invited to participate in a 26-week single arm extension period. 
The study comprises 4 periods (please see graph in Section 1.4 and flowchart in Appendix D):  
(1) an up-to 2-week screening period; (2) a 26-week open-label randomized treatment period; (3) a 
26-week single-arm extension period and (4) a post treatment safety follow-up period (patients 
who prematurely discontinue the study treatment will continue in the study up to the scheduled 
date of study completion). 
At the end of screening period, eligible patients are centrally randomized (using permuted block 
randomization schedule) via IRT in a 1:1 ratio to 1 of the 2 treatment groups. The patients will be 
stratified by value of HbA1c at screening (<8%, ≥8%) and GLP-1 receptor agonist subtype at 
screening (once (QD)/twice daily (BID) formulations, once weekly (QW) formulations). 
It is planned to randomize a total of approximately 500 patients (250 patients per group). 
1.2 
OBJECTIVES 
1.2.1 Primary objectives 
The primary objective of this study is to demonstrate the superiority of the FRC versus GLP-1 
receptor agonist in HbA1c change from baseline to Week 26. 
1.2.2 Secondary objectives 
The secondary objectives of this study are: 
• To assess the effects of the FRC versus  GLP-1 receptor agonist over 26 weeks on: 
- 
Percentage of patients reaching HbA1c targets, 
- 
Fasting plasma glucose (FPG), 
- 
7-point self-monitoring plasma glucose (SMPG) profile, 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 8 
- 
Glycemic control in relation to a meal as evaluated by 2-hour Post-prandial Plasma 
Glucose (PPG) and glucose excursion during a standardized meal test, 
- 
Body weight, 
- 
To assess the safety and tolerability in each treatment group. 
1.2.3 Other objectives 
• To assess insulin glargine and lixisenatide doses in the combination group; 
• To assess the development of anti-insulin antibodies (FRC group); 
• To assess the development of anti-lixisenatide antibodies (FRC group); 
• To assess the total plasma concentration of lixisenatide before and following injection 
(FRC group). 
1.2.4 Objectives of the extension period 
• To evaluate safety, efficacy, other endpoints and PK of FRC up to Week 52. 
1.3 
DETERMINATION OF SAMPLE SIZE 
The sample size calculations are based on the primary efficacy variable change in HbA1c from 
baseline to Week 26 and ITT analysis, with the following assumptions: 
• A common standard deviation of 1.1%, 
• A 0.4% mean difference between FRC and GLP-1 receptor agonist in change in HbA1c 
from baseline to Week 26, 
• A drop-out rate of 20%.  The patients in the FRC group who discontinued treatment are 
assumed to respond the same as the control patients, i.e., no treatment difference between 
the patients in the FRC group who discontinued treatment and the control patients 
• A t-test at a 2-sided 5% significance level with at least 90% power. 
Based on the above assumptions, 500 patients (250 per group) are needed for this study. 
Calculations were made using nQuery Advisor® 7.0. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 9 
1.4 
STUDY PLAN 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 10 
1.5 
MODIFICATIONS TO THE STATISTICAL SECTION OF THE PROTOCOL  
This section summarizes major changes to the protocol statistical section with emphasis on 
changes after study start (after the first patient was enrolled).     
The protocol history table below gives the timing, rationale, and key details of major changes to 
the protocol statistical section.  
The first patient was enrolled on 25 July 2016.  
Table 1 - Protocol amendment statistical changes 
Amendment  
Number 
Date 
Approved 
Rationale 
Description of statistical changes 
1 
 
22-Sep-2016 
Corrections 
In determination of sample size, the mean 
difference between FRC and GLP-1 receptor 
agonist corrected to “0.4%”; 
1 
22-Sep-2016 
Modification of demographic and 
baseline characteristic following 
team’s decision 
Age categories updated as <50, ≥50 to <65, 
≥65 to < 75, ≥75 years of age; 
Details of Race classification removed; 
Baseline diabetic microvascular 
complications updated to remove “including 
the most recent event categories”; 
Added 7-point SMPG baseline value at each 
of the 7 time points  
Removed physical examination and included 
it in Medical or surgical history. Added 
process for identification of medical history of 
cardiovascular and cerebrovascular events 
and medical history of allergies (i.e., relevant 
“preferred term” identified by medical and 
coding teams); 
1 
22-Sep-2016 
Modification of concomitant 
medications, IMP exposure and 
compliance in consideration of 
Weekly formulation 
Concomitant medications defined as those 
the patient continued or started on or after 
the first dose of open-label IMP up to 9 days 
after the last injection of weekly IMP; Post-
treatment medications defined as those the 
patient continued or started on or after 10 
days after the last injection of weekly IMP; 
Formula for calculating the duration of 
weekly IMP exposure updated as date of the 
last open-label IMP injection – date of the 
first open-label IMP injection + 7 days; 
Formula for calculating the compliance of 
QW IMP updated as (Total number of weeks 
with IMP injection/Planned number of weeks 
with IMP injection) x 100. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 11 
Amendment  
Number 
Date 
Approved 
Rationale 
Description of statistical changes 
1 
22-Sep-2016 
Addition or modification of analyses 
following the change of study period 
and addition of endpoints 
The following disposition of patients added: 
• 
The pharmacokinetic (PK) 
population; 
• 
Patients who have completed the 
whole study treatment period 
including 26-week extension 
period; 
• 
Patients who discontinued the IMP 
during the whole study treatment 
period, and the reasons for 
treatment discontinuation. 
Definition of Pharmacokinetic population 
added; 
Duration of treatment exposure modified and 
extended to 364 days; 
Added Week 22 in the MMRM model for 
primary efficacy analysis 
For FRC group, descriptive statistics added 
for the change of HbA1c from baseline over 
time by visit, all secondary efficacy endpoints 
and selected other endpoints for the whole 
study period including the extension period; 
Analyses of PK parameters added; 
For FRC group, summary of safety results 
added for the whole study period including 
the extension period, as appropriate; 
Analysis of anti-drug antibody variables 
added. 
1 
22-Sep-2016 
The position of health authorities 
regarding the handling of missing 
data has been evolved. They have 
concern that only using data from 
the on-treatment period for subjects 
that either received rescue 
medication or had their last IMP 
prior to Week 26 will likely not reflect 
their true response at the primary 
endpoint, and they now 
recommended using all 
measurements of the primary 
endpoint obtained during the study 
including those collected after IMP 
discontinuation or rescue 
medication introduction for the 
primary analysis. 
Definition of mITT updated to remove the 
condition “received at least one dose of 
investigational medicinal product”; 
Primary efficacy analyses for both primary 
and secondary efficacy endpoints performed 
using assessment collected during the study 
(including those obtained after IMP 
discontinuation or introduction of rescue 
therapy) instead of during the on-treatment 
period; 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 12 
Amendment  
Number 
Date 
Approved 
Rationale 
Description of statistical changes 
1 
22-Sep-2016 
Updates of sensitivity analyses on 
primary efficacy endpoint following 
the change in the primary analysis 
ANCOVA analysis with missing data imputed 
by LOCF removed 
The following sensitivity analyses modified or 
added: 
• 
MMRM model using all post 
baseline measurement changed to 
use on-treatment measurements; 
• 
The statistical model for analysis of 
26-week completers changed from 
ANCOVA to MMRM; 
• 
ANCOVA analysis added with 
missing data at Week 26 imputed 
with respect to jump to control 
under MNAR assumption. 
1 
22-Sep-2016 
Modification and addition of 
subgroup analyses for primary 
efficacy endpoint 
The following subgroup factors added or 
modified to treatment- by subgroup analysis: 
• 
Age group (<50, ≥50 to <65, ≥65 
to < 75, ≥75 years of age); 
• 
Country 
MMRM analyses added to estimate within-
group treatment effect for the anti-
lixisenatide antibody status, anti-insulin 
glargine antibody status and anti-lixisenatide 
antibody concentration subgroups. 
1 
22-Sep-2016 
Modification of definition of TEAE 
following the change of on-treatment 
definition 
Definition of treatment-emergent AEs 
updated as AEs that developed or worsened 
(according to the Investigator’s opinion) or 
became serious during the period from the 
administration of first dose of the study 
treatments up to 3 days (9 days for the 
weekly GLP1) after the last administration. 
1 
22-Sep-2016 
IMPs are injected either with pens or 
with autoinjectors 
Terminology: “Pen”-related event 
questionnaire replaced with “Device”-related 
event questionnaire 
1 
22-Sep-2016 
Addition of database lock definitions 
following the change of study period 
Definition of database lock updated to the 
following: 
It is planned to lock the database 
approximately 4 weeks after Last Patient 
Last Visit of the randomized treatment period 
(26 weeks). It is further planned to lock the 
database approximately 4 weeks after Last 
Patient Last Visit of the single-arm extension 
period (extension by further 26 weeks). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 13 
Amendment  
Number 
Date 
Approved 
Rationale 
Description of statistical changes 
2 
12-May-2017 
Addition of demographic and 
baseline characteristics 
The following baseline characteristics added: 
• 
Percentage of patients who used 
SGLT2 inhibitor at screening (data 
from e-CRF); 
• 
Daily dose of SGLT2 inhibitor 
(canagliflozin, empagliflozin, or 
dapagliflozin) at baseline (if used). 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 14 
1.6 
STATISTICAL MODIFICATIONS MADE IN THE STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN 
The statistical analysis plan (SAP) history table below gives the timing, rationale, and key details 
for major changes to the statistical analysis features in the statistical analysis plan. 
The first patient was randomized on 25 July 2016.  No formal interim analysis for efficacy is 
planned for this study. 
Table 2 - Statistical analysis plan statistical changes 
SAP 
version  
number 
Date 
approved 
Rationale 
Description of statistical changes 
1 
29-Jun-2016 
Modification and 
Addition of other 
endpoints  
2.1.3.3 
Other endpoint (s)  
• 
Insulin glargine and lixisenatide doses at Week 26 in 
the FRC group (for insulin absolute value and body 
weight adjusted); 
• 
Percentage of patients reaching the fasting SMPG 
target (≤ 100 mg/dl) at Week 26 in the FRC group.  
• 
Percentage of patients with no weight gain at Week 
26   
1 
29-Jun-2016 
Modification of diabetic 
history summary 
following team’s 
decision 
2.1.1 Demographic and baseline characteristics 
• 
Baseline diabetic microvascular complications (Yes, 
No) (ie, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic proliferative 
retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, and diabetic 
nephropathy); 
1 
29-Jun-2016 
Addition of subgroup 
factor for accessing the 
primary endpoint 
2.4.4.1 Analysis of primary efficacy endpoint(s) 
Assessment of treatment effect by subgroup 
• 
Country 
1 
29-Jun-2016 
Updates of multiplicity 
graph 
2.4.4.3 Multiplicity issues 
Add test number in Figure 1  
1 
29-Jun-2016 
Addition of efficacy 
analyses on other 
endpoints following the 
change of other 
endpoints 
2.4.4.4 Additional efficacy analysis(es) 
Number and percentage of patients at scheduled visits (using 
OC) by pen type (Peach 2:1, Olive 3:1) will be provided. 
Patients’ pen use status during the study treatment period will 
be summarized. 
The following categorical variables will be summarized using 
count and percentage by treatment group. 
• 
Percentage of patients with no body weight gain at 
Week 26. 
For the FRC group, count and percentage of patients reaching 
the fasting SMPG target (≤ 100 mg/dl) at Week 26 will be 
summarized. 
1  
29-Jun-2016 
Updates on efficacy 
analysis 
2.1.3  Efficacy populations 
Definition of mITT was updated to remove the condition 
“received at least one dose of IMP” 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 15 
SAP 
version  
number 
Date 
approved 
Rationale 
Description of statistical changes 
Definition of baseline value was updated to add “or the last 
available value on or before the date of randomization if not 
treated with open-label IMP”. 
2.4.4 Analyses of efficacy endpoints 
Primary efficacy analyses for primary, secondary and other 
efficacy endpoints will be performed using assessment 
collected during the study (including those obtained after IMP 
discontinuation or rescue medication) instead of during the on-
treatment period. 
1 
29-Jun-2016 
Updates of sensitivity 
analyses on primary 
efficacy endpoint 
following the change in 
the primary analysis 
2.4.4.1 Analysis of primary efficacy endpoint(s) 
The following sensitivity analysis was removed: 
• 
ANCOVA analysis with missing data imputed by 
LOCF 
The following sensitivity analyses were modified or added: 
• 
MMRM model using all post baseline measurements 
was changed to use on-treatment measurements; 
• 
The statistical model for analysis of 26-week 
completers was changed from ANCOVA to MMRM. 
• 
ANCOVA analysis was added with missing data at 
Week 26 imputed with respect to jump to control 
under MNAR assumption. 
1 
29-Jun-2016 
Updates of sensitivity 
analyses on secondary 
efficacy endpoint 
following the change in 
the primary analysis 
2.4.4.2 Analysis of secondary efficacy endpoints 
Sensitivity analyses using all post baseline measurements 
was changed to use on-treatment measurements 
1 
29-Jun-2016 
Updates of additional 
efficacy analyses 
2.4.4.4 Additional efficacy analysis(es) 
Except for IMP dose and pen related summaries, descriptive 
summaries using assessments collected during the study and 
during the on-treatment period were added. 
1 
29-Jun-2016 
Addition of baseline 
variables for C-peptide 
2.1.1 Demographic and baseline characteristics 
C-peptide under 30 minutes and 1-hour postprandial 
conditions were added. 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Modification of study 
design following the 
change of study period 
1.1 Study design and randomization 
The study comprises 4 periods by adding a 26-week single-
arm extension period.a 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Addition of other 
objectives following the 
change of study period 
and endpoints 
1.2.3 Other objectives 
• 
To assess the development of anti-insulin antibodies 
(FRC group); a 
• 
To assess the development of anti-lixisenatide 
antibodies (FRC group); a 
To assess the total plasma concentration of 
Lixisenatide before and following injection (FRC 
group);a 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 16 
SAP 
version  
number 
Date 
approved 
Rationale 
Description of statistical changes 
1.2.4 Objectives of the extension period 
To evaluate safety, efficacy, other endpoints and PK of FRC 
up to Week 52.a 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Updates the 
classification of race 
and ethnicity according 
to FDA guidance 
published on 
September 2005 
2.1.1 Demographic and baseline characteristics 
Categories of race modified as: American Indian or Alaska 
Native, Asian/Oriental, Black, Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific 
Islander, White, Other. 
Categories of ethnicity modified as: Hispanic or Latino, Not 
Hispanic or Latino, Unknown 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Modification of rescue 
therapy  
2.1.2.1 Concomitant diabetes therapy 
Basal insulin suggested as rescue therapy for patients in the 
GLP-1 RA arm a 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Modification of on-
treatment definition for 
efficacy and safety 
analyses following the 
change of study 
duration 
2.1.3 Efficacy endpoints 
• 
For patients who are not eligible to enter the 
extension period, the 26-week on-treatment period 
is defined as  
- 
For patients receiving daily IMP: the time from 
the first injection of open-label daily IMP up to 
14 days for HbA1c; 0 day for standardized meal 
test parameters, 7-point SMPG and insulin 
glargine dose; 1 day for FPG; and 3 days for 
body weight after the last injection of IMP or up 
to the introduction of rescue therapy, whichever 
is the earliest.  
- 
For patients receiving weekly IMP: the time 
from the first injection of open-label weekly IMP 
up to 20 days for HbA1c; 6 day for 
standardized meal test parameters, 7-point 
SMPG and insulin glargine dose; 7 day for 
FPG; and 9 days for body weight after the last 
injection of IMP or up to the introduction of 
rescue therapy, whichever is the earliest.a  
• 
For patients who are eligible to enter the extension 
period, the 26-week on-treatment period is defined 
as the time from the first injection of open-label IMP 
up to V28/Week 26 visit (or Day 183 if V28/Week 26 
visit is missing), or up to the introduction of rescue 
therapy, whichever is the earliest. a 
The on-treatment period of the whole study including the 26-
week single-arm FRC extension period for efficacy variables is 
defined as the time from the first injection of open-label IMP 
up to 14 days for HbA1c; 0 day for standardized meal test 
parameters, 7-point SMPG and insulin glargine dose; 1 day for 
FPG; and 3 days for body weight after the last injection of IMP 
or up to introduction of rescue therapy, whichever is the 
earliest.a 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 17 
SAP 
version  
number 
Date 
approved 
Rationale 
Description of statistical changes 
2.1.4 Safety endpoints 
• 
For patients who are not eligible to enter the 
extension period, the 26-week on-treatment period 
is defined as 
For patients receiving daily IMP:  time from the 
first injection of open-label daily IMP up to 3 
days (1 day for symptomatic hypoglycemia) 
after the last injection of daily IMP, regardless 
of the introduction of rescue therapy.  
- 
For patients receiving weekly IMP: time from 
the first injection of open-label weekly IMP up 
to 9 days (7 day for symptomatic 
hypoglycemia) after the last injection of weekly 
IMP, regardless of the introduction of rescue 
therapy. a  
• 
For the patients who are eligible to enter the 
extension period, the 26-week on-treatment period 
is defined as the time from the first injection of open-
label IMP up to V28/Week 26 visit (or Day 183 if 
V28/Week 26 visit is missing).a 
• 
The on-treatment period for the whole study 
(including the 26-week single-arm extension period) 
is defined as the time from the first injection of open-
label IMP up to 3 days (1 day for symptomatic 
hypoglycemia) after the last injection of IMP, 
regardless of the introduction of rescue therapy. For 
patients who are not eligible to enter the extension 
period, the on-treatment period for the whole study 
is the 26-week on-treatment period.a 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Modification of 
secondary endpoints 
2.1.3.2 Secondary efficacy endpoint 
Percentage of patients requiring rescue therapy during the 26 
week treatment period was moved from other endpoint to 
secondary endpoint.a 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Addition of PK and 
immunogenicity 
endpoints 
2.1.3.3 Other endpoint (s) 
2.1.5 Pharmacokinetic variables 
Pharmacokinetic parameters (FRC group): total plasma 
concentrations of lixisenatide addeda 
2.1.4 Safety endpoints 
2.1.4.8 Immunogenicity variables 
 
Immunogenicity (antibody variables, FRC group): anti-insulin 
and anti-lixisenatide antibodies added. a 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Modification and 
addition of summary 
tables for patient 
disposition following the 
change of study 
2.2 Disposition of patients 
The following summary tables were modified or added: 
• 
Patients who have completed the whole study 
treatment period including 26-week single-arm 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 18 
SAP 
version  
number 
Date 
approved 
Rationale 
Description of statistical changes 
duration 
extension period 
• 
Patients who permanently discontinued the IMP 
during the 26-week randomized treatment period, 
and the reasons for treatment discontinuation. 
• 
Patients who permanently discontinued the IMP 
during the 26-week single-arm extension period, and 
the reasons for treatment discontinuation (for FRC 
group only). 
KM plots of the cumulative incidence of open-label IMP 
discontinuation due to any reason or due to AE for the whole 
study was added 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Modification of 
randomization and drug 
allocation irregularities 
following the Unify 
standard process 
Section 2.2.1 Randomization and drug dispensing 
irregularities 
Randomization and drug allocation irregularities table was 
removed 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Addition of PK 
population definition 
following the addition of 
PK data 
Section 2.3.3 Pharmacokinetic population 
Definition of pharmacokinetic population added: all 
randomized and treatment patients who contribute with at 
least one valid plasma analysis of lixisenatidea. 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Modification of IMP 
exposure following the 
change of study 
duration 
Section 2.4.3.1 Extent of investigational medicinal 
product exposure 
Duration of IMP exposure categories modified. For FRC 
group, the exposure parameters for the whole study treatment 
period added. 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Addition of compliance 
rates following the 
change of study 
duration 
Section 2.4.3.2 Compliance 
Added compliance rate during the 26-week single-arm 
extension period 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Addition of efficacy 
analysis following the 
change of study 
duration 
Section 2.4.4 Analyses of efficacy endpoints 
Summary statistics for the whole study period including the 
single-arm extension period added for all efficacy endpointsa. 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Modification of efficacy 
analysis following the 
change of efficacy 
analysis approach 
Week 26 (using LOCF) removed in summary statistics by visit. 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Modification of primary 
endpoint analysis 
Section 2.4.4.1 Analysis of primary efficacy endpoints 
Week 22 was added in the MMRM modela. 
MMRM model by anti-lixisenatide/anti-insulin glargine antibody 
status and anti-lixisenatide antibody concentration were 
addeda 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 19 
SAP 
version  
number 
Date 
approved 
Rationale 
Description of statistical changes 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Addition of safety 
analyses following the 
change of study 
duration 
Section 2.4.5 Analyses of safety data 
Summary of safety results were added for FRC group for the 
whole study treatment period including the 26-week single-
arm extension period. 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Addition of 
symptomatic 
hypoglycemia analyses 
following the addition of 
immunogenicity data 
Section 2.4.5.1 Analyses of symptomatic hypoglycemia 
Summary of frequency and incidence rate in patient years for 
documented symptomatic hypoglycemia by anti-
lixisenatide/anti-insulin glargine antibody status was added. 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Modification of SOC 
according to the 
introductory guide 
MedDRA version 19.1 
published on 
September 2016 
Section 2.4.5.2 Analyses of adverse events 
“Product issues” added to SOC 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Addition of device-
related events analyses 
For FRC group, added summary of the number (%) of patients 
who have device-related events with Lixisenatide dose < 5µg, 
> 20 µg within the corresponding time window of device-
related event. 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Addition of anti-drug 
antibody analyses 
following the addition of 
immunogenicity data 
Section 2.4.5.7 Analyses of anti-drug antibody variables 
The following analyses of antibody variables were added. 
• 
List and summary of number (%) of patients by 
antibody status by visit, as well as % of conversion 
from negative to positive status from baseline to 
Week 26 and Week 52. 
• 
For anti-insulin glargine antibodies, summary of 
number (%) of patients with cross-reactivity to 
human insulin by visit in anti-insulin glargine positive 
patients 
• 
For anti-lixisenatide antibodies, summary of number 
(%) of patients with cross-reactivity to GLP-1 and 
glucagon by visit in anti-lixisenatide antibody positive 
patients. 
• 
Descriptive statistics of antibody levels (titer or 
concentration), as well as respective percentage 
changes from baseline for anti-insulin glargine 
antibodies. 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Addition of 
pharmacokinetic 
analyses following the 
addition of 
pharmacokinetic data 
Section 2.4.6 Analyses of pharmacokinetic variables 
Summary of total lixisenatide plasma concentrations of 
patients in the FRC group by visit and by anti-lixisenatide 
antibody status were added. 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Modification of 
database lock following 
the change of study 
Section 4 Database lock 
Database lock approximately 4 weeks after the LPLV of the 
single-arm extension period was added. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 20 
SAP 
version  
number 
Date 
approved 
Rationale 
Description of statistical changes 
duration 
2 
09-Jan-2017 
Modification of medical 
algorithm for rescued 
patients/rescue 
medication use 
following the change of 
rescue therapy 
Appendix B Definition and medical algorithm for “rescued 
patients” / rescue medication use 
Criteria 2 was modified as “additional insulin (short/rapid-
acting insulin or basal insulin) is given for ≤ 10 days”. 
3 
This version 
Addition of 
demographic and 
baseline characteristics  
Section 2.1.1 Demographic and baseline characteristics b 
The following baseline characteristics added: 
• 
Percentage of patients who used SGLT2 inhibitor at 
screening (data from e-CRF); 
• 
Daily dose of SGLT2 inhibitor (canagliflozin, 
empagliflozin, or dapagliflozin) at baseline (if used). 
3 
This version 
Modification of 
demographic and 
baseline characteristics 
Section 2.1.1 Demographic and baseline characteristics b 
The following medical history and medical findings removed: 
• 
Medical history of cardiovascular and 
cerebrovascular events; 
• 
Medical history of allergies. 
3 
This version 
Addition of subgroup 
analysis in primary 
efficacy endpoint 
Section 2.4.4.1 Analysis of primary efficacy endpoint(s) 
The following subgroup analysis added: 
• 
SGLT2 inhibitor use (Y, N) at screening (if each 
category contains sufficient number of patients). 
3 
This version 
Addition of subgroup 
analysis in symptomatic 
hypoglycemic event 
Section 2.4.5.1 Analyses of symptomatic hypoglycemia 
The summary of frequency and incidence rate in patient years 
for documented symptomatic hypoglycemia by SGLT2 
inhibitor use (Y, N) at screening (if each category contains 
sufficient number of patients) added. 
a Change made in Protocol Amendment 1 dated 22-Sep-2016 
b Change made in Protocol Amendment 2 dated 09-Jan-2017 
ANCOVA = analysis of covariance; FDA = US Food and Drug Administration; HbA1c: glycosylated hemoglobin A1c; IMP = investigational 
medicinal product; LOCF = last observation carried forward; MMRM: mixed-effect model with repeated measures; PK = pharmacokinetic; 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 21 
2 
STATISTICAL AND ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES 
2.1 
ANALYSIS ENDPOINTS 
2.1.1 Demographic and baseline characteristics 
The baseline value is defined as the last available value before the first injection of open-label 
investigational medicinal product (IMP) or the last available value on or before the date of 
randomization if not treated with open-label IMP. Baseline safety variables will be presented 
along with the on-treatment summary statistics for safety endpoints in Section 2.4.5. Derived 
parameters will be computed by the sponsor. 
Demographic characteristics 
Demographic characteristics to be summarized are: 
• Age (years) derived as: (Date of informed consent - Date of birth)/365.25; 
• Age categories (<50, ≥50 to <65, ≥65 to < 75, ≥75 years of age); 
• Gender (Male, Female); 
• Race (American Indian or Alaska Native, Asian/Oriental, Black, Native Hawaiian or Other 
Pacific Islander, White, Other); 
• Ethnicity (Hispanic or Latino, Not Hispanic or Latino, Unknown); 
• HbA1c (%) at Visit 1 (Week -2); 
• Baseline BMI (kg/m2) derived as: (Weight in kg)/(Height in meters)2; 
• Baseline BMI level (<30, ≥30kg/m2); 
• Randomization strata of HbA1c (<8%, ≥8%) at screening visit 1 (Week -2); 
• Randomization strata of GLP-1 receptor agonist subtype (QD/BID fomulations, QW 
formulations) at screening; 
• Country. 
Medical history and medical findings 
• Medical or surgical history (including physical examination abnormality); 
• Subject family allergy history; 
• Alcohol habits within the last 12 months; 
• Smoking habits. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 22 
Medical and surgical history will be coded to a “lower level term (LLT)”, “preferred term (PT)”, 
“high level term (HLT)”, “high level group term (HLGT)”, and associated primary “system organ 
class (SOC)” using the version of Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities (MedDRA) 
currently in effect at Sanofi at the time of database lock.  
Disease characteristics at baseline   
Disease history includes: 
• Duration of diabetes (years) derived as: (Date of informed consent – Date of diagnosis of 
diabetes + 1)/365.25; 
• Age at onset of diabetes (years) derived as: (Date of diagnosis of diabetes – Date of birth + 
1)/365.25; 
• Duration of GLP-1 receptor agonist treatment (years) derived as: (Date of informed 
consent – Date of first dose of GLP-1 receptor agonist + 1)/365.25; 
• Percentage of patients with GLP-1 receptor agonist use by type [QD/BID formulations 
(Victoza® or Byetta®), QW formulations (Bydureon®, Tanzeum®, or Trulicity®)] at 
screening; 
• Daily dose of GLP-1 receptor agonist (Victoza® or Byetta®) at baseline, or weekly dose of 
GLP-1 receptor agonist (Bydureon®, Tanzeum, or Trulicity®) at baseline; 
• Percentage of patients who used pioglitazone at screening (data from e-CRF); 
• Percentage of patients who used SGLT2 inhibitor at screening (data from e-CRF); 
• Duration of metformin treatment (years) derived as: (Date of informed consent – Date of 
first dose of metformin + 1)/365.25; 
• Daily dose of metformin (mg) at baseline; 
• Daily dose of pioglitazone (mg) at baseline (if used); 
• Daily dose of SGLT2 inhibitor (canagliflozin, empagliflozin or dapagliflozin) at baseline 
(if used); 
• Categorized daily dose of metformin at baseline (<1500, ≥1500 to <2500, ≥2500 to <3000, 
≥3000 mg); 
• Baseline diabetic microvascular complications (Yes, No) (ie, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic 
proliferative retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, and diabetic nephropathy); 
• Baseline urine albumin/creatinine ratio categories (<30 mg/g [Normal], ≥30 to <300 mg/g 
[Microalbuminuria], and ≥300 mg/g [Macroalbuminuria]); 
• Estimated Glomerular Filtration Rate (eGFR) at screening (ml/min/1.73m2); 
• eGFR categories at screening (<15 ml/min/1.73m2  [End stage renal disease], ≥15 to <30 
ml/min/1.73m2  [Severe decrease in GFR], ≥30 to <60 ml/min/1.73m2  [Moderate decrease 
in GFR], ≥60 to <90 ml/min/1.73m2  [Mild decrease in GFR], and ≥90 ml/min [Normal]). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 23 
Baseline efficacy variables   
The baseline efficacy variables include: 
• HbA1c; 
• During standardized meal test: 
- 
2-hour postprandial plasma glucose (PPG) and glucose excursion; 
- 
C-peptide under fasting (30 minutes prior to the meal test before IMP administration if 
IMP is injected before breakfast), just before the start of the standardized meal (0 
minute), 30 minutes, 1-hour, 1.5-hour,  and 2-hour postprandial conditions; 
Note: 2-hour plasma glucose excursion= 2-hour post prandial plasma glucose value – 
plasma glucose value obtained 30 minutes prior to the start of meal and before IMP 
administration if IMP is injected before breakfast. C-peptide under 1.5-hour postprandial 
condition is only for patients enrolled after the approval of Protocol Amendment 1. 
• 7-point (average and each time point) SMPG; 
• Body weight; 
• Fasting plasma glucose (by central laboratory). 
Any technical details related to computation, dates, and imputations for missing dates are 
described in Section 2.5.  
2.1.2 Prior or concomitant medications  
All anti-diabetic medications taken within 6 months prior to the screening visit or during study are 
to be reported in the case report form pages. All other medications taken within 3 months prior to 
the screening visit or during study are to be reported in the case report form pages. 
All medications will be coded using the version of World Health Organization-Drug Dictionary 
(WHO-DD) currently in effect at Sanofi at the time of database lock. 
Medications will be classified into the following 3 groups: 
• Prior medications are those the patient took prior to the first injection of open-label IMP. 
Prior medications can be discontinued before first IMP injection or can be ongoing during 
treatment period. 
• Concomitant medications are those the patient continued or started on or after the first 
injection of open-label IMP up to 3 days after the last injection of daily IMP or 9 days after 
the last injection of weekly IMP.  
• Post-treatment medications are those the patient continued or started on or after 4 days 
after the last injection of daily IMP or 10 days after the last injection of weekly IMP.  
A given medication can be classified in several groups. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 24 
Any technical details related to computation, dates, imputation for missing dates are described in 
Section 2.5. 
2.1.2.1 Concomitant diabetes therapy 
Background OADs (metformin, pioglitazone and SGLT2 inhibitors) are the non-investigational 
background therapies authorized during the study. Rapid acting insulin (insulin glulisine when 
available) for patients in the FRC arm or basal insulin for patients in the GLP-1 RA arm, are the 
non-investigational rescue therapies suggested during the study. 
Previous treatment with metformin, pioglitazone (if taken) and SGLT2 inhibitor (if taken) are to 
be continued throughout the study. For metformin, it should be at a stable dose of at least 1500 
mg/day or maximal tolerated dose for at least 3 months prior to screening (V1). The dose of 
pioglitazone (if applicable) and SGLT2 inhibitors (if applicable) should also be stable for at least 3 
months prior screening visit (V1). Background OAD treatment should be kept at a stable dose 
throughout the study unless there is a specific safety issue related to this treatment. Metformin, 
pioglitazone (if applicable) and SGLT2 inhibitor (if applicable) treatment dose changes are to be 
properly reported in patient record and in the electronic case report form (eCRF). 
If rescue therapy is needed, this should be started as a single daily administration to be given as 
follows: 
• In the FRC arm:  
- 
Rescue therapy is recommended only if further dose titration is not possible, i.e., the 
patient is already at the maximum daily dose of 60 units; 
- 
Rapid acting insulin (insulin glulisine when available) is suggested and should be 
started as a single daily administration to be given at the main meal of the day 
(excluding breakfast); 
- 
Basal insulin is not allowed in the FRC arm. 
• In the GLP-1 RA arm: 
- 
Suggested rescue therapy is basal insulin at the investigator’s discretion. 
No other concomitant antidiabetic treatments except rescue therapy should be used in this study. 
Short time uses (≤10 days) of short/rapid-acting insulin therapy (eg, due to acute illness or 
surgery) will not be considered as rescue therapy. 
2.1.2.2 Prohibited concomitant therapy 
The following drugs are not permitted during the screening period and the treatment period: 
• Any glucose-lowering agents other than the IMP, authorized background OADs and rescue 
therapy, if necessary, 
Note: Short time uses (≤10 days) of short/rapid-acting insulin due to acute illness or 
surgery (eg, infectious disease) is allowed; 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 25 
• Systemic glucocorticoids for more than 10 days (topical or inhaled applications are 
allowed), 
• Body weight loss drugs. 
After the last administration of IMP during the study period, any anti-diabetic treatments (other 
than GLP-1 receptor agonists) are permitted, as deemed necessary by the Investigator. 
Any technical details related to computation, dates, imputation for missing dates are described in 
Section 2.5. 
2.1.3 Efficacy endpoints 
All scheduled efficacy measurements collected during the study will be used in the analysis, 
including those obtained after IMP discontinuation or introduction of rescue therapy. 
For sensitivity analyses, the 26-week on-treatment period is defined as follows: 
• For patients who are not eligible to enter the extension period, the 26-week on-treatment 
period is defined as  
- 
For patients receiving daily IMP: the time from the first injection of open-label daily 
IMP up to 14 days for HbA1c; 0 day for standardized meal test parameters, 7-point 
SMPG and insulin glargine dose; 1 day for FPG; and 3 days for body weight after the 
last injection of IMP or up to the introduction of rescue therapy, whichever is the 
earliest.  
- 
For patients receiving weekly IMP: the time from the first injection of open-label 
weekly IMP up to 20 days for HbA1c; 6 days for standardized meal test parameters, 7-
point SMPG; 7 days for FPG; and 9 days for body weight after the last injection of 
IMP or up to the introduction of rescue therapy, whichever is the earliest.   
• For patients who are eligible to enter the extension period, the 26-week on-treatment 
period is defined as the time from the first injection of open-label IMP up to V28/Week 26 
visit (or Day 183 if V28/Week 26 visit is missing), or up to the introduction of rescue 
therapy, whichever is the earliest.  
The on-treatment period of the whole study including the 26-week single-arm FRC extension 
period for efficacy variables is defined as the time from the first injection of open-label IMP up to 
14 days for HbA1c; 0 day for standardized meal test parameters, 7-point SMPG and insulin 
glargine dose; 1 day for FPG; and 3 days for body weight after the last injection of IMP or up to 
introduction of rescue therapy, whichever is the earliest. 
The baseline value for efficacy endpoints is the last available value prior to the first injection of 
open-label IMP or the last available value on or before the date of randomization if not treated 
with open-label IMP. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 26 
HbA1c, FPG, and parameters from the 2-hour standardized meal test are measured in a central 
laboratory (see study flowchart in Appendix D). 
Efficacy variables will be summarized in both standard international units and conventional units 
when applicable. 
2.1.3.1 Primary efficacy endpoint(s) 
The primary efficacy endpoint is change in HbA1c (%) from baseline to Week 26. 
2.1.3.2 Secondary efficacy endpoint(s) 
Continuous secondary efficacy endpoints 
The continuous secondary efficacy endpoints are: 
• Change in FPG from baseline to Week 26, 
• Change in 7-point SMPG profiles from baseline to Week 26 (each time point and average 
daily value), 
• Change in 2-hour PPG and in blood glucose excursion during standardized meal test from 
baseline to Week 26, 
• Change in body weight from baseline to Week 26, 
7-point SMPG profiles will be analyzed based on the average of the glucose values recorded on 
eCRF on 2 different days in the week prior to the scheduled visits.  
For 7-point SMPG profiles, the mean daily (ie, average on 7 points) change from baseline to Week 
26 will be analyzed. In addition, the change from baseline to Week 26 for each of the 7 points will 
be evaluated, respectively. 
For FPG, only values assessed in fasting condition will be analyzed. 
Categorical secondary efficacy endpoints 
The categorical secondary efficacy endpoints are: 
• Percentage of patients reaching HbA1c ≤6.5% (49 mmol/mol) at Week 26, 
• Percentage of patients reaching HbA1c <7% (53 mmol/mol) at Week 26. 
• Percentage of patients requiring rescue therapy during the 26-week randomized treatment 
period. 
2.1.3.3 Other endpoint(s) 
• Insulin glargine and lixisenatide doses at Week 26 in the FRC group (for insulin absolute 
value and body weight adjusted); 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 27 
• C-peptide evaluation during standardized meal test from baseline to Week 26; 
• Percentage of patients reaching HbA1c <7% (53 mmol/mol) with no body weight gain from 
baseline to Week 26. 
• Percentage of patients reaching the fasting SMPG target (≤ 100 mg/dl) at Week 26 in the 
FRC group.  
• Percentage of patients with no weight gain at Week 26. 
• Pharmacokinetics parameters (FRC group): Total plasma concentrations of lixisenatide 
will be assessed in the time frame from 1 to 4 hours post-injection at Day 1 of the 
treatment phase and prior to injection as well as in the time frame from 1 to 4 hours post 
injection at Week 4, Week 12, Week 26.  
• Insulin glargine doses will be analyzed based on the doses recorded on eCRF and 
lixisenatide doses will be derived based on the insulin glargine doses and pen information. 
• An algorithm for defining patients requiring rescue therapy is provided in Section 2.5.8. 
• For the percentage of patients reaching HbA1c <7% (53 mmol/mol) with no body weight 
gain at Week 26, “no weight gain” will be defined as negative change or no change from 
baseline to Week 26. 
For further details on missing data handling, see Section 2.5.3. 
2.1.4 Safety endpoints 
The safety endpoints are assessed by: 
• Symptomatic hypoglycemia (documented, probable, severe symptomatic hypoglycemia), 
• Adverse events (AEs), serious adverse events (SAEs), and AE of special interest (AESI), 
• Safety laboratory values, 
• Vital signs, 
• Electrocardiogram (ECG). 
• Immunogenicity (antibody variables, FRC group): anti-insulin and anti-lixisenatide 
antibodies. 
Observation period  
The observation period of safety data will be divided into 3 segments: 
• The pre-treatment period is defined as the time between the date of the informed consent 
and the first injection of open-label IMP, 
• The on-treatment period of the whole study for daily formulation is defined as the time 
from the first injection of open-label IMP up to 3 days (1 day for symptomatic 
hypoglycemia) after the last injection of IMP, regardless of the introduction of rescue 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 28 
therapy. The on-treatment period of the whole study for weekly formulation is defined as 
the time from the first injection of open-label IMP up to 9 days (7 day for symptomatic 
hypoglycemia) after the last injection of IMP, regardless of the introduction of rescue 
therapy. 
• The 26-week on-treatment period is defined as follows: 
- 
For patients who are not eligible to enter the extension period, the 26-week on-
treatment period is defined as 
- 
For patients receiving daily IMP:  time from the first injection of open-label 
daily IMP up to 3 days (1 day for symptomatic hypoglycemia) after the last 
injection of daily IMP, regardless of the introduction of rescue therapy.  
- 
For patients receiving weekly IMP: time from the first injection of open-label 
weekly IMP up to 9 days (7 day for symptomatic hypoglycemia) after the last 
injection of weekly IMP, regardless of the introduction of rescue therapy.  
- 
For the patients who are eligible to enter the extension period, the 26-week on-
treatment period is defined as the time from the first injection of open-label IMP up to 
V28/Week 26 visit (or Day 183 if V28/Week 26 visit is missing). 
• The post-treatment period is defined as the time starting 4 days (2 days for symptomatic 
hypoglycemia) after the last injection of open-label daily IMP, or starting 10 days (8 days 
for symptomatic hypoglycemia) after the last injection of open-label weekly IMP (after the 
on-treatment period of the whole study). 
 
The on-study observation period is defined as the time from the first injection of open-label IMP 
until the end of study (defined as last protocol planned visit or the resolution/stabilization of all 
serious AEs and AEs with pre-specified monitoring as defined in the protocol). 
The baseline value for safety endpoints will be the last available value prior to the first injection of 
open-label IMP. 
2.1.4.1 Symptomatic hypoglycemia 
Symptomatic hypoglycemia will be identified as events recorded on the dedicated eCRF 
“Symptomatic hypoglycemia” page, and will be categorized as follows (see study protocol for 
further details): 
Severe symptomatic hypoglycemia 
Severe symptomatic hypoglycemia is an event requiring assistance of another person to actively 
administer carbohydrate, glucagon, or other resuscitative actions. These episodes may be 
associated with sufficient neuroglycopenia to induce seizure, unconsciousness, or coma. Plasma 
glucose measurements may not be available during such an event, but neurological recovery 
attributable to the restoration of plasma glucose to normal is considered sufficient evidence that 
the event was induced by a low plasma glucose concentration.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 29 
The definition of severe symptomatic hypoglycemia includes all episodes in which neurological 
impairment was severe enough to prevent self-treatment and which were thus thought to place 
patients at risk for injury to themselves or others. 
Note that “requires assistance” means that the patient could not help himself or herself. Assisting 
a patient out of kindness, when assistance is not required, should not be considered a “requires 
assistance” incident. 
Severe symptomatic hypoglycemia will be qualified as an SAE only if it fulfills SAE criteria. All 
events of seizure, unconsciousness, or coma must be reported as SAEs. 
In the eCRF, severe symptomatic hypoglycemia is identified based on information captured in the 
“Symptomatic hypoglycemic event information” page as those 
• ticked “Subject was Not Capable of Treating Self and Required Assistance” to the question 
“Countermeasure Administration” and 
• ticked at least one “Yes” to the question “Symptoms”. 
Documented symptomatic hypoglycemia 
Documented symptomatic hypoglycemia is an event during which typical symptoms of 
hypoglycemia are accompanied by a measured plasma glucose concentration of ≤70 mg/dL 
(3.9 mmol/L). Clinical symptoms that are considered to result from a hypoglycemic episode can 
include (but are not limited to): increased sweating, nervousness, asthenia, tremor, dizziness, 
increased appetite, palpitations, headache, sleep disorder, confusion, seizures, unconsciousness, 
and coma.  
In the eCRF, documented symptomatic hypoglycemia is identified based on information captured 
in the “Symptomatic hypoglycemic event information” page as those 
• ticked “Subject Treated Self” or “Subject was Capable of Treating Self but Received 
Assistance” to the question “Countermeasure Administration” and 
• ticked at least one “Yes” to the question “Symptoms” and  
• with a measured plasma glucose value ≤70 mg/dL (3.9 mmol/L). 
Probable symptomatic hypoglycemia 
Probable symptomatic hypoglycemia is an event during which symptoms of hypoglycemia are not 
accompanied by a plasma glucose determination, but was presumably caused by a plasma glucose 
concentration less than or equal to 70 mg/dL (3.9 mmol/L); symptoms treated with oral 
carbohydrate without a test of plasma glucose.  
In the eCRF, probable symptomatic hypoglycemia is identified based on information captured in 
the “Symptomatic hypoglycemic event information” page as those  
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 30 
• ticked “Subject Treated Self” or “Subject was Capable of Treating Self but Received 
Assistance” to the question “Countermeasure Administration” and  
• ticked at least one “Yes” to the question “Symptoms” and 
• ticked “Oral carbohydrate”, “Intravenous  glucose” or “Glucagon injection” to the question 
“Was Any Countermeasure Given for the Hypoglycemic Event?” and  
• ticked “Yes” to the question “Did this countermeasure lead a significant improvement or 
prompt recovery?” and 
•  with no plasma glucose value, 
Symptomatic hypoglycemia events fulfilling the criteria of a SAE will also be recorded on AE and 
SAE forms in eCRF. 
2.1.4.2 Adverse events variables 
Adverse event observation period  
• Pre-treatment adverse events are AEs that developed or worsened or became serious from 
the signed informed consent date up to first injection of open-label IMP. 
• Treatment-emergent adverse events are AEs that developed or worsened (according to the 
Investigator’s opinion) or became serious during the period from the administration of first 
dose of the study treatment up to 3 days (9 days for the weekly GLP1) after the last 
administration. 
• Post-treatment adverse events are AEs that developed or worsened or became serious 
during the post-treatment period. 
All AEs (including SAEs and AEs with prespecified monitoring) will be coded to a lower-level 
term (LLT), preferred term (PT), high-level term (HLT), high-level group term (HLGT), and 
associated primary system organ class (SOC) using the version of Medical Dictionary for 
Regulatory Activities (MedDRA) currently in effect at Sanofi at the time of database lock. 
Record the occurrence of AEs (including SAEs and AEs with prespecified monitoring) from the 
time of signed informed consent until the end of the study. 
AESI, AE requiring specific monitoring, or specific AEs to be analyzed: 
• Local tolerability at injection site:  identified by searching the term “injection site” in 
either the PTs coded from the investigator reported terms or the PTs coded from the 
Allergic Reaction Assessment Committee (ARAC) diagnosis terms. 
• Allergic or allergic-like reactions: events recorded on the AE form for “suspected allergic 
reaction” and its associated complementary forms. Allergic reaction or possible allergic 
reaction will be adjudicated by the ARAC. 
• Increased pancreatic enzymes > 2 x ULN/suspected pancreatitis: all events confirmed by a 
repeated test recorded on the AE form for “increased lipase and/or amylase greater than 2 x 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 31 
ULN” and its associated complementary forms. All events reported will be sent to 
Pancreatic Safety Assessment Committee (PSAC) for adjudication of pancreatitis. 
• Pancreatic neoplasm: All pancreatic neoplasm related events (AEs of pancreas carcinoma, 
AEs of pancreas neoplasm benign or malignant AEs of pancreas neoplasm unspecified, 
AEs of pancreatic endocrine neoplasm/carcinoma, or AEs of pancreas mass, cyst, 
pseudocysts) will be reviewed, assessed and adjudicated by the PSAC for pancreatic 
neoplasm. 
• Increased calcitonin ≥20 pg/mL: events recorded on the AE form for “increased calcitonin” 
and its associated complementary form. 
• Increased ALT: events recorded on the AE form for “ALT increase” and its associated 
complementary form. 
• Device related events reported on eCRF “Device-related events questionnaire”. 
Pregnancy and overdose are included in overall AE summaries if any. 
2.1.4.3 Deaths 
The deaths observation period are per the observation periods defined above.  
• Death on-study:  deaths occurring during the on-study observation period 
• Death on-treatment:  deaths occurring during the on-treatment period  
• Death post-study:  deaths occurring after the end of the study  
2.1.4.4 Laboratory safety variables 
Clinical laboratory data consists of blood analysis (including hematology and clinical chemistry) 
and urinalysis (albumin/creatinine ratio).  Clinical laboratory values will be summarized in both 
standard international units and conventional units. 
The laboratory data will be collected at designated visits (see study flowchart in Appendix D.  The 
following laboratory data will be measured at a central laboratory and used as safety endpoints: 
• Hematology 
- 
Red blood cells, platelets: hemoglobin, hematocrit, red blood cells (erythrocytes) 
count, platelets count. 
- 
White blood cells: white blood cells count, and differential counts (neutrophils, 
lymphocytes, monocytes, basophils, and eosinophils). 
• Clinical chemistry 
- 
Lipid parameters: total cholesterol, high density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol, low 
density lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol, triglycerides. 
- 
Pancreatic enzymes: lipase, amylase. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 32 
- 
Serum calcitonin. 
- 
Electrolytes: sodium, potassium, calcium, phosphorus. 
- 
Renal function: creatinine, calculated creatinine clearance, uric acid. 
- 
Liver function: alanine aminotransferases (ALT), aspartate aminotransferases (AST), 
alkaline phosphatase (ALP), total bilirubin (and, in case of values above the normal 
range, differentiation in conjugated and non-conjugated bilirubin). 
• Urine analysis: albumin/creatinine ratio. 
For triglycerides, only values assessed in fasted patients will be analyzed. 
Other laboratory data not mentioned above (pregnancy test, serum follicle-stimulating hormone 
[FSH], hepatitis screen, and urinalysis) will not be defined as safety endpoints (collected at 
screening only as per study flowchart in Appendix D, except for pregnancy test which is also 
performed during study). 
Technical formulas are described in Section 2.5.1. 
2.1.4.5 Vital signs variables 
Vital signs include supine heart rate (bpm) and systolic and diastolic blood pressures (mmHg) in 
seated position. 
2.1.4.6 Physical examination 
Any abnormality related to physical examination will be reported in the eCRF “Adverse Event” 
page. 
2.1.4.7 Electrocardiogram variables 
ECGs are measured automatically by the device from the investigator as automatic 12-lead ECG. 
ECG status of “normal” or “abnormal” will be reported in the eCRF as determined by the 
Investigator. 
2.1.4.8 Immunogenicity variables 
Antibody variables in FRC group: 
• Anti-insulin glargine antibody: 
- 
Status (Positive, Negative) and titer; 
- 
Cross-reactivity of anti-insulin glargine antibodies with human insulin. 
• Anti-lixisenatide antibody: 
- 
Status (Positive, Negative) and concentration; 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 33 
- 
Cross-reactivity of anti-lixisenatide antibodies with GLP-1 and glucagon as well as 
neutralizing effects of these antibodies against lixisenatide, GLP-1 and glucagon. 
The on-treatment period for antibody variables is defined as the time from the first injection of 
open-label IMP up to 28 days after the last injection of open-label IMP. 
2.1.5 Pharmacokinetic variables  
Pharmacokinetics variables include total plasma concentrations of lixisenatide for FRC group. 
2.2 
DISPOSITION OF PATIENTS 
This section describes patient disposition for both patient study status and the patient analysis 
populations. 
Screened patients are defined as all patients who have signed the informed consent. 
Randomized patients consist of all patients who have signed informed consent, with a randomized 
open-label treatment kit allocated and recorded in the IRT database, regardless of whether the 
treatment kit was actually used or not. 
For patient study status, the total number of patients in each of the following categories will be 
presented in the clinical study report (CSR), using a flowchart diagram or summary table: 
• Screened patients 
• Screen failure patients and reasons for screen failure 
• Nonrandomized but treated patients 
• Randomized patients 
• Randomized but not treated patients 
• Randomized and treated patients 
• Patients who have completed the 26-week randomized treatment period as per protocol 
• Patients who have completed the whole study treatment period including 26-week single-
arm extension period 
• Patients who permanently discontinued the IMP during the 26-week randomized treatment 
period, and the reasons for treatment discontinuation. 
• Patients who permanently discontinued the IMP during the 26-week single-arm extension 
period, and the reasons for treatment discontinuation (for FRC group only). 
• Patients who completed/discontinued the study, 
• Patients’ end of study status (completed, not completed) by end of treatment status 
(completed, not completed), 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 34 
• Status at last study contact. 
For the screened, screen failure, and non-randomized but treated patients, percentages will be 
calculated using the number of screened patients as the denominator. All other categories of 
patients will be presented by treatment group, and percentages will be calculated using the number 
of randomized patients within each treatment group as the denominator. Reasons for treatment 
discontinuation will be provided in tables giving numbers and percentages by treatment group. 
A summary of the distribution of patients by country and center will also be provided (overall 
number of patients screened, screened but not randomized, randomized, and randomized but not 
treated, and number of patients randomized and discontinued from study treatment for each 
treatment group). 
Patients treated but not randomized, patients randomized but not treated and patients randomized 
but not treated as randomized will be identified and described in separate listings. Only the 
patients of the third category (randomized and not treated as randomized) will be part of efficacy 
and safety analyses (see Section 2.3). Safety data of patients treated but not randomized will be 
reported separately. 
The randomization strata [HbA1c at Visit 1 (<8%, ≥8%) and GLP-1 receptor agonist subtype at 
screening (QD/BID fomulations, QW formulations)] assigned by IRT will be summarized. The 
percentages will be calculated using the number of randomized patients as the denominator. The 
discrepancy between the strata assigned by IRT and the information reported on eCRF will be 
listed for all randomized patients. 
Kaplan-Meier (KM) plots of the cumulative incidence of open-label IMP discontinuation due to 
any reason or due to AE will be provided for the 26-week randomized treatment period. 
Additionally, a listing of these patients, along with the reason for discontinuation, will be 
provided. Time to treatment discontinuation will be defined as the number of days from the first 
injection of open label IMP until the day of treatment discontinuation. All completers will be 
considered as censored observations. The censoring time will be the number of days from the first 
injection of open-label IMP until the last injection date during 26-week randomized treatment 
period. Similar KM plots and listing of patients will also be provided for the whole study 
including 26-week single-arm extension period (FRC group only).  
All major or critical deviations will be listed and summarized in tables giving numbers and 
percentages of deviations by treatment group. 
Additionally, the analysis populations for efficacy, safety defined in Section 2.3 will be 
summarized in a table by number of patients on the randomized population: 
• Efficacy population: modified intent-to-treat (mITT) population, 
• Safety population. 
• PK population. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 35 
2.2.1 Randomization and drug dispensing irregularities 
Randomization and drug-dispensing irregularities occur whenever: 
1. A randomization is not in accordance with the protocol-defined randomization method, 
such as a) an ineligible patient is randomized, b) a patient is randomized based on an 
incorrect stratum, c) a patient is randomized twice, or d) in a dynamic randomization 
scheme the treatment assignment is, in fact, not random, due to a computer program error.  
 
OR 
2. A patient is dispensed an IMP kit not allocated by the protocol-defined randomization, 
such as a) a patient at any time in the study is dispensed a different treatment kit than as 
randomized (which may or may not contain the correct-as-randomized IMP), or b) a 
nonrandomized patient is treated with IMP reserved for randomized patients. 
Randomization and drug-dispensing irregularities will be monitored throughout the study and 
reviewed on an ongoing basis.  
All randomization and drug-dispensing irregularities will be documented in the CSR.  If the 
number of irregularities is large enough to make a tabular summary useful, the irregularities will 
be categorized and summarized among randomized patients (number and percentages).  
Nonrandomized, treated patients will be described separately.  
2.3 
ANALYSIS POPULATIONS 
Patients treated without being randomized (patients who received open-label IMP without calling 
the IRT or before calling the IRT, or patients who did not give their informed consent) will not be 
considered as randomized. They will be excluded from any population for analysis, including 
efficacy and safety. However, if these patients experience any safety event, they will be presented 
and listed separately in the appendix of the CSR. 
The randomized population includes any patient who has been allocated to a randomized 
treatment regardless of whether the treatment kit was used. 
For any patient randomized more than once, only the data associated with the first randomization 
will be used in any analysis population.  The safety experience associated with any later 
randomization will be assessed separately. 
The safety experience of patients treated and not randomized will be reported separately, and these 
patients will not be in the safety population. 
2.3.1 Efficacy populations 
The mITT population will be the primary population for efficacy analyses. For efficacy analyses, 
patients will be analyzed in the treatment group to which they were randomized by the IRT, 
irrespective of the treatment actually received. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 36 
2.3.1.1 Modified intent-to-treat population  
The mITT population consists of all randomized patients who have both a baseline assessment and 
at least 1 post-baseline assessment of any primary or secondary efficacy variables, irrespective of 
compliance with the study protocol and procedures. Patients will be analyzed for efficacy analyses 
according to the treatment group to which they are randomized. 
2.3.2 Safety population 
The safety population consists of all randomized patients who receive at least 1 dose of open-label 
IMP (regardless of the amount of treatment administered). Patients will be analyzed for safety 
analyses according to the treatment actually received. 
In addition:  
• Nonrandomized but treated patients will not be part of the safety population; however, 
their safety data will be presented separately; 
• Randomized patients for whom it is unclear whether they took the IMP will be included in 
the safety population as randomized; 
• When a patient is exposed to both FRC and GLP-1 receptor agonist, the patient will be 
analyzed in the treatment group (FRC or GLP-1 receptor agonist) in which he/she is 
treated longer; 
• Patients will be excluded from the safety population only if there is documented evidence 
(ie, all study dates recorded as no medication taken) that patients have not taken the study 
medication. 
2.3.3 Pharmacokinetic population  
• For pharmacokinetic (PK) analyses, the PK population is defined as all randomized and 
treated patients who contribute with at least one valid plasma analysis of lixisenatide. 
2.4 
STATISTICAL METHODS 
In general, descriptive statistics of quantitative efficacy and safety endpoints (result and change 
from baseline) by scheduled visit will be provided on observed cases (OC), ie, only including 
patients having a non-missing assessment at a specific visit. 
Continuous data will be summarized by treatment group using the number of available 
observations (N), mean, SD, minimum, median, and maximum. 
Categorical data will be summarized by treatment group using counts and percentages. Missing 
data will not be categorized in the summaries. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 37 
2.4.1 Demographics and baseline characteristics 
No statistical test will be performed for the between-group difference on demographic and 
baseline characteristics (including medical history and baseline efficacy data). 
Demographic and baseline disease characteristics, baseline efficacy variables and medical history 
and medical findings (see Section 2.1.1) will be summarized with appropriate descriptive statistics 
by treatment group and overall. Pathologies associated with past medical or surgical history will 
be summarized by primary SOC and HLT, with events sorted by primary SOC in internationally 
agreed order and decreasing frequency of HLT in the overall group. These summaries will be 
provided on randomized patients, using the treatment group to which they were randomized. 
2.4.2 Prior or concomitant medications  
Summaries of prior, concomitant and post-treatment medications will be presented on randomized 
patients for each treatment group (and overall for the summary of prior medications), using counts 
and percentages. No statistical test for the between-group difference will be performed. 
Medications will be summarized according to the WHO-DD dictionary, considering the first digit 
of the anatomical therapeutic chemical (ATC) class (anatomic category) and the first 3 digits of 
the ATC class (therapeutic category). A given medication can be classified in several groups. All 
ATC codes corresponding to a medication will be summarized. Patients will be counted once in 
each ATC categories (anatomic or therapeutic) linked to the medication, therefore patients may be 
counted several times for the same medication. 
The table for prior medications will be sorted by decreasing frequency of anatomic class followed 
by therapeutic class, based on the overall incidence across treatment groups. In case of equal 
frequency regarding anatomic classes (respectively therapeutic classes), alphabetical order will be 
used. 
The tables for concomitant and post-treatment medications will be sorted by decreasing frequency 
of anatomic class followed by therapeutic class, based on the incidence in the FRC group. In case 
of equal frequency regarding anatomic classes (respectively therapeutic classes), alphabetical 
order will be used. 
2.4.3 Extent of investigational medicinal product exposure and compliance  
The extent of IMP exposure and compliance will be assessed and summarized by actual treatment 
received within the safety population (Section 2.3.2). 
2.4.3.1 Extent of investigational medicinal product exposure 
The extent of open-label IMP exposure will be assessed by the duration of IMP exposure during 
the study. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 38 
The duration of treatment exposure will be the total number of days of administration of the open-
label IMP, regardless of unplanned intermittent discontinuations. 
The duration of daily IMP exposure will be calculated as: 
(Date of the last open-label IMP injection – Date of the first open-label IMP injection) + 1. 
The duration of weekly IMP exposure will be calculated as: 
(Date of the last open-label IMP injection – Date of the first open-label IMP injection) + 7. 
Duration of IMP exposure (days) will be summarized using continuous descriptive statistics 
(N, mean, SD, minimum, median, and maximum). The cumulative exposure in patient years, 
defined as the sum of patients’ duration of IMP exposure, will also be provided. In addition, 
duration of IMP exposure will be summarized categorically by counts and percentages for each of 
the following categories, and cumulatively according to these categories: 
•
1 to 14 days,
•
15 to 28 days,
•
29 to 56 days,
•
57 to 84 days,
•
85 to 126 days,
•
127 to 168 days,
•
169 to 182 days,
•
183 to 210 days,
•
211 to 238 days,
•
239 to 294 days,
•
295 to 364 days
•
> 364 days.
•
The exposure parameters are provided for the 26-week randomized treatment period and
for the whole study treatment period (FRC group only), respectively.
2.4.3.2 Compliance 
Overall treatment compliance is defined as the actual number of days with IMP injection 
compared to the planned number of days with IMP injection during the open-label treatment 
period, up to treatment discontinuation. It is calculated according to the following formula: 
•
For QD/BID formulations,
(electronic 3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 39 
Compliance rate (%) =
100
injection
 
IMP
 with 
days
 
of
number 
 
Planned
injection
 
IMP
 with 
days
 
of
number 
 
Total
×
⎥⎦
⎤
⎢⎣
⎡
•
For QW formulations,
Compliance rate (%) = 
100
injection
 
IMP
 with 
 weeks
of
number 
 
Planned
injection
 
IMP
 with 
 weeks
of
number 
 
Total
×
⎥⎦
⎤
⎢⎣
⎡
Treatment compliance will be summarized by treatment group using continuous descriptive 
statistics (N, mean, SD, median, and minimum, and maximum). In addition, the percentage of 
patients who have <60%, ≥60% to <80%, ≥80% to ≤100%, and >100% compliance will be 
summarized by treatment group.  
The compliance parameters are provided for the 26-week randomized treatment period and for the 
26-week single-arm extension period (FRC group only), respectively. 
For calculating compliance rate during the 26-week single-arm extension period, the following 
formula will be used. 
Compliance rate (%) = 
100
period
extension 
 
during
injection 
 
IMP
 with 
days
 
of
number 
 
Planned
period
extension 
 
during
injection 
 
IMP
 with 
days
 
of
number 
 
Total
×
⎥⎦
⎤
⎢⎣
⎡
Date of the first IMP injection during extension period is equal to the date of first IMP 
administration with a daily dose > 0 after the date of administration reported on the eCRF 
“Treatment Status” page. 
Cases of overdose (see study protocol for further details) will constitute AEs and be analyzed as 
such. More generally, dosing irregularities will be listed in Section 2.2.1. 
2.4.4 Analyses of efficacy endpoints 
Efficacy analyses will be performed on the mITT population using efficacy assessment collected 
during the study, including those obtained after IMP discontinuation or introduction of rescue 
therapy, unless otherwise specified. 
For a patient to be included in a change from baseline analysis (endpoint – baseline) or a baseline 
adjusted analysis of an endpoint, the patient must have both a baseline and a post-baseline 
measure for that endpoint. 
2.4.4.1 Analysis of primary efficacy endpoint(s) 
The statistical test will be 2-sided tests at a nominal 5% significance level. 
(electronic 3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 40 
Primary analysis 
The primary efficacy endpoint (change in HbA1c from baseline to Week 26) will be analyzed using 
a mixed-effect model with repeated measures (MMRM) under the missing at random framework. 
The MMRM model will include treatment group (FRC or GLP-1 receptor agonist), randomization 
strata of HbA1c (<8%, ≥8%) at V1 (week -2), randomization strata of GLP-1 receptor agonist 
subtype (QD/BID fomulations, QW formulations) at screening, visit (week 8, week 12, week 18, 
Week 22 and Week 26), treatment-by-visit interaction and world region as fixed effects, and 
baseline HbA1c value-by-visit interaction as the covariates. The adjusted mean change in HbA1c 
from baseline to Week 26 for each treatment group will be estimated in the framework of this 
model, as well as the between group difference in LS means and the corresponding 95% CI.  
The MMRM model will be implemented using SAS® (Version 9.4 or higher) MIXED procedure 
(PROC MIXED) with an unstructured correlation matrix to model the within-patient errors. 
Parameters will be estimated using the restricted maximum likelihood method with the Newton-
Raphson algorithm. Denominator degree of freedom will be estimated using the Kenward-Roger 
approximation by fitting values from post-randomization scheduled visits in the 26-week 
randomized treatment period. This model will use only scheduled HbA1c measurements. 
Primary analysis will be performed using the mITT population and including all scheduled HbA1c 
measurements collected during the study, including those obtained after IMP discontinuation or 
introduction of rescue therapy. 
Sensitivity analyses 
The following sensitivity analyses will be performed for the primary endpoint: 
• The same MMRM model as described in the primary analysis will also be performed by 
including only the scheduled HbA1c measurements collected during the 26-week on-
treatment period (see Section 2.1.3). 
• A sensitivity analysis will also be conducted on the 26-week completers in mITT 
population (ie, all mITT patients who completed the 26-week open-label randomized 
treatment period and did not start any rescue therapy before the end of the 26 week 
randomized treatment period) using the observed Week 26 values and the same MMRM 
model as described above. 
• To investigate the impact of rescue therapy, the same MMRM model as described in the 
primary analysis will be performed by excluding the measurements after receiving the 
rescue therapy. The analysis includes all scheduled measurements obtained during the 26-
week randomized treatment period, including those obtained after IMP discontinuation, 
but excluding those obtained after introduction of rescue therapy. 
• In order for patients with missing data to be adequately represented by the patients with 
data, a sensitivity analysis using multiple imputations with respect to jump to control under 
the MNAR assumption will be performed. In particular,  
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 41 
- 
For patients in the GLP1-RA group who have no HbA1c values at Week 26, the 
missing data will be considered as missing at random. Missing HbA1c values in this 
situation will be imputed by the regression method using the observed data from GLP-
1 RA group. The regression imputation model will include baseline HbA1c values and 
randomization strata.  
- 
For patients in the FRC group who have no HbA1c value at Week 26, the missing 
HbA1c values will be imputed using baseline HbA1c values, randomization strata and 
coefficients generated from the regression model in the GLP-1 RA group plus an error. 
The error term will be randomly drawn from normal distribution with mean zero and a 
standard deviation. The standard deviation of the normal distribution will be calculated 
from pooled standard error of the regression model in the GLP-1 RA group and the 
standard error of the regression model in the FRC group.  The regression model in the 
FRC group will be generated using the observed data from FRC group and will include 
baseline HbA1c values and randomization strata.  
Missing HbA1c values at Week 26 will be imputed 100 times to generate 100 data sets with 
complete HbA1c values at Week 26. The change from baseline to Week 26 will be derived 
from observed and imputed HbA1c values at this time point. The completed data sets will 
be analyzed using an ANCOVA model with treatment groups, randomization strata, and 
world region as factors and the baseline HbA1c value as a covariate. The results from the 
100 analyses will be combined using SAS PROC MIANALYZE. 
Assessment of treatment effect by subgroup 
Descriptive analyses will be performed on the primary endpoint to summarize the treatment 
effects across subgroups defined by the following baseline or screening factors: 
• Race (American Indian or Alaska Native, Asian/Oriental, Black, Native Hawaiian or Other 
Pacific Islander, White, Other) (any category with less than 5 patients may be combined 
with another category as appropriate); 
• Ethnicity (Hispanic or Latino, Not Hispanic or Latino); 
• Age group (<50, ≥50 to <65, ≥65 to < 75, ≥75 years of age) (any category with less than 5 
patients may be combined with another category as appropriate); 
• Gender; 
• Baseline BMI level (<30, ≥30 kg/m2); 
• GLP-1 receptor agonist subtype (QD/BID fomulations, QW formulations) at screening 
• Baseline HbA1c (<8%, ≥8%); 
• Pioglitazone use (Yes, No) at screening; 
• SGLT2 inhibitor use (Yes, No) at screening (if each category contains sufficient number of 
patients); 
• World region.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 42 
• Country 
The treatment effects across the subgroups defined for each of these factors will be estimated for 
the change from baseline to Week 26 in HbA1c in the mITT population, and using the MMRM 
approach with treatment group (FRC or GLP-1 receptor agonist), randomization strata of HbA1c 
(<8%, ≥8%) at V1 (week -2), randomization strata of GLP-1 receptor agonist subtype (QD/BID 
fomulations, QW formulations) at screening visit, subgroup factor, treatment-by-visit, treatment-
by-subgroup factor, visit-by-subgroup factor, treatment-by-visit-by-subgroup factor, and world 
region as fixed effects, and using the baseline HbA1c value-by-visit interaction as a covariate. The 
adjusted estimates of treatment mean differences (FRC versus GLP-1 receptor agonist) with 
standard errors and 95% CIs will be provided as appropriate across the subgroups.  
In case that the subgroup factor is identical or similar to a randomization strata factor (eg, baseline 
HbA1c category and GLP-1 RA category), only the subgroup factor will be included in the model 
in order to avoid collinearity issue in the analysis. In case that the subgroup factor is country, the 
world region will not be included in the model. 
A similar MMRM model will also be used to estimate the within-group treatment effect for the 
change from baseline to Week 26 in HbA1c for the following subgroups: 
• Anti-lixisenatide antibody status (positive, negative) at the end of 26-week treatment; 
• Anti-insulin glargine antibody status (positive, negative) at the end of 26-week treatment;  
• Anti-lixisenatide antibody concentration at the end of 26-week treatment: <lower limit of 
quantification (LLOQ), ≥ LLOQ to 100 nmol/L, > 100 nmol/L. 
If the antibody measurement is not available at Week 26, the LOCF procedure will be used by 
taking the last available post-baseline antibody measurement as the value at Week 26. 
The adjusted means for each treatment group will be provided across the subgroups as 
appropriate, as well as the associated standard errors and 95% confidence intervals. 
Summary statistics at scheduled visits 
Summary statistics (for screening value, baseline value, observed values, and observed changes 
from baseline) at scheduled visits (using OC) will be provided for each treatment group. The 
summary will include the number of observations, mean, SD, SE, minimum, median, and 
maximum. Graphical presentations will also be used to examine trends over time using mean 
values (±SE) and mean changes from baseline (±SE) at each of the scheduled visits (using OC). 
These analyses will be performed using efficacy assessments obtained during the 26-week 
randomized treatment period, including those obtained after IMP discontinuation or introduction 
of rescue therapy.  
• Similar presentations will be provided for patients who have completed the 26-week 
treatment period. In addition, summary statistics tables will be presented using HbA1c 
assessments obtained during the 26-week on-treatment period (see Section 2.1.3). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 43 
• Similar summary statistics and graphical presentations will also be provided for FRC 
group for the whole study period including the extension period. 
2.4.4.2 Analyses of secondary efficacy endpoints 
For secondary efficacy endpoints included in the multiplicity procedure described in 
Section 2.4.4.3, 2-sided statistical tests for the superiority of FRC over GLP-1 receptor agonist 
will be performed at the alpha level of 0.05. 
Except for 2-hour PPG and glucose excursion, all continuous secondary efficacy endpoints at 
Week 26 defined in Section 2.1.3.2 will be analyzed using the same MMRM approach as 
described in Section 2.4.4.1 to compare FRC with GLP-1 receptor agonist. The analyses include 
all scheduled measurements collected during the 26-week randomized treatment period, including 
those obtained after IMP discontinuation or introduction of rescue therapy. This model will 
include fixed effect terms including treatment group (FRC or GLP-1 receptor agonist), 
randomization strata of HbA1c (<8%, ≥8%) at V1 (week -2), randomization strata of GLP-1 
receptor agonist subtype (QD/BID fomulations, QW formulations) at screening, scheduled visit, 
treatment-by-visit interaction, and world region, and the covariate of baseline value-by-visit 
interaction. Means and adjusted means of each treatment group will be provided, as well as 
adjusted mean and associated two-sided 95% CI of the differences between treatment groups. The 
statistical tests for between-group differences will be two-sided at the alpha level of 0.05.  
2-hour PPG and glucose excursion, for which only 1 post-baseline assessment is scheduled, will 
be analyzed using ANCOVA with the missing data at Week 26 imputed by LOCF to compare 
FRC with GLP-1 receptor agonist. This model will include fixed effect terms including treatment 
group (FRC or GLP-1 receptor agonist), randomization strata of HbA1c (<8%, ≥8%) at V1 (week -
2), randomization strata of GLP-1 receptor agonist subtype (QD/BID fomulations, QW 
formulations) at screening, and world region, and a covariate using the corresponding baseline 
value. Means and adjust means of each treatment group will be provided, as well as adjusted mean 
and associated two-sided 95% CI of the difference between treatment groups. The LOCF 
procedure will be used by taking the last available post-baseline measurement collected during the 
26-week randomized treatment period as the value at Week 26. 
Summary statistics (for screening value, baseline value, observed values, and observed changes 
from baseline) at scheduled visits (using OC) will be provided for each treatment group for 
continuous secondary efficacy endpoints. Each summary will include the number of observations, 
mean, SD, SE, minimum, median, and maximum. Graphical presentations will also be used to 
examine trends over time using mean values (±SE) and mean changes from baseline (±SE) at each 
of the scheduled visits (using OC). 
All categorical secondary efficacy endpoints defined for 26-week randomized treatment period in 
Section 2.1.3.2 will be analyzed using a Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel (CMH) method stratified on 
randomization strata of HbA1c (<8%, ≥8%) at visit 1(week -2) and randomization strata of GLP-1 
receptor agonist subtype (QD/BID fomulations, QW formulations) at screening. The proportion in 
each treatment group will be provided, as well as the difference of proportions between groups 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 44 
with associated 2-sided 95% CI. For the categorical secondary endpoints in which HbA1c is 
assessed at Week 26, all values at Week 26 will be used to determine whether a patient is a 
responder or not, even if they are measured after IMP discontinuation or introduction or rescue 
therapy. If no assessment is available at Week 26 at all, patients will be treated as failures (non-
responders). 
For HbA1c responders (≤6.5%, <7%), summary tables and graphs will be provided by treatment 
group at scheduled visits (using OC). For between-group comparison, a sensitivity analysis will be 
performed excluding patients whose HbA1c values at baseline are ≤6.5% (for the ≤6.5% 
responder analysis) or <7% (for the 7% responder analysis). The summary by visit may also be 
provided excluding those patients. 
A KM curve will be provided by treatment group for the cumulative incidence of rescue therapy 
during the 26-week randomized treatment period and during the whole study period including the 
extension period (FRC group only). A listing will be provided for rescued patients. 
For all continuous secondary endpoints, only descriptive statistics will be provided for the FRC 
group at the scheduled visits for the whole study period including the extension period. For all the 
categorical secondary endpoints defined for the extension period, counts and percentages will be 
summarized for FRC group using all data available at Week 52, with patients having data missing 
at Week 52 treatment as non-responders.  
Sensitivity analysis 
Sensitivity analyses will be performed for the following variables using scheduled measurements 
collected during the 26-week on-treatment period (excluding those collected after introduction of 
rescue therapy) (see Section 2.1.3). Continuous variables will be analyzed using MMRM or 
ANCOVA depending on the variables as specified earlier in Section 2.4.4.2. Categorical variables 
will be analyzed using CMH method as described earlier. For the categorical variables in which 
HbA1c is assessed at Week 26, patients will be treated as failures (non-responders) if they have no 
assessment during the on-treatment period, including those who discontinue study treatment 
before Week 26, start rescue therapy before Week 26, or have no on-treatment assessment at all in 
mITT population.  
• Change in 2-hour PPG and in glucose excursion during the standardized meal test from 
baseline to Week 26, 
• Change in the daily average of the 7-point SMPG from baseline to Week 26 (each time 
point and average daily value), 
• Change in FPG from baseline to Week 26, 
• Change in body weight from baseline to Week 26, 
• Percentage of patients reaching HbA1c ≤ 6.5 % at Week 26,  
• Percentage of patients reaching HbA1c < 7 % at Week 26. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 45 
2.4.4.3 Multiplicity issues 
To control the Type I error, a step-down testing procedure (please see Figure 1) will be applied. 
For the primary efficacy endpoint (change from baseline to Week 26 in HbA1c), no multiplicity 
adjustment is needed to control the Type I error since only one comparison of FRC versus GLP-1 
receptor agonist will be performed. 
If the primary variable is statistically significant at the 5% level, a hierarchical testing procedure 
will be performed to test the following secondary efficacy variables in the following prioritized 
order. Testing will stop when an endpoint is found not to be statistically significant at the 5% 
level: 
1. Percentage of patients reaching HbA1c <7% at Week 26. 
2. Change in FPG from baseline to Week 26. 
3. Change in the daily average of the 7-point SMPG from baseline to Week 26. 
4. Change in 2-hour Post Prandial Glucose (PPG) and/or glucose excursion during the 
standardized meal test from baseline to Week 26. 
Multiplicity adjustment will not be performed on the secondary efficacy variables that are not 
included in the above list. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 46 
Figure 1 - The step-down testing procedure 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 47 
2.4.4.4 Additional efficacy analysis(es) 
For the daily insulin glargine and lixisenatide doses, summary statistics at scheduled visits (using 
OC) will be provided for the FRC group. The summary will include the number of observations, 
mean, SD, minimum, median, and maximum. Summary statistics will also be provided for the 
body weight adjusted insulin glargine doses at scheduled visits (using OC). In addition, daily dose 
of insulin glargine at scheduled visits (using OC) will be summarized by count and percentage for 
each of these categories: <10 U, ≥10 U - <20 U, ≥20 U - <30 U, ≥30 U - ≤ 40U, > 40 U - ≤ 50; 
>50 to ≤ 60U,  =60U  , and > 60 U. Daily dose of lixisenatide at scheduled visits (using OC) will 
be summarized by count and percentage for each of these categories: <5 µg, ≥5 µg- < 10 µg, 
≥10 µg- <15 µg, ≥15 µg- ≤ 20µg, = 20µg, > 20µg.  
  
Number and percentage of patients at scheduled visits (using OC) by pen type (Peach 2:1, Olive 
3:1) will be provided. Patients’ pen use status during the 26-week randomized treatment period 
will also be summarized by count and percentage for each of these categories: No switch of pen, 
switch pen once from Peach 2:1 to Olive 3:1 at any time, and other patterns.  
 
Number and percentage of patients in the FRC group will also be summarized by pen type and the 
dose categories described above based on the final doses of insulin glargine and lixisenatide at the 
end of the 26-week randomized treatment period, respectively. 
 
 
For the C-peptide evaluation, summary statistics (for screening value, baseline value, observed 
values, and observed changes from baseline) at scheduled visits (using OC) will be provided for 
each treatment group.  Each summary will include the number of observations, mean, SD, 
minimum, median, and maximum. A summary statistics table will also be presented using 
assessments obtained during the 26-week on-treatment period (see Section 2.1.3). 
 
The following categorical variables will be summarized using count and percentage by treatment 
group. 
• Percentage of patients reaching HbA1c <7% (53 mmol/mol) with no body weight gain at 
Week 26. 
• Percentage of patients with no body weight gain at Week 26. 
• Percentage of patients reaching the fasting SMPG target (≤ 100 mg/dl) at Week 26 (for the 
FRC group only). 
For the categorical variables in which HbA1c, body weight or fasting SMPG is assessed at Week 
26, all values at Week 26 will be used to determine whether a patient is a responder or not, even if 
they are measured after IMP discontinuation or introduction of rescue therapy. If no assessment is 
available at Week 26 at all, patients will be treated as failures (non-responders). 
Similar summary tables will also be presented using scheduled measurements collected during the 
26-week on-treatment period (see Section 2.1.3) in mITT population.  Patients will be treated as 
failures (non-responders) if they have no such assessments during the 26-week on-treatment 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 48 
period, including those who discontinue study treatment before Week 26, start rescue medication 
before Week 26, or have no on-treatment assessments at all in mITT population. 
For the composite endpoint (HbA1c <7% with no body weight gain), a patient will be treated as a 
responder only if the criterion is met for each component of the composite endpoint. 
For the FRC group only, selected analyses of other endpoints defined in Section 2.1.3.3 will also 
be performed for the whole study including the 26-week single-arm extension period (using 
assessment obtained during whole study and/or the on-treatment period of the whole study defined 
in Section 2.1.3). 
2.4.5 Analyses of safety data 
The summary of safety results will be presented by treatment group for the 26-week randomized 
treatment period, unless specified otherwise. A similar summary of safety results will also be 
presented for FRC group for the whole study treatment period including the 26-week single-arm 
extension period, as appropriate. 
The “observation period” defined in Section 2.1.4 are applicable for classification of AEs, 
(potentially clinically significant abnormality) PCSA values for the laboratory and vital sign. 
General common rules 
All safety analyses will be performed on the safety population as defined in Section 2.3.2, unless 
otherwise specified, using the following common rules: 
• Safety data in patients who do not belong to the safety population (eg, exposed but not 
randomized) will be listed separately; 
• The baseline value is defined as the last available value before the first injection of 
open-label IMP. For WBC and differential counts, the baseline will be defined as the last 
available value before the first injection of open-label IMP where no differential 
component is missing; 
• The PCSA values are defined as abnormal values considered medically important by the 
Sponsor according to predefined criteria/thresholds based on literature review and defined 
by the Sponsor for clinical laboratory tests, vital signs, and ECG (PCSA version dated May 
2014 [Appendix A]). PCSA criteria for parameters not cited in the protocol as safety 
parameters will not be analyzed; 
• PCSA criteria will determine which patients had at least 1 PCSA during the specified 
period, taking into account all evaluations performed during the specified period, including 
unscheduled or repeated evaluations. The number of all such patients will be the numerator 
for the PCSA percentage during the specified period; 
• The treatment-emergent PCSA denominator by group for a given parameter will be based 
on the number of patients assessed for that given parameter during the specified period by 
treatment group in the safety population;  
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 49 
• For laboratory parameters cited in the protocol as efficacy endpoints (including HbA1c and 
plasma glucose), PCSA summaries will not be provided. These parameters will be 
summarized in Section 2.4.4; 
• For quantitative safety parameters based on central laboratory/reading measurements, 
descriptive statistics will be used to summarize results and change from baseline values by 
visit and treatment group.  Summaries will include the last on-treatment value (see 
Section 2.5.4); 
• The analysis of the safety variables will be descriptive and no testing is planned; 
• Selected safety analyses will be summarized by age group (<50, ≥50 to <65, ≥65 to < 75, 
≥75 years of age), gender, race subgroups, GLP-1 receptor agonist subtype at screening, 
and any pertinent subgroups as appropriate. 
2.4.5.1 Analyses of symptomatic hypoglycemia 
Analyses of symptomatic hypoglycemia will be performed on the on-treatment period, as defined 
in Section 2.1.4. Unless specified otherwise, all analyses described below will be performed by 
treatment group for the 26-week on-treatment period and for FRC group for the on-treatment 
period of the whole study including the extension period, respectively. 
The number (%) of patients with any symptomatic hypoglycemia recorded in the dedicated eCRF 
“Symptomatic hypoglycemia” page and meeting protocol definitions for  severe, documented or 
probable symptomatic hypoglycemia described  in Section 2.1.4.1  and with at least 
1 symptomatic hypoglycemia by category (ie, severe, documented, and probable symptomatic 
hypoglycemia) will be summarized by treatment group for the on-treatment period, as well as the 
incidence rate in patient years. Two types of incidence rates will be presented: the number of 
patients with at least 1 event per patient years (calculated as the number of patients with at least 
1 event / total exposure in patient years), and the number of events per patient years (calculated as 
the number of events / total exposure in patient years). Note: here exposure is duration of 
on-treatment, ie, duration of IMP treatment in days +1 for daily formulation and duration of IMP 
treatment in days + 7 for weekly formulation (see Section 2.1.4).  
The above summary will also be provided for the on-treatment period before introduction of 
rescue therapy. In addition, all the above summary will be provided for documented symptomatic 
hypoglycemia with plasma glucose <60 mg/dL [3.3 mmol/L]. 
• The summary of frequency and incidence rate in patient years for documented 
symptomatic hypoglycemia will be provided as appropriate by gender (Male, Female), age 
group (<50, ≥50 to <65, ≥65 to < 75, ≥75 years of age), race (American Indian or Alaska 
Native, Asian/Oriental, Black, Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander, White, Other), 
GLP-1 receptor agonist subtype (QD/BID fomulations, QW formulations) at screening, 
SGLT2 inhibitor use (Yes, No) at screening (if each category contains sufficient number of 
patients), and insulin and lixisenatide dose groups (FRC group only). 
• The summary of frequency and incidence rate in patient years for documented 
symptomatic hypoglycemia will be provided by anti-lixisenatide and anti-insulin glargine 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 50 
antibody status (Positive, Negative) during 26-week randomized treatment period and 
during whole study treatment period including 26-week extension period, respectively. A 
patient is defined as anti-lixisenatide (or anti-insulin glargine) antibody positive during the 
26-week randomized treatment period (or whole study treatment period) if the patient is 
anti-lixisenatide (or anti-insulin glargine) antibody positive at any time during the 26-week 
randomized treatment period (or whole study treatment period).  
The number (%) of patients with at least 1 documented symptomatic hypoglycemia during the 26-
week on-treatment period will be assessed by treatment group over time, using weekly time 
intervals up to 26 weeks, ie, [0-1] week, (1-2] weeks, (2-3] weeks, (3-4] weeks, etc. Similar 
summaries will be provided for FRC group during the on-treatment period of the whole study, 
using weekly time intervals up to 52 weeks. In each time interval, the numerator in the calculation 
of percentages will be the number of patients with at least 1 event occurring in this time interval. 
Two types of analyses will be included:  (1) only the first event will be counted for each patient 
and all recurrent events will not be included, and the denominator for the calculation of 
percentages will be the number of patients at risk at the beginning of the time interval who did not 
experience a first event in the preceding intervals; and (2) the recurrent events in subsequent 
intervals will be counted once for each patient in the numerator of the corresponding interval, and 
the denominator for the calculation of percentages will be the number of patients at risk at the 
beginning of the time interval. 
A KM curve will also be provided by treatment group for the time to first documented 
symptomatic hypoglycemia during the on-treatment period.  
The number (%) of patients with at least 1 documented symptomatic hypoglycemia during the on-
treatment period, as well as the corresponding number of events, will be summarized as necessary 
by hour of the day for each treatment group, using the following hour intervals: ≥23:00 to <06:00, 
≥06:00 to <10:00, ≥10:00 to <14:00, ≥14:00 to <18:00, ≥18:00 to <23:00.  
Similar analysis may be provided for severe symptomatic hypoglycemia as appropriate. 
A listing of patients for all events reported on the dedicated eCRF “Symptomatic hypoglycemia” 
page will be provided and sorted by the following order: (1) patients with protocol defined 
symptomatic hypoglycemia including severe symptomatic hypoglycemia, documented 
symptomatic hypoglycemia, or probable symptomatic hypoglycemia (see Section 2.1.4.1); and (2) 
patients with symptomatic hypoglycemia not meeting protocol definition; and (3) patients with 
asymptomatic hypoglycemia. 
2.4.5.2 Analyses of adverse events 
Generalities 
The primary focus of AE reporting will be on treatment-emergent adverse events (TEAEs).  Pre- 
and post-treatment AEs will be described separately. The adverse events will be summarized by 
treatment group for the 26-week randomized treatment period and for FRC group for the whole 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 51 
study treatment period including the 26-week single-arm extension period, respectively, unless 
specified otherwise. 
If an AE date/time of onset (occurrence, worsening, or becoming serious) is incomplete, an 
imputation algorithm will be used to classify the AE as pre-treatment, treatment-emergent, or 
post-treatment.  The algorithm for imputing date/time of onset will be conservative and will 
classify an AE as treatment-emergent unless there is definitive information to determine it is pre- 
or post-treatment. Details on classification of AEs with missing or partial onset dates are provided 
in Section 2.5.3. 
Adverse event incidence tables will present the number (n) and percentage (%) of patients 
experiencing an AE by primary SOC, HLGT, HLT and PT, sorted by the internationally agreed 
order for SOCs and alphabetic order for HLGT, HLT and PT within a SOC, for each treatment 
group. Multiple occurrences of the same event in the same patient will be counted only once in the 
tables within a treatment phase. The denominator for computation of percentages is the safety 
population within each treatment. 
Sorting within tables should ensure the same presentation for the set of all AEs within the 
observation period (pre-treatment, treatment-emergent, and post-treatment).  For that purpose, the 
table of all TEAEs presented by primary SOC and PT sorted by the internationally agreed order 
for SOCs and decreasing frequency for PTs within a SOC will define the presentation order for all 
other similar tables unless otherwise specified. Sorting of PTs will be based on the results for the 
FRC group. 
The internationally agreed order of SOCs shown below was described in the Introductory Guide 
MedDRA Version 19.1, September 2016 International Conference on Harmonisation for SOC: 
1. Infections and infestations 
2. Neoplasms benign and malignant (including cysts and polyps) 
3. Blood and lymphatic system disorders 
4. Immune system disorders 
5. Endocrine disorders 
6. Metabolism and nutrition disorders 
7. Psychiatric disorders 
8. Nervous system disorders 
9. Eye disorders 
10. Ear and labyrinth disorders 
11. Cardiac disorders 
12. Vascular disorders 
13. Respiratory, thoracic, and mediastinal disorders 
14. Gastrointestinal disorders 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 52 
15. Hepato-biliary disorders 
16. Skin and subcutaneous tissue disorders 
17. Musculoskeletal, connective tissue, and bone disorders 
18. Renal and urinary disorders 
19. Pregnancy, puerperium, and perinatal conditions 
20. Reproductive system and breast disorders 
21. Congenital and familial/genetic disorders 
22. General disorders and administration site conditions 
23. Investigations 
24. Injury, poisoning, and procedural complications 
25. Surgical and medical procedures 
26. Social circumstances 
27. Product issues 
Analysis of all treatment-emergent adverse events 
The following TEAE summaries will be generated for the safety population. 
• Overview of TEAEs, summarizing number (%) of patients with any: 
- 
TEAE, 
- 
Serious TEAE, 
- 
TEAE leading to death, 
- 
TEAE leading to permanent treatment discontinuation; 
• All TEAEs by primary SOC, showing number (%) of patients with at least 1 TEAE, sorted 
by internationally agreed order of primary SOCs; 
• All TEAEs by PT, showing number (%) of patients with at least 1 TEAE, sorted by 
decreasing incidence of PT; 
• All TEAEs by primary SOC, HLGT, HLT and PT, showing number (%) of patients with at 
least 1 TEAE, sorted by SOC internationally agreed order. The other levels (HLGT, HLT, 
PT) will be presented in alphabetic order; 
• All TEAEs by primary SOC and PT, showing number (%) of patients with at least 
1 TEAE, sorted by SOC internationally agreed order and decreasing incidence of PTs 
within a SOC. This sorting order will be applied to all other similar tables, unless 
otherwise specified; 
• Common TEAEs (PTs with an incidence ≥2% in any treatment group) by primary SOC, 
HLGT, HLT, and PT, sorted by internationally agreed order of SOCs. The other levels 
(HLGT, HLT, PT) will be presented in alphabetic order; 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 53 
• All TEAEs regardless of relationship and related to IMP by primary SOC, HLGT, HLT, 
and PT, showing number (%) of patients with at least 1 TEAE, sorted by internationally 
agreed order of SOCs. The other levels (HLGT, HLT, PT) will be presented in alphabetic 
order; 
• All TEAEs by maximal severity, presented by primary SOC and PT, showing number (%) 
of patients with at least 1 TEAE by severity (ie, mild, moderate, or severe), sorted by 
sorting order defined above; 
• All TEAEs by primary and secondary SOC, HLGT, HLT, and PT, showing number (%) of 
patients with at least 1 TEAE, sorted by internationally agreed order of SOCs. The other 
levels (HLGT, HLT, PT) will be presented in alphabetic order; 
• Kaplan-Meier curves will be provided, when appropriate, for the time to first onset of the 
following PTs: nausea and vomiting; 
• The frequency of TEAEs over time will be provided for nausea and vomiting, using 
weekly time intervals up to 26 weeks, ie, [0-1] week, (1-2] weeks, (2-3] weeks, 
(3-4] weeks, etc. Similar summary will be also provided for the FRC group for the whole 
study treatment period including the extension period, using weekly intervals up to 52 
weeks. In each time interval, the numerator in the calculation of percentages will be the 
number of patients with at least 1 TEAE occurring in this time interval. Two types of 
analyses will be included: (1) only the first event will be counted for each patient and all 
recurrent events will not be included, and the denominator for the calculation of 
percentages will be the number of patients at risk at the beginning of the time interval who 
did not experience a first event in the preceding intervals; and (2) the recurrent events in 
subsequent intervals will be counted once for each patient in the numerator of the 
corresponding interval, and the denominator for the calculation of percentages will be the 
number of patients at risk at the beginning of the time interval; 
• Summaries of common TEAEs (PTs with an incidence ≥2% in any treatment group) will 
be provided as appropriate by demographic factors including gender (Male, Female), age 
group (<50, ≥50 to <65, ≥65 to < 75, ≥75 years of age), and race (American Indian or 
Alaska Native, Asian/Oriental, Black, Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander, White, 
Other), GLP-1 receptor agonist subtype (QD/BID fomulations, QW formulations) at 
screening.  
• Summaries of all TEAEs will be provided for FRC group respectively by anti-lixisenatide 
and anti-insulin glargine antibody status (Positive, Negative) during the 26-week 
randomized treatment period and during the whole study treatment period including 26-
week extension period.  
Analysis of all treatment emergent serious adverse event(s) 
• All treatment-emergent SAEs by primary SOC, HLGT, HLT, and PT, showing the number 
(%) of patients with at least 1 treatment-emergent SAE, sorted by the internationally 
agreed SOC order.  The other levels (HLGT, HLT, PT) will be presented in alphabetical 
order. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 54 
•
All treatment-emergent SAEs regardless of relationship and related to IMP, by primary
SOC, HLGT, HLT, and PT, showing the number (%) of patients with at least
1 treatment-emergent SAEs, sorted by the internationally agreed SOC order.  The other
levels (HLGT, HLT, PT) will be presented in alphabetical order.
Analysis of all treatment-emergent adverse event(s) leading to treatment discontinuation 
•
All TEAEs leading to treatment discontinuation, by primary SOC, HLGT, HLT, and PT,
showing the number (%) of patients with at least 1 TEAE leading to treatment
discontinuation, sorted by the internationally agreed SOC order.  The other levels (HLGT,
HLT, PT) will be presented in alphabetical order.
Local tolerability at injection site 
The number (%) of patients with local intolerability at injection site will be summarized by PT 
(PTs coded from the investigator reported terms or PTs coded from ARAC diagnosis terms), 
sorted by decreasing incidence of PT. Similar summaries will be provided for FRC group 
respectively by anti-lixisenatide and anti-insulin glargine antibody status (Positive, Negative). All 
events will be listed. 
Allergic reactions 
Kaplan-Meier curves will be provided for the time to first onset of events adjudicated as allergic 
reactions by ARAC. The number (%) of patients with events adjudicated as allergic reactions by 
ARAC will be summarized by PT (sorted by decreasing incidence of PT) and ARAC diagnosis 
along with 2 subcategories, events adjudicated as possibly related to IMP and events adjudicated 
as not related to IMP. Tabulation summaries will be provided as necessary by gender (Male, 
Female), age group (<50, ≥50 to <65, ≥65 to < 75, ≥75 years of age), race (American Indian or 
Alaska Native, Asian/Oriental, Black, Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander, White, Other). 
Similar summaries will be provided for FRC group respectively by anti-lixisenatide and anti-
insulin glargine antibody status (Positive, Negative). 
All the allergic events reported by the investigator on the AE form for suspected allergic event and 
its associated complementary forms (confirmed or not confirmed by ARAC) will be listed. 
Pancreatic-related events 
•
Increased pancreatic enzymes >2 times ULN
- 
The number (%) of patients with events reported on the AE form for increased lipase
and/or amylase >2 times ULN and its associated complementary forms will be 
summarized by PTs for each treatment group, sorted by decreasing incidence of PT. 
- 
The number (%) of patients with events positively adjudicated as pancreatitis by the 
PSAC will be summarized by type: 1) acute pancreatitis, 2) acute exacerbation of 
chronic pancreatitis, 3) chronic pancreatitis, 4) unknown pancreatitis.  
(electronic 3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 55 
- 
All events sent to PSAC for adjudication of pancreatitis (ie, events reported on the AE 
form for increased lipase and/or amylase>2 times ULN) will be listed along with the 
adjudication outcome. 
•
Pancreatic neoplasm
- 
All the events sent to PSAC for adjudication for pancreatic neoplasm will be listed
along with the adjudication outcome including PSAC diagnosis, type of neoplasm 
(malignant, benign, not determined), cancer stage etc. 
Increased calcitonin 
The number (%) of patients with events reported on the AE form for increased calcitonin 
≥20 pg/mL and its associated complementary forms will be summarized by PTs for each treatment 
group, sorted by decreasing incidence of PT in the FRC group. In addition, a listing of those 
patients will be provided. 
ALT increase 
The number (%) of patients with events reported on the AE form for ALT increase and its 
associated complementary forms will be summarized by PT for each treatment group, sorted by 
decreasing incidence of PT in the FRC group. In addition, a listing of those patients will be 
provided. 
Device-related events 
The number (%) of patients with events reported on device-related event questionnaire will be 
summarized for each treatment group along with 2 subcategories, events associated with a clinical 
event (either symptomatic hypoglycemic event or adverse event) and events not associated with a 
clinical event. The number of events and rates in patient year will also be summarized as 
appropriate. The number (%) of patients who have device-related events with lixisenatide dose 
<5 µg, > 20 µg within the corresponding time window (from event start date to event end date or 
to treatment end date if event end date is missing) of device-related event will be summarized for 
FRC group only In addition, a listing of patients with those events will be provided. 
Analysis of pre-treatment and post-treatment adverse events  
•
All pre-treatment AEs by primary SOC and PT, showing the number (%) of patients with
at least 1 pre-treatment AE, sorted by the internationally agreed SOC order and decreasing
incidence of PTs in the FRC group within each SOC.
•
All post-treatment AEs by primary SOC and PT, showing the number (%) of patients with
at least 1 post-treatment AE, sorted by the internationally agreed SOC order and decreasing
incidence of PTs in the FRC group within each SOC.
(electronic 3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 56 
Listings 
Supportive AE listings will be provided for all AEs, SAEs and AEs leading to treatment 
discontinuation. These listings will include at least the following information, sorted by treatment, 
patient identification, and onset date: treatment, patient identification, country, age, gender, race, 
BMI, primary SOC, PT, reported term, onset date, study day (relative day to the start date of open-
label treatment), AE duration, duration of exposure, intensity, corrective treatment, action taken 
with IMP, date of treatment discontinuation (if relevant), relationship to IMP/NIMP/study 
procedures, outcome, date of death (if any), seriousness, seriousness criteria, and AE status (“Pre” 
for a pre-treatment AE; “T” for a TEAE; and “Post” for a post-treatment AE). 
2.4.5.3 Deaths 
The following summaries of deaths will be generated for the safety population. 
• Number (%) of patients who died by study period (on-study, on-treatment, post-study)  
• Deaths in nonrandomized patients or randomized but not treated patients 
TEAEs leading to death (death as an outcome on the eCRF AE page as reported by the 
investigator) by primary SOC, HLGT, HLT, and PT, showing number (%) of patients, sorted by 
internationally agreed order of SOC and alphabetic order of HLGT, HLT, and PT. 
The summaries will be provided by treatment group for the 26-week randomized treatment period 
and for FRC group for the whole study treatment period including the 26-week single-arm 
extension period, respectively. 
2.4.5.4 Analyses of laboratory variables  
Laboratory parameters will be grouped and summarized by biological function as described in 
Section 2.1.4.4. The summaries will be provided by treatment group for the 26-week randomized 
treatment period and for FRC group for the whole study treatment period including the 26-week 
single-arm extension period, respectively. 
Descriptive statistics (N, mean, median, SD, minimum, and maximum) will be used to summarize 
results and changes from baseline of all laboratory parameters. Summaries will be presented by 
treatment group using baseline values, observed values from scheduled visits and last on-treatment 
values. In addition, descriptive statistics will also be presented separately for the post-treatment 
period. 
The number (%) of patients with PCSAs (list provided in Appendix A) at any time during the 
on-treatment period will be summarized by biological function and treatment group for each 
laboratory parameter, except calcitonin and the albumin/creatinine ratio, whatever the baseline 
level and/or according to the following baseline status categories: 
• Normal/Missing, 
• Abnormal according to PCSA criterion or criteria. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 57 
For calcitonin and the albumin/creatinine ratio, no PCSA criterion is defined. Similar summaries 
using the pre-defined categories will be provided for the on-treatment period. The pre-defined 
categories are, for calcitonin ≤ULN, >ULN - 20 ng/L, ≥20 - <50 ng/L, and ≥50 ng/L (Note that 
ng/L is the standard international unit and is equivalent to pg/mL); and for albumin/creatinine ratio 
<30 µg/mg creatinine [Normal], ≥30 to <300 µg/mg creatinine [Microalbuminuria], and ≥300 
µg/mg creatinine [Macroalbuminuria]. For calculated estimated eGFR, the classification according 
to Food and Drug Administration (FDA) guidance published on March 2010 will be used as the 
PCSA criterion: <15 mL/min/1.73m²  [End stage renal disease], ≥15 to <30 mL/min/1.73m²  
[Severe decrease in GFR], ≥30 to <60 mL/min/1.73m²  [Moderate decrease in GFR], ≥60 to <90 
mL/min/1.73m²  [Mild decrease in GFR], and ≥90 mL/min/1.73m²  [Normal]. 
All measurements collected during the on-treatment period, including values from unscheduled 
visits, will be considered for the PCSA summaries. These summaries will include patients in the 
safety population who have at least 1 assessment performed during the on-treatment period. When 
a PCSA definition involves a change from baseline value, patients must also have a baseline value 
to be included in the summaries, and when required by the definition of the abnormality, patients 
must also have available laboratory normal ranges. 
For some parameters, such as liver enzymes, the lower limit of normal (LLN) is not considered 
clinically relevant, and values below this limit are considered normal. When there are multiple 
PCSA criteria for a specific parameter (eg, ALT), the patient will be counted once during the on-
treatment period for the specific parameter in question under the worst/maximum PCSA category. 
PCSA summaries (or similar summaries using the pre-defined categories for calcitonin and 
albumin/creatinine ratio) will also be presented separately for the post-treatment period. 
For parameters for which no PCSA criterion is defined, similar table(s) using the normal ranges 
will be provided. 
A listing of patients with at least 1 post-baseline PCSA (or out of normal range when no PCSA 
criterion is defined) will be provided and will display the entire patients’ profile across time for all 
parameters belonging to the corresponding biological function. Individual data listings will 
include flags when applicable: 
• Baseline values will be flagged “B”. 
• Normal laboratory ranges, available for most laboratory parameters, will be identified as 
ULN and LLN. Baseline, and individual data will be flagged “L” if the value is below the 
LLN and will be flagged “H” if it is above the ULN. 
• Laboratory PCSA criteria will be used for the corresponding laboratory parameters. Values 
reaching a PCSA limit will be flagged (+, ++, -, or – depending upon the direction and 
level of the abnormality). Flags for WBC and differential counts will be determined using 
data expressed in international units. 
For parameters whose PCSA criteria are multiples of the ULN, the parameter’s value will also be 
expressed as a multiple of the ULN in the individual data provided. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 58 
Drug-induced liver injury 
The liver function tests, namely AST, ALT, ALP, and total bilirubin, are used to assess possible 
drug-induced liver toxicity.  The proportion of patients with PCSA values at any post-baseline 
visit by baseline status will be displayed by treatment group for each parameter.  The proportion of 
patients with PCSA values at any post-baseline visit will also be displayed by duration of 
exposure for each treatment group (only if a tabulation summary is necessary). 
A listing will be provided for possible Hy’s law cases identified by treatment group (eg, patients 
with any elevated ALT>3 x ULN, and associated with an increase in total bilirubin >2 x ULN) 
with liver related TEAEs, ALT, AST, ALP, total bilirubin, and the following complementary 
parameters if available:  conjugated bilirubin and prothrombin time/INR, creatine phosphokinase, 
serum creatinine, complete blood count, immunoglobin M (IgM) antibodies to Hepatitis A virus, 
IgM antibodies to Hepatitis B core antigen, antibodies to Hepatitis C Virus, and Hepatitis C 
ribonucleic acid, IgM antibodies to Cytomegalovirus, and IgM antibodies to Hepatitis E virus, 
auto-antibodies: anti-nuclear, anti-deoxyribonucleic acid, anti-smooth muscle, Epstein-Barr virus, 
herpes viruses, and anti-liver/kidney microsomes. 
2.4.5.5 Analyses of vital sign variables 
Descriptive statistics (N, mean, median, SD, minimum, and maximum) will be used to summarize 
results and change from baseline of all vital sign parameters. The summaries will be provided by 
treatment group for the 26-week randomized treatment period and for FRC group for the whole 
study treatment period including the 26-week single-arm extension period, respectively. 
Summary statistics will be presented using baseline values, observed values from scheduled visits, 
and last on-treatment value. Mean value (±SE) at each scheduled visit will be plotted in each 
treatment group. 
Number (%) of patients with PCSAs (see Appendix A) at any time during the on-treatment period 
will be summarized by treatment group for each vital sign parameter. 
All measurements collected during the on-treatment period of the whole study, including values 
from unscheduled visits, will be considered for the PCSA summaries. The summaries will include 
patients in the safety population who have at least 1 assessment performed during the on-treatment 
period of the whole study. When a PCSA definition involves a change from baseline value, 
patients must also have a baseline value to be included in the summaries. 
A listing of patients with at least 1 post-baseline PCSA will be provided and will display the 
patient’s profile over time of all vital sign parameters. Individual data listings will include the 
following flags: 
•
Baseline values will be flagged “B”,
•
Parameter values reaching a PCSA limit will be flagged (+, or - depending of the
direction).
(electronic 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 59 
The PCSA summaries and descriptive statistics of vital sign parameters will also be presented 
separately for the post-treatment period. 
2.4.5.6 Analyses of electrocardiogram variables 
• Shift tables will be provided to present ECG status according to baseline status 
(Normal/Missing, Abnormal) for each treatment group during the 26-week on-treatment 
period and for FRC group during the on-treatment period of the whole study. Supportive 
listings of patients with abnormal ECG status at any post-baseline visit will be provided. 
2.4.5.7 Analyses of anti-drug antibody variables 
Analyses of antibody variables will be performed on the safety population (only in patients from 
the FRC group). 
The number and percentage of patients by antibody status will be listed and summarized by visit, 
as well as the percentage of conversion from negative to positive status from baseline to Week 26 
and Week 52. For anti-insulin glargine antibodies, the number and percentage of patients with 
cross-reactivity to human insulin will also be summarized by visit in anti-insulin glargine positive 
patients. For anti-lixisenatide antibodies, the number and percentage of patients with cross-
reactivity to GLP-1 and glucagon will be summarized by visit in anti-lixisenatide antibody 
positive patients. 
Antibody levels (titer or concentration), as well as respective percentage changes from baseline for 
anti-insulin glargine antibodies, will be listed and summarized by visit using descriptive statistics 
by N, geometric mean, coefficient of variation, median, minimum and maximum.  
2.4.6 Analyses of pharmacokinetic variables 
Total plasma concentrations of lixisenatide of patients in the FRC group will be listed and 
summarized by visit and time window and by anti-lixisenatide antibody status in the PK 
population, using descriptive statistics by N, geometric mean, coefficient of variation, median, 
minimum and maximum. 
Population PK modeling might be pursued for exploratory purpose by the Pharmacokinetics, 
Disposition and Metabolism (PKDM) group at Sanofi. Results would be provided in a separate 
report. 
2.5 
DATA HANDLING CONVENTIONS 
2.5.1 General conventions 
The following formulas will be used for computation of parameters. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 60 
Renal function formulas  
The estimated glomerular filtration rate (GFR) will be calculated by 4 variable MDRD formula 
using the serum creatinine, race, age, and gender of the patient: 
GFR (mL/min/1.73 m2) = 175 x serum creatinine (mg/dL) -1.154 x age (yr) -0.203 x 1.212 [if black] x 
0.742 [if female] 
Calculation of LDL-C 
When TG is lower than or equal to 4.52 mmol/L (400 mg/dL), LDL-C is calculated using the 
Friedewald equation as: 
A) in mmol/L unit, total cholesterol – HDL-C – TG/2.17; 
B) in mg/dL unit, total cholesterol – HDL-C – TG/5. 
2.5.2 Data handling conventions for secondary efficacy variables 
For patients who drop out or are rescued before the end of 26-week randomized treatment, the 
missing data will be handled by the statistical approach chosen. The missing data will be handled 
by MMRM approach, or imputed by taking the last available post-baseline measurement as the 
Week 26 value (see Section 2.5.4) in ANCOVA-LOCF approach. 
For the categorical secondary endpoints, data handling conventions are described in 
Section 2.4.4.2. 
2.5.3 Missing data 
For categorical variables, patients with missing data are not included in calculations of 
percentages unless otherwise specified.  When relevant, the number of patients with missing data 
is presented. 
Derived variables will be considered missing if any of the original variables required to calculate 
them are missing. For example, if either a baseline assessment or an endpoint assessment is 
missing for a particular patient, then change from baseline at endpoint will be missing. Depending 
upon the assessment, analyses may not include all patients in the analysis population, because 
certain patients in the intended population may have missing data. 
Incomplete date of first injection 
Date of first injection is the first non-missing start date of open-label IMP completed in the eCRF 
“Investigational medicinal product administration” module. 
For patients who are randomized and dispensed a treatment kit but who are lost to follow-up just 
after Visit 3 (only the treatment kit number is reported in the eCRF “Investigational medicinal 
product administration” module without any dose information), the date of first injection will be 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 61 
imputed using the Visit 3 date. When a patient is randomized but not dispensed a treatment kit, the 
“Investigational medicinal product administration” module should be blank. In this case, the 
patient will be considered as randomized but not treated, unless the patient’s disposition is not 
confirmed. 
Handling of computation of treatment duration if IMP end of treatment date is missing 
For the calculation of the 26-week randomized treatment duration, the date of the last injection of 
randomized open-label IMP is equal to the date of last administration reported on the eCRF 
“Treatment Status” page. If this date is missing, the randomized exposure duration should be kept 
as missing. For the calculation of the treatment duration of whole study for patients participating 
the extension period, the date of the last injection of IMP is equal to the date of last administration 
reported on the eCRF “Treatment Status for Extension Phase” page. If this date is missing, the 
exposure duration should be kept as missing. 
In the definition of the 26-week on-treatment period, the date of the last injection of open-label 
IMP for the patients who do not participate in the extension period is equal to the date of the last 
administration reported on the eCRF “Treatment Status” page. If the date of last administration 
reported on the eCRF “Treatment Status” page is missing, for the patients with at least 1 record 
where the daily dose/weekly dose is greater than zero,  the date of the last open-label IMP 
administration in the “Dose” panel with a daily dose/weekly dose >0 or the date of the last AE 
reported on the eCRF “Adverse Events” page with “Action Taken with IMP” not ticked “Not 
Applicable”, whichever is the latest will be used. For the patients who were lost to follow-up after 
the initial dispensation of IMP, the date of Visit 3/randomization visit will be used. 
In the definition of the on-treatment period of the whole study including the 26-week single-arm 
extension period, the date of last injection of IMP for the patients who participate in extension 
period is equal to the date of the last administration reported on the eCRF “Treatment Status for 
Extension Phase” page. If the date of last administration reported on the eCRF “Treatment Status 
for Extension Phase” page is missing, for the patients with at least 1 record where the daily dose is 
greater than zero, the date of the last IMP administration in the “Dose” panel with a daily dose >0 
or the date of the last AE reported on the eCRF “Adverse Events” page with “Action Taken with 
IMP” not ticked “Not Applicable”, whichever is the latest will be used. The date of last injection 
of IMP for the patients who do not participate in extension period is the same as the date of the 
last injection of open-label IMP in the definition of the 26-week on-treatment period. 
Handling of missing data in the calculation of average 7-point SMPG 
At least 4 measurements from the 7-points profile are required for calculating the average 7-point 
SMPG. 
Handling of missing data for categorical secondary efficacy endpoints 
Please see Section 2.4.4.2. 
(electronic 3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 62 
Handling of medication missing/partial dates 
No imputation of medication start/end dates or times will be performed.  If a medication date or 
time is missing or partially missing and it cannot be determined whether it was taken prior or 
concomitantly, it will be considered a prior, concomitant, and post-treatment medication. 
Handling of adverse events with missing or partial date/time of onset 
Missing or partial missing AE onset dates and times will be imputed so that if the partial AE onset 
date/time information does not indicate that the AE started prior to treatment or after the 
on-treatment period, the AE will be classified as treatment-emergent. No imputation of AE end 
dates/times will be performed. These data imputations are for categorization purpose only and will 
not be used in listings. No imputation is planned for date/time of AE resolution. 
Handling of adverse events when date and time of first IMP administration is missing 
When the date and time of the first IMP is missing, all AEs that occurred after or on the day of 
randomization and before or on the day of last dose plus 3 days for daily formulation and 9 days 
for weekly formulation should be considered as TEAEs. The exposure duration should be kept as 
missing. The last dose intake should be clearly identified in the eCRF and should not be 
approximated by the last returned package date. 
Handling of missing assessment of relationship of adverse events to IMP/NIMP/study 
procedures 
If the assessment of the relationship to IMP/NIMP/study procedures is missing, the relationship to 
IMP/NIMP/study procedures has to be assumed and the AE considered as such in the frequency 
tables of possibly related AEs, but no imputation should be done at the data level. 
Handling of missing severity/grades of adverse events 
If the severity is missing for one of the treatment-emergent occurrences of an AE, the maximal 
severity on the remaining occurrences will be considered. If the severity is missing for all the 
occurrences, a “missing” category will be added in summary table. 
Handling of potentially clinically significant abnormalities 
If a patient has a missing baseline he will be grouped in the category “normal/missing at baseline.” 
For PCSAs with 2 conditions, one based on a change from baseline value or a normal range and 
the other on a threshold value, with the first condition being missing, the PCSA will be based only 
on the second condition. 
For a PCSA defined on a threshold and/or a normal range, this PCSA will be derived using this 
threshold if the normal range is missing; e.g., for eosinophils the PCSA is >0.5 GIGA/L or >ULN 
if ULN ≥0.5 GIGA/L.  When ULN is missing, the value 0.5 should be used. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 63 
Measurements flagged as invalid by the laboratory will not be summarized or taken into account 
in the computation of PCSA values. 
2.5.4 Windows for time points 
Nominal post-baseline visits will be used for descriptive statistics and time course plots. 
The end of treatment visit is entered as Visit 7000 in the eCRF if a patient prematurely 
discontinues treatment.  
•
If Visit 7000 occurs during 26-week randomized treatment period, Visit 7000 will be re-
allocated to the next scheduled visit except for the last scheduled on-site visit (Visit 28) at
the patient level if the next scheduled visit is an on-site visit but not performed.
•
If Visit 7000 occurs during the 26-week single-arm extension period for FRC group, Visit
7000 will be re-allocated to the next scheduled visit except for the last scheduled on-site
visit (Visit 35) at the patient level if the next scheduled visit is an on-site visit but not
performed. When Visit 7000 is re-allocated to the next scheduled on-site visit at the patient
level, a measurement at Visit 7000 for a given parameter will be re-allocated to the same
visit only if the re-allocated visit happens to be the next scheduled visit for the given
parameter.
When efficacy related parameters are analyzed by MMRM, the post baseline measurements 
assessed during 26-week randomized treatment period at Visit 7000, Visit 6000 (pre-rescue visit) 
and Visit 9900 (unscheduled visit) will be re-allocated to the closest scheduled post-baseline visit 
at the parameter level if the measurement for a given parameter is not available at the scheduled 
visit. These efficacy related parameters include HbA1c, body weight, 7-point SMPG, FPG. An 
analysis window will be applied to the re-allocation. In particular, the following rule will be used 
to determine the analysis window for a scheduled visit for each parameter: 
•
Lower bound = targeted day of current scheduled visit - integer part of (targeted day of
current scheduled visit – targeted day of the preceding scheduled visit)/2;
•
Upper bound = targeted day of current scheduled visit + integer part of (targeted day of the
next scheduled visit – targeted day of current scheduled visit -1)/2;
•
Lower bound for the first scheduled post-baseline visit is always Day 1 (the day of first
IMP injection);
•
No upper bound is specified for the last scheduled post-baseline visit.
The analysis window for HbA1c is given below for illustration. 
(electronic 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 64 
Table 3 - Analyses window definition for HbA1c 
Scheduled visit post baseline 
Targeted study day 
Analysis window in study days 
Week 8 (Visit 19) 
57 
1 to 70 
Week 12 (Visit 21) 
85 
71 to 105 
Week 18 (Visit 24) 
127 
106 to 140 
Week 22 (Visit 26) 
155 
141 to 168 
Week 26 (Visit 28) 
183 
169 to 210 (for patients who are eligible 
to enter the extension period) 
 
 
169 to . (for patients who are not eligible 
to enter the extension period) 
Study days are calculated from the day of first IMP injection; the day of first IMP injection is Day 1. 
The analysis windows for other parameters analyzed by MMRM can be obtained similarly based 
on their respective scheduled visits. After applying these time windows, if multiple assessments 
are associated to the same time point, the closest from the targeted study day will be used. In case 
of equality, the earliest measurement will be used. 
Reference day 
The reference day for the calculation of extent of exposure, time to onset, and relative days will be 
the day of the first injection of open-label IMP, denoted as Day 1. 
Baseline definition for efficacy/safety data 
For the safety analyses, the baseline for a given parameter is defined as the last available 
measurement, including unscheduled assessment, assessed prior to the first injection of open-label 
IMP. For the efficacy analyses, the baseline for a given parameter is defined as the last available 
measurement, including unscheduled assessments, assessed prior to the first injection of 
open-label IMP or the last available value on or before the date of randomization if not treated 
with open-label IMP.  
Efficacy endpoints at Week 26 
Efficacy endpoints at Week 26 will be assessed using values measured at Visit 28 (Week 26). For 
ANCOVA-LOCF approach, if a patient discontinues the treatment prematurely, received rescue 
therapy, or does not have a measurement at Visit 28 for efficacy endpoints, the last non-missing 
post-baseline value, including measurements from unscheduled visits will be used as the value at 
Week 26. 
Summary statistics by visit for continuous efficacy endpoints 
Summary statistics (N, mean, SD, SE, minimum, median, maximum) of continuous efficacy 
endpoints (observed data and change from baseline) will be provided at scheduled visits as per 
protocol. Summaries showing data by visit will be presented according to the visit number (or re-
allocated visit number) and labeled with the targeted approximate day/week. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 65 
Last on-treatment value for laboratory variables and vital signs 
The last on-treatment value is the final measurement assessed during the on-treatment period (26-
week on-treatment period or the on-treatment period of the whole study) for safety variables, 
regardless of the introduction of rescue therapy, including measurements at unscheduled visits. A 
detailed definition of the on-treatment period is provided in Section 2.1.4. 
Display of safety data by visit (laboratory variables and vital signs) 
Descriptive statistics (N, mean, SD, minimum, median, maximum) of quantitative laboratory 
variables and vital signs (observed data and change from baseline) during the on-treatment period 
(26-week on-treatment period or the on-treatment period of the whole study) for all scheduled 
visits as per protocol will be provided (ie, only including patients having non-missing assessments 
at a nominal visit). In addition, these summaries will also include a row for the ‘last value on-
treatment’ to describe the last available on-treatment value (see above). Summaries showing data 
by visit will be presented according to the visit number (or re-allocated visit number) and labeled 
with the targeted approximate day/week. 
As specified in the study protocol, laboratory data from scheduled visits are reported by central 
laboratories. When both central and local laboratories report values from the same blood sample 
(ie, sample collected at the same date and time), only measurements from the central laboratory 
will be included in the analyses. When only local laboratory results are reported and central 
laboratory results are unavailable, the local results will not be used in the efficacy analyses.  
When a patient has more than 1 measurement from the central laboratory for the same laboratory 
parameter on the same date, the average of the measurements will be used. For the same 
laboratory parameter, if a patient has more than 1 measurement on different dates for the same 
scheduled visit, the value closest to the last open-label IMP injection prior to the scheduled visit 
will be used for the scheduled visit. When the values for the same scheduled visit are equidistant, 
the last value should be used for the scheduled visit. 
Linked adverse events that worsened or became serious 
An AE that worsened or became serious will have a separate record in the data from the original 
event record with a reference identification number that links the new record to the original 
record. An AE that worsened or became serious will be considered a new recurring AE in the 
summary of recurrent events or in the summary of events by time intervals. 
2.5.5 Unscheduled visits 
The determination of baseline values and values at Week 26 or Week 52 and values at the end of 
treatment for efficacy variables will be based on all measurements from both scheduled and 
unscheduled visits (measurements for central laboratories only), as mentioned in Section 2.5.4. 
The determination of the last on-treatment value for safety parameters will also be based on all 
assessments from both scheduled and unscheduled visits (see Section 2.5.4). Measurements from 
(electronic 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 66 
unscheduled visits (including results from local laboratories when no corresponding central 
laboratory results are available) will also be considered for PCSA summaries of safety parameters. 
Unscheduled visit measurements will not be included in the by-visit summaries. 
2.5.6 Pooling of centers for statistical analyses 
Center will not be included in the analysis models for efficacy. However, all centers within a 
region will be pooled, and region will be included as fixed effect in the MMRM or ANCOVA 
models for primary and secondary efficacy endpoints. 
2.5.7 Statistical technical issues 
None. 
2.5.8 Rescued patient data 
The source for the identification of rescued patients is the eCRF “Antidiabetic medications” page. 
Patients who met the following condition are considered “rescued”: 
1. The answer to “Reason for treatment” is “Rescue therapy” in the eCRF “Antidiabetic
medications” page.
2. The answer to “Reason for treatment” is not “Rescue therapy” in the eCRF “Antidiabetic
medications” page, but a program which implemented a medical algorithm to search the
database for anti-diabetic medication identified an anti-diabetic medication (see Appendix
B)
The second condition listed above is supplemental to the first condition and is implemented to 
avoid the exclusion of any potential rescued patients. 
(electronic 3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 67 
3 
INTERIM ANALYSIS 
No formal interim analysis for efficacy is planned for this study.  
The primary analysis of the efficacy and safety are performed on the data collected during the 26-
week randomized treatment period. The timing of this analysis is when the last randomized patient 
has completed the 26-week randomized treatment period. The results of the primary analysis will 
not be used to change the conduct of the ongoing study in any aspect. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 68 
4 
DATABASE LOCK 
It is planned to lock the database approximately 4 weeks after the Last Patient Last Visit (LPLV) 
of the randomized treatment period (26 weeks). 
It is further planned to lock the database approximately 4 weeks after the LPLV of the single-arm 
extension period (extension by further 26 weeks). 
(electronic 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 69 
5 
SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION 
All summaries and statistical analyses will be generated using SAS version 9.4 or higher. 
(electronic 
 
3.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
07-Sep-2017 
EFC13794 -   
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 70 
6 
REFERENCES 
None. 
(electronic 
 
3.0)